UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM S-1
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc.
(Name of small business issuer in its charter)
 
Nevada
 
5122
 
45-289-8504
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
 
(Primary Standard Industrial
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)
 
Classification Code Number)
 
Identification No.)
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc.
9550 Flair Dry, Suite 308
El Monte CA 91731
(626) 448-3737
(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices and principal place of business)
 
National Registered Agents, Inc. of NV
1000 East William Street, Suite 204
Carson City, NV 89701
800.550.6724
(Name, address and telephone number for agent for service)
 
Approximate date of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement
 
If any securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box: x
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
 
If this Form is a post effective amendment filed under Rule 462(c) of the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
 
If this Form is a post effective amendment filed under Rule 462(d) of the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨
 
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. ¨
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.
 
Large Accelerated Filer
o
Accelerated Filer
o
Non-accelerated Filer
o
Smaller Reporting Company
x
 


 
 

 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
Title of Each Class Of Securities To Be Registered
 
Amount To Be
Registered
   
Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price Per Share
   
Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price 1
   
Amount of
Registration
Fee 1
 
                                 
Common Stock
   
2,125,708
   
$
0.50
   
$
1,062,854
   
$
136.90
 
 
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
(1)
Estimated solely for purposed of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(a).
 
 
2

 
 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED FEBRUARY 10, 2014.
 
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
PROSPECTUS
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc.
2,125,708 shares of Common Stock
 
Selling shareholders are offering up to 2,125,708 shares of common stock. The selling shareholders will offer their shares at $0.50 per share until our shares are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and, assuming we secure this qualification, thereafter at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices. We will not receive proceeds from the sale of shares from the selling shareholders.
 
The 2,125,708 shares of Common Stock which were recently issued to holders of Type A Warrants under the terms of Type A Warrants exercised by U.S. citizens or residents and to holders of Type B Warrants under the terms of Type B Warrants exercised by U.S. citizens or residents.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from the registration of shares of common stock registered hereunder.
 
There are no underwriting commissions involved in this offering. We have agreed to pay all the costs of this offering. Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our securities. Our common stock is not now listed on any national securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market and is not qualified for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board. There is no guarantee that our securities will ever trade on the OTC Bulletin Board or on any listed exchange.
 
We are an "emerging growth company" as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.
 
This offering is highly speculative and these securities involve a high degree of risk and should be considered only by persons who can afford the loss of their entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The date of this prospectus is _________________
 
 
3

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SUMMARY
    5  
RISK FACTORS
    9  
USE OF PROCEEDS
    17  
DETERMINATION OFFERING PRICE
    17  
DILUTION
    17  
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
    17  
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
    37  
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
    38  
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS, AND CONTROL PERSONS
    38  
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
    40  
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
    40  
INTEREST OF NAMED EXPERTS
    41  
DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES LIABILITIES
    41  
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
    41  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
    65  
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
    74  
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
    75  
MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
    76  
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
    79  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    F-1  
 
 
4

 
 
SUMMARY
 
The following prospectus summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and our Financial Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully.
 
Our Company
 
Our Company is a provider of Health and Nutritional supplements and Personal Care products through our website by means of a network of Direct Sales Associates or DSA’s.” Although we have a network of DSA’s, unlike many other multi-level marketing companies, it is our policy that DSA’s should purchase our products strictly for personal use rather than to resell or to distribute our products. Notwithstanding our direct selling structure, all purchases are made directly on our website. The primary business purpose of DSA’s is to refer new members or new customers to our website for them to purchase products directly from us for their own personal use. All products are shipped directly to the customer by us from the USA, or in certain limited cases transshipped from our warehouse facility in Hong Kong directly to the customer in China, and not sent to a DSA to distribute to the customer.
 
Unlike many traditional multi-level marketing companies,  we do not have physical locations of stores and offices and do not undertake any actions physically in foreign countries where our DSA’s are located. We are not actively promoting our direct selling business model or holding any training seminar or any related activities physically in foreign countries. As of February 6, 2014, we had 3,455 active DSA's in 12 countries.
 
Company History
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation and our predecessor, was established in January 2007. From 2007 to 2010, the Company issued Type A Warrants to new members in addition to the products they acquired when they became a member. This process was discontinued in 2011, and the Company no longer issues Type A Warrants or any other securities to new members when they sign up to become a member.
 
In addition, in 2009 and 2010, the Company issued Type B Warrants to existing members as a reward for outstanding sales/services or recruiting efforts as well as to members who purchased stock in 5CTV, a failed start-up in which the Company had also invested. Because Type B warrants were issued as a bonus to the members, in case of the Company failing to go public, the warrants are not exercisable for stock nor are they refundable.
 
In April 2011, E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation entered into a merger agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, E-World USA Holding, Inc., a Nevada corporation which was the survivor of the merger. Under the Merger Agreement, we issued 90,000,000 shares of our common stock on a one share for one share basis for each share of E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation, common stock issued and outstanding at the date of the merger. In addition, we issued the Type A Warrants and Type B Warrants in exchange for comparable Warrants issued and outstanding of E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation, at the date of the merger.
 
There were no written warrant exercise provisions in the Type A Warrants or Type B Warrants. Instead, the Company told Warrant Holders orally that the exercise of the Type A and Type B Warrants would be triggered by a going public event. The term “going public event” was not defined. Based upon SEC staff comments on a prior registration statement, now withdrawn, the Company believed that in order to proceed with the going public process, Warrants would need to be exercised prior to the filing of this selling stockholder registration statement. Thus the Company defined the term “going public event” as the upcoming filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 covering shares of common stock received upon conversion of the Warrants.
 
 
5

 
 
Commencing September 15, 2012, and continuing for a 30-day period until October 15, 2012, the Company requested, by means of an Information Statement provided to holders of Type A Warrants and consistent with the foregoing, that holders of Type A Warrants make an exercise election for additional products, refunds or issuance of shares of common stock, as described above. No Type A Warrant Holder receiving the Information Statement expressed any objection to being required to make an election at the point in time they made their election or at any time thereafter. In addition, on October 20, 2012, all Type B Warrants were automatically converted into Common Stock without an Information Statement as Type B Warrants converted automatically into shares of common stock, without any further action or election of a Type B Warrant Holder, at the same time as Type A Warrants were converted. All Type A and Type B Warrants have been fully exercised and none are currently issued and outstanding.
 
We inadvertently stated on the cover page of the Information Statement that we provided to warrant holders concerning the exercise of the warrants that it was the SEC’s position that required warrant holders to exercise their warrants. In fact, the SEC did not take a position requiring warrant holders to exercise their warrants, that the information statement distributed to warrant holders incorrectly asserted this, and that the SEC has not taken any position that would prevent such holders from taking action against the Company and its affiliates resulting from any securities law violations in connection with the offering or sale of the warrants or their subsequent exercise.

The Company admits that all the above-referenced offerings of securities may have been done in violation of federal securities laws. In connection therewith, the Company admits that the offering could be deemed to have involved “a general solicitation of the public at large.” The Company admits that it solicited members through a public website and warrants were part of the membership package. The Company assumed if the persons acquiring the securities were sophisticated enough to understand and buy the Company’s products, the investors could be deemed by the Company to be sophisticated, although the Company made no independent investigation or verification thereof.  Specifically, the Company admits that securities were being offered through its website and that our presumption of sophistication was solely based on the fact that individuals were signing up to be members.
 
We had a registration statement on Form S-1 for the same shares that are the subject of this registration statement filed on Form S-1 declared effective October 2, 2013 but withdrawn on November 12, 2013.   As disclosed in the withdrawal request which has been granted by the SEC staff, due to a lapse in the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures,  the Company was the victim of a fraud perpetrated by a third party hired by the Company to obtain information in the form of an opinion and related consent which was included in the withdrawn Registration Statement.  The Company thus withdrew the offering under that Registration Statement due to this situation.   No securities were sold pursuant to that Registration Statement.  The Company has adopted new disclosure controls and procedures designed to prevent any future occurrence of a similar situation, related to the verification of any information provided by any third party in this Registration Statement, including obtaining new opinions and consents through direct attorney-client relations with all law firms providing any opinion and consent included in this Registration Statement.  These controls and procedures were implemented in making this filing.
 
Our principal executive office is located at 9550 Flair Dr., Suite 308, El Monte, CA 91731. Our telephone number is (626) 448-3737. Our corporate website is www.usaeworld.com. Nothing on our website is part of this registration statement.
 
The terms "Our Company" "we," "us" and "our" as used in this registration statement refer to E-World USA Holding, Inc.
 
Emerging Growth Company
 
We are an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. We shall continue to be deemed an emerging growth company until the earliest of:
 
(a)
the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1,000,000,000 (as such amount is indexed for inflation every 5 years by the Commission to reflect the change in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, setting the threshold to the nearest 1,000,000) or more;
 
 
6

 
 
(b)
the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the issuer pursuant to an effective IPO registration statement;
 
(c)
the date on which such issuer has, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or
 
(d)
the date on which such issuer is deemed to be a ‘large accelerated filer’, as defined in section 240.12b-2 of title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor thereto.’.
 
As an emerging growth company we are exempt from Section 404(b) of Sarbanes Oxley. Section 404(a) requires Issuers to publish information in their annual reports concerning the scope and adequacy of the internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. This statement shall also assess the effectiveness of such internal controls and procedures. Section 404(b) requires that the registered accounting firm shall, in the same report, attest to and report on the assessment on the effectiveness of the internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting.  As an emerging growth company we are also exempt from Section 14A (a) and (b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which require the shareholder approval of executive compensation and golden parachutes.  These exemptions are also available to us as a Smaller Reporting Company.
 
We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the Jobs Act, that allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.
 
The Offering
 
As of the date of this registration statement, we had 142,828,993 shares of common stock outstanding, including 1,947,108 shares issued to U.S. citizens or residents upon the exercise of Type A Warrants, 21,270,900 shares issued to non-U.S. citizens or residents upon the exercise of Type A Warrants, 178,600 shares issued to U.S. citizens or residents upon the exercise of Type B Warrants, and 2,307,108 shares issued to non U.S. citizens or residents upon the exercise of Type B Warrants.
 
Selling shareholders are offering up to 2,125,708 shares of common stock. The selling shareholders will offer their shares at $0.50 per share until our shares are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and, assuming we secure this qualification, thereafter at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices.  We will not receive proceeds from the sale of shares from the selling shareholders.
 
The 2,125,708 shares of Common Stock which were recently issued to holders of Type A Warrants under the terms of Type A Warrants exercised by U.S. citizens or residents and to holders of Type B Warrants under the terms of Type B Warrants exercised by U.S. citizens or residents.
 
 
7

 

Selected Financial Data

Because this is only a financial summary, it does not contain all the financial information that may be important to you. Therefore, you should carefully read all the information in this registration statement, including the financial statements and their explanatory notes before making an investment decision.

   
For the nine months-
ended September 30,
 
Statement of Operation
 
2013
   
2012
 
                 
Revenues
 
$
2,098,211
   
$
724,172
 
Cost of Goods Sold
 
$
335,793
   
$
155,171
 
Gross Profit
 
$
1,762,418
   
$
569,001
 
Operating Expense
 
$
1,326,597
   
$
1,171,607
 
                 
Net profit (loss) from Continuing Operation
 
$
435,821
   
$
(602,606
)
 
Balance Sheet
 
September 30,
2013
   
Dec. 31,
2012
 
                 
Assets
 
$
1,411,623
   
$
1,417,556
 
Liabilities
 
$
12,208,860
   
$
12,650,614
 
Stockholders' Equity
 
$
(10,797,237
)
 
$
(11,233,058
)
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 
$
1,411,623
   
$
1,417,556
 
 
     
For the year-ended Dec. 31,
 
     
2012
     
2011
 
                 
Statement of Operation
               
                 
Revenues
 
$
460,874
   
$
1, 160,742
 
Cost of Goods Sold
 
$
285,275
   
$
538,618
 
Gross Profit
 
$
175,599
   
$
622,124
 
Operating Expense
 
$
1,636,129
   
$
2,003,151
 
Other Income (Expenses)
 
$
-
   
$
1,011,347
 
                 
Net loss from Continuing Operation
 
$
1,460,530
   
$
369,680
 
 
Balance Sheet
           
Assets
 
$
1,417,556
   
$
715,669
 
Liabilities
 
$
12,650,614
   
$
10,922,297
 
Stockholders' Equity
 
$
(11,233,058
)
 
$
(10,206,628
)
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 
$
1,417,556
   
$
715,669
 

 
8

 

RISK FACTORS
 
Any investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below and all other information contained in this registration statement, before you decide whether to purchase our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risk factors could harm our business. You may lose part or all of your investment due to any of these risks or uncertainties.
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR PRIOR OFFERINGS
 
We admit that we may have inadvertently issued Type A Warrants and Type B Warrants to U.S. citizens or residents which may have been done unintentionally in violation of federal securities laws and may subject us to sanctions for such violations, including the suspension of this offering or injunctive or financial penalties, which would seriously impact our ability to implement our business plan.
 
Federal securities laws govern the manner in which offers and sales of securities may be legally made. For example, there was no registration statement in effect for the Type A Warrants and Type B Warrants at the time they were issued to U.S. Members. The Company admits that all of the referenced offerings of securities described herein, including the exchange of the warrants for common shares, may have been done in violation of federal securities laws. In connection therewith, the Company admits that the offering could be deemed to have involved “a general solicitation of the public at large.” The Company admits that it solicited members through a public website and warrants were part of the membership package. The Company assumed if the persons acquiring the securities were sophisticated enough to understand and buy the Company’s products, the investors could be deemed by the Company to be sophisticated, although the Company made no independent investigation or verification thereof.  Specifically, the Company admits that securities were being offered through its website and that our presumption of sophistication was solely based on the fact that individuals were signing up to be members.

Thus, there is a risk that former warrant holders may bring legal action against the Company, its officers and directors for securities law violations which if successful would seriously impact our ability to implement our business plan. We may also be subject to sanctions for such violations, including the suspension of this offering or injunctive or financial penalties, which would seriously impact our ability to implement our business plan. We used fair value to estimate maximum potential liabilities incurred from the rescission. The fair value of this liability was $7,167,663 and $7,167,663 as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively and is included in the rescission liability in the consolidated balance sheet.
  
We inadvertently stated or implied in our Information Statement provided to Warrant Holders concerning their exercise of Warrants that the SEC had taken a position with respect to the exercise of the Warrants and in fact the SEC has not taken any position that would prevent such holders from taking action against the Company and its affiliates resulting from any securities law violations in connection with the offering or sale of the warrants or their subsequent exercise.
 
We inadvertently stated on the cover page of the Information Statement that we provided to warrant holders concerning the exercise of the warrants that it was the SEC’s position that required warrant holders to exercise their warrants. In fact, the SEC did not take a position requiring warrant holders to exercise their warrants, that the information statement distributed to warrant holders incorrectly asserted this, and that the SEC has not taken any position that would prevent such holders from taking action against the Company and its affiliates resulting from any securities law violations in connection with the offering or sale of the warrants or their subsequent exercise.
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
 
The market place in the nutritional supplement and personal care industry is very competitive and the failure to successfully compete could reduce our revenues.
 
 
9

 
 
The Company faces intense competition in the nutritional supplement and personal care industry. Many other competitors are well established, have greater resources and have a name and brand recognition. These companies also have member bases that are much larger than ours. We cannot be sure that our members won’t leave and join other programs. If the member base declined and failed to grow, the negative financial impact on the Company could be significant.
 
In addition to competition from companies offering competing products, we are subject to the risk of losing our members if they leave and join other non-related network or multi-level marketing companies. The home-based business industry is immense and offers many alternatives, especially for members looking for new opportunities.
 
A significant portion of our revenues is from customers in foreign markets. If we cannot successfully understand and survive the volatility of doing business in foreign countries, our revenues could be reduced.
 
A significant portion of our business is from customers in foreign markets, which was approximately 96.9% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 91.6% for the year ended December 31, 2011. Essentially, all of our products are manufactured and purchased in the United States and all payments for product purchases are made through our website in U.S. dollars, but the products are shipped to these customers located in both domestic and foreign countries.
 
If foreign governments in countries where we sell our products changed import regulations and did not allow our product to enter the country, we could suffer significant financial losses. We could lose our members in the country and sales could disappear in that market.
 
The lack of registered trademarks and trade names could potentially harm the business.
 
Trademarks and trade names distinguish the various companies from each other. If potential customers and members get confused as to which company and product are offered by us, then we could lose sales and members to competitors. The Company does not have any registered trademarks and trade names, so it only has common law rights with respect to infractions or infringements on its products. Many subtleties exist in product descriptions, offering and names that can easily confuse members and customers. The name of the Company’s principal products may be found in numerous variations of the name and descriptions in various media and product labels. This presents a risk of losing potential customers looking for our products and buying someone else’s because they cannot differentiate between them. In addition, the Company’s products could infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, although the Company is not aware of any such infringement. If such infringement were to occur, the Company might have to alter its product labeling or content, and accordingly, could lose sales in the process. Also, monetary reimbursement could be required to be paid to the Company whose products were infringed.
  
Disruption to our supply chain of products and/or ingredients could negatively affect our sales.
 
The Company has not as yet experienced significant problems in obtaining its products from suppliers. However, there is no guarantee that some of the ingredients in the formulizations of the products will not become scarce, or that current suppliers may not be able to continue to provide our products or ingredients.
 
If the manufactured products do not meet quality standard, the product is not accepted by us. This could cause a shortage of those products in inventory resulting in back orders and even cancellations of orders. Sales of existing products in inventory may not be sufficient to use all stock on hand before the ‘best by’ date expires. This causes a write off of inventory that is not salable resulting in negative financial results.
 
Damage claims against our products could reduce our sales and revenues.
 
If any of our products are found to cause injury or damage, the Company could suffer financial damages. We have not had significant claims for damages or losses from our products to date. The Company does not carry product liability insurance.
 
 
10

 
 
Our products contain many ingredients. If any of the ingredients were found to be harmful or were no longer available, then our formulizations would have to change. The acceptance of the new product formula may not be supported, which could create negative publicity and in reduce our sales and revenues.
 
There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as a result of our lack of significant revenues and if we are unable to generate significant revenue or secure financing we may be required to cease or curtail our operations.
 
Our lack of significant revenues raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our financial statements do not include adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty and if we are unable to generate significant revenue or secure financing, we may be required to cease or curtail our operations.
 
Fluctuations in growth in membership may cause our revenues to fluctuate.
 
As our members are under no obligation to remain with the Company, the retention of members within our organization is not certain. If the Company cannot attract additional new members and cannot retain existing members, then the growth trend can be expected to decline resulting in reduced revenues for the Company. Although we have seen a growth of new members in 2012 compared to 2011 with 679 new members in 2012 and 318 new members in 2011, we had 1,590 total members in 2012 and 6,671 total members in 2011. This trend of slower growth of new and existing members may continue. Fluctuations in growth in membership may cause our revenues to fluctuate.
 
In 2012 and 2011, one supplier accounted for approximately 58% and 71% of our purchases. The Company does not have agreements with this major or any other suppliers, which exposes us to greater risk of sales disruptions and reduced revenues.
 
In 2012, one supplier, SUSS Technology Corp., accounted for approximately 58% of our purchases. In 2011, one supplier, Health One Pharmaceutical Inc., accounted for approximately 71% of our purchases. The loss of this supplier could result in a loss of sales and revenues. The Company does not have a written or contractual agreement with any Health One Pharmaceuticals or any of our other suppliers, or with any of our secondary or tertiary suppliers, suppliers who supply our primary and secondary suppliers, respectively. Our product sourcing and other manufacturing requirements are conducted on a purchase-order basis. If one or more of our current suppliers stopped selling us ingredients and manufacturing our products, we would be forced to find other suppliers or re-allocate our manufacturing requirements among our existing suppliers. Although we have identified four alternative suppliers, the time needed to re-allocate our manufacturing requirements could outlast the inventory on hand and result in loss of sales.
   
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY
 
If our multi-level marketing program were found to violate laws, rules and regulations governing multi-level marketing programs such as ours, our revenues could be reduced.
 
Substantially all of our entire sales and distribution channel is based upon our multi-level network marketing program. We are subject to various regulations governing multi-level marketing by federal, state and local agencies in the U.S.  We are also subject to various regulations governing multi-level marketing in the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate.  We are at risk in that one or more areas, our marketing system might not have been or are not currently compliant with U.S. federal, state and local regulations as well as regulations in applicable foreign jurisdictions.  The only potential regulatory issue of which we are aware concerning our multi-level marketing program is that we have been advised by Canadian counsel that under one interpretation of applicable Canadian law, a type of purchase requirement that we did use (but no longer use as of the date of this registration statement) may have violated Canada’s Competition Act applicable to our marketing activities in Canada.  We are also subject to private claims from individuals, including members challenging our network marketing program. However, to date, we have received no notices of potential violations, challenges, or legal or regulatory proceedings, whether from individuals or U.S. or foreign regulatory authorities in all the countries where we operate, and we are not aware of any of the foregoing that are pending or that have actually occurred. We could also be affected by actions or claims against competitors’ network marketing programs as their outcomes could be used against us. We are not aware of any aspect of our marketing program that as of the date of this registration statement is not in compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws, rules or regulations relating to our business. If we were found not to have complied with applicable laws, rules or regulations in the past or if in the future we were required but were not able to bring into compliance our network marketing program, it could subject us to regulatory or private action resulting in litigation, fines or penalties as well as otherwise reducing our revenues.
 
 
11

 
 
Failure to retain and attract our independent members could reduce our revenues.
 
The sales of our products are made through a network of independent members. Members voluntarily sign up with the Company to buy our products. There is no guarantee that the members will continue to work the business. Our sales growth depends upon expanding our member base, and upon the continued involvement of the current members. Our members have many alternative opportunities to join other multi-level marketing companies. If we are not able to retain these members and to recruit new members, then the lack of growth and sustained sales could have adverse financial effects on the Company.
 
The retention and the productivity of our members are affected by many factors including:
 
 
·
Competitors’ programs

 
·
Publicity or negative publicity of our products

 
·
Enforcement of our policies and procedures

 
·
Members’ individual success or lack of success in our program

 
·
The negative influence from former members

 
·
Lack of interest in continuing to work the business

 
·
Perceived deficiencies in our compensation plan

 
·
Economic conditions that may discourage members from continuing

 
·
The obstacles presented by a perceived saturation of network or multi-level programs in the market place that make recruiting new members difficult.
 
If we cannot retain our high level members or attract new members that can attain a high level position, then our sales could decline resulting in financial losses. It takes time for members to establish an organization that pays them dividends and that generates sales for the Company. If high level members leave the Company due to some of the factors mentioned, there is no assurance that the Company would be able to replace those leaders, their organization and the sales volume that attends that organization.
 
Independent members may not comply with Company policies which could have severe consequences to our business, our reputation and the morale of the members.
 
We cannot exert the same type of control over our network of independent members as we can with our employees. We cannot be sure that our members will comply with the guidelines set by the Company on the use of the products, the claims they may make about the benefits of the products or the manner in which they conduct their business. The Company’s compliance department is constantly training members and reviewing their practices, we cannot monitor everything that our members do. If an action were brought against a member, then we could also be named. A finding against us could have severe consequences to our business, our reputation and the morale of the members.
 
Failure to comply with the many regulations governing our business could significantly damage our business.
 
The Company is subject to various federal, state, local and foreign regulations. Various governmental agencies have an impact on our business. The regulations cover product ingredients, manufacture, distribution, marketing, sales, compensation and taxation, to name a few. If the Company were to fail to meet standards set by these regulations, then the Company could be prohibited from selling its products.
 
 
12

 
 
If one or more of the ingredients of our products become subject to regulatory action, then the Company suffers the risk of having to re-formulate its product, if allowed, in order to put it on the market. The cost of this process may be substantial. The future acceptance of the re-formulated product by its members cannot be assured.
 
Foreign jurisdictions may pass laws that would prohibit the use of certain ingredients in their particular market. If the Company were not able to satisfy the various regulations, then it would have to cease sales of that product in that location.
 
RISKS RELATED TO MANAGEMENT AND PERSONNEL
 
We depend heavily on key personnel, and turnover of key senior management could harm our business.
 
Our future business and results of operations depend in significant part upon the continued contributions of Ding Hua Wang, Director, President & CEO. If we lose Ding Hua Wang, President and CEO, or if he fails to perform in his current positions, or if we are not able to attract and retain skilled employees as needed, our business could suffer. Significant turnover in our senior management could significantly deplete our institutional knowledge held by our existing senior management team. We depend on the skills and abilities of these key employees in managing the product acquisition, marketing and sales aspects of our business, any part of which could be harmed by turnover in the future.
 
Our management has limited experience in managing the day to day operations of a public company and, as a result, we may incur additional expenses associated with the management of our company.
 
Ding Hua Wang, President and CEO, is responsible for the operations and reporting of the combined company. The requirements of operating as a small public company are new to the management team and the employees as a whole. This may require us to obtain outside assistance from legal, accounting, investor relations, or other professionals that could be more costly than planned. We may also be required to hire additional staff to comply with additional SEC reporting requirements and compliance under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Our failure to comply with reporting requirements and other provisions of securities laws could negatively affect our stock price and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

In our prior registration statement on Form S-1, our internal disclosure controls and procedures were inadequate resulting in the failure to discover an unauthorized legal opinion and consent in a Registration Statement until after the Registration Statement was declared effective, leading to the withdrawal of that Registration Statement, and a similar failure of our new disclosure controls could result in a future adverse consequences as a result of actions of regulators or of incurring liability for significant amounts as the result of any litigation resulting from our including unauthorized information from third parties or any material false or misleading information in any filings with the SEC.

Prior to instituting an internal disclosure control and procedure system in 2013, the Company did not have an adequate disclosure control system, which led to the Company being the victim of a fraud perpetrated by a third party hired by the Company to obtain information in the form of an opinion and related consent which was included in the withdrawn Registration Statement.  The Company thus withdrew the offering under that Registration Statement due to this situation.   No securities were sold pursuant to that Registration Statement.
 
The Company has adopted new disclosure controls and procedures designed to prevent any future occurrence of a similar situation as described, related to the verification of any information provided by any third party in this Registration Statement, including obtaining new opinions and consents through direct attorney-client relations with all law firms providing any opinion and consent included in this Registration Statement.  I n 2013, prior to filing this registration statement, we instituted additional internal disclosure controls. However, if these new controls also prove inadequate, we could become liable for significant amounts as the result of any potential actions by regulators or litigation resulting from our including unauthorized information from third parties or any material false or misleading information in any filings with the SEC.  If any of the foregoing occurs, we cannot predict how regulators will react or how the market prices of our shares will be affected.
 
 
13

 
 
In the past our internal financial controls were inadequate resulting in the failure to discover an embezzlement of $815,144 by our third party accountant, and a similar failure of our new financial controls could result in a future loss.
 
Prior to instituting an internal control system in 2011 at the direction and under the supervision of the Company’s current internal accounting personnel, the Company did not have an adequate internal control system, which led to the discovery of an embezzlement by prior external accountant of $815,144 in the years prior to 2011. In 2011, we instituted additional internal controls. However, if these new controls also prove inadequate, we could suffer similar financial loss in the future.
 
It is difficult for us to predict how long it will take to complete management's assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for each year and to remediate any deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, we may not be able to complete the assessment and process on a timely basis. In the event that our Chief Executive Officer/Chief Financial Officer determines that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective as defined under Section 404, we cannot predict how regulators will react or how the market prices of our shares will be affected.

Our management has a history of investing in business ventures that ultimately fail and currently lacks of ability of to protect the company from resulting losses by taking ordinary steps to document and oversee business relationships.
 
Our management has a history of investing in business ventures that ultimately fail, including 5 Continents TV Corp. (“5CTV”) and Mobile Internet Information Technology, Inc. (“MIIT”). We had resulting aggregate losses of approximately $5,681,518. Although we are taking remedial action to address these issues specifically by adopting a policy that we will not invest in other business ventures such as these in the future, management currently lacks ability to protect the company from resulting losses by taking ordinary steps to document and oversee business relationships. This prior history and lack of ability could reduce our assets or revenues if reoccurring in the future.
 
Because we do not have an audit or compensation committee, shareholders will have to rely on the entire board of directors, none of which are independent, to perform these functions.
 
We do not have an audit or compensation committee comprised of independent directors. Indeed, we do not have any audit or compensation committee. These functions are performed by the board of directors as a whole. No members of the board of directors are independent directors. Thus, there is a potential conflict in that board members who are also part of management will participate in discussions concerning management compensation and audit issues that may affect management decisions.
 
Certain of our stockholders hold a significant percentage of our outstanding voting securities which could reduce the ability of minority shareholders to effect certain corporate actions .
 
Our officers, directors and majority shareholders are the beneficial owners of 78.38% of our outstanding voting securities. As a result, they possess significant influence and can elect a majority of our board of directors and authorize or prevent proposed significant corporate transactions. Their ownership and control may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a future change in control, impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer.
 
Mr. Wang previously used personal funds on behalf of the Company and received cash proceeds from product or warrant sales.
 
Mr. Wang previously has utilized his personal funds to acquire product for the Company and has personally received direct payment from product or warrant sales. The net result of these transactions is that the Company owes Mr. Wang $298,677 and $75,115 as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Mr. Wang appreciates that it is important to separate his funds and transactions from those of the Company and has committed to maintaining separate accounts and transactions, but any future commingling of corporate and personal funds could raise questions about Mr. Wang’s fiduciary duty to the Company and could have a material adverse impact on the Company.
   
 
14

 
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR STOCK
 
Investors may have difficulty in reselling their shares due to the lack of market or state Blue Sky laws.
 
Our common stock is currently not quoted on any market. No market may ever develop for our common stock, or if developed, may not be sustained in the future.
 
The holders of our shares of common stock and persons who desire to purchase them in any trading market that might develop in the future should be aware that there may be significant state law restrictions upon the ability of investors to resell our shares. Accordingly, even if we are successful in having the Shares available for trading on the OTCBB, investors should consider any secondary market for the Company's securities to be a limited one. We intend to seek coverage and publication of information regarding the company in an accepted publication which permits a "manual exemption." This manual exemption permits a security to be distributed in a particular state without being registered if the company issuing the security has a listing for that security in a securities manual recognized by the state. However, it is not enough for the security to be listed in a recognized manual. The listing entry must contain (1) the names of issuers, officers, and directors, (2) an issuer's balance sheet, and (3) a profit and loss statement for either the fiscal year preceding the balance sheet or for the most recent fiscal year of operations. We may not be able to secure a listing containing all of this information. Furthermore, the manual exemption is a non issuer exemption restricted to secondary trading transactions, making it unavailable for issuers selling newly issued securities. Most of the accepted manuals are those published in Standard and Poor's, Moody's Investor Service, Fitch's Investment Service, and Best's Insurance Reports, and many states expressly recognize these manuals. A smaller number of states declare that they “recognize securities manuals” but do not specify the recognized manuals. The following states do not have any provisions and therefore do not expressly recognize the manual exemption: Alabama, Georgia, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Montana, South Dakota, Tennessee, Vermont and Wisconsin.
 
Accordingly, our shares should be considered totally illiquid, which inhibits investors’ ability to resell their shares.
 
We will be subject to penny stock regulations and restrictions,  and you may have difficulty selling shares of our common stock.
 
The SEC has adopted regulations which generally define so-called “penny stock” to be an equity security that has a market price less than $5.00 per share or an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exemptions. We anticipate that our common stock will become a “penny stock”, and we will become subject to Rule 15g-9 under the Exchange Act, or the “Penny Stock Rule”. This rule imposes additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers that sell such securities to persons other than established customers. For transactions covered by Rule 15g-9, a broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and have received the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale. As a result, this rule may affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell our securities and may affect the ability of purchasers to sell any of our securities in the secondary market.
 
For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require delivery, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, of a disclosure schedule prepared by the SEC relating to the penny stock market. Disclosure is also required to be made about sales commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, monthly statements are required to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stock.
 
 
15

 
 
We do not anticipate that our common stock will qualify for exemption from the Penny Stock Rule. In any event, even if our common stock were exempt from the Penny Stock Rule, we would remain subject to Section 15(b)(6) of the Exchange Act, which gives the SEC the authority to restrict any person from participating in a distribution of penny stock, if the SEC finds that such a restriction would be in the public interest.
 
Sales of our common stock under Rule 144 could reduce the price of our stock.
 
We are registering 2,125,708 shares of common stock held by U.S. non-affiliate shareholders in the registration statement. All 131,492,720 shares of common stock held by affiliates and all  34,914,281 shares of common stock held by non-affiliates not registered in this registration statement are subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144.
 
In general, persons holding restricted securities, including affiliates, must hold their shares for a period of at least six months, may not sell more than one percent of the total issued and outstanding shares in any 90-day period, and must resell the shares in an unsolicited brokerage transaction at the market price. The availability for sale of substantial amounts of common stock under Rule 144 could reduce prevailing market prices for our securities.
 
We are an "emerging growth company," and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
 
We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we could lose that status sooner if our revenues exceed $1 billion, if we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period, or if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any March 31 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following March 31. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
 
We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the Jobs Act, that allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.
 
Because we lack certain internal controls over financial reporting in that we do not have an audit committee and our Board of Directors has no technical knowledge of U.S. GAAP and internal control of financial reporting and relies upon the Company’s financial personnel to advise the Board on such matters, we are subject to increased risk related to financial statement disclosures.
 
We lack certain internal controls over financial reporting in that we do not have an audit committee and your Board of Directors has no technical knowledge of U.S. GAAP and internal control of financial reporting and relies upon the Company’s financial personnel to advise the Board on such matters. Accordingly, we are subject to increased risk related to financial statement disclosures.
 
 
16

 
 
Special Information Regarding Forward Looking Statements
 
Some of the statements in this registration statement are “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements involve certain known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the factors set forth above under “Risk Factors.” The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. We caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update and revise any forward-looking statements or to publicly announce the result of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements in this document to reflect any future or developments.  However, Section 27A(b)(2)(d) of the Securities Act and Section 21E(b)(2)(d) of the Securities Exchange Act expressly state that the safe harbor for forward looking statements does not apply to statements made in connection with an initial public offering.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
Not applicable. We will not receive any proceeds from the shares registered under this Registration Statement.
 
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
 
Our management has determined the offering price for the selling shareholders' shares. The price of the shares we are offering was arbitrarily determined based upon the prior offering price in our private placement. We have no agreement, written or oral, with our selling shareholders about this price of $.50 per share. Based upon oral conversations with our selling shareholders, we believe that none of our selling shareholders disagree with this price or $.50 per share. The offering price bears no relationship whatsoever to our assets, earnings, book value or other criteria of value. The factors considered were:
 
 
·
our declining revenues
 
 
·
our growth potential
 
 
·
the price we believe a purchaser is willing to pay for our stock
 
The offering price does not bear any relationship to our assets, results of operations, or book value, or to any other generally accepted criteria of valuation. Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our securities.
 
DILUTION
 
Not applicable. We are not offering any shares in this registration statement. All shares are being registered on behalf of our selling shareholders.
 
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
The selling security holders named below are selling the securities. The table assumes that all of the securities will be sold in this offering. However, any or all of the securities listed below may be retained by any of the selling security holders, and therefore, no accurate forecast can be made as to the number of securities that will be held by the selling security holders upon termination of this offering.
 
We believe that the selling security holders listed in the table have sole voting and investment powers with respect to the securities indicated. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the securities by the selling security holders. None of our selling security holders is or is affiliated with a broker-dealer. All selling security holders may be deemed underwriters.

 
17

 
 
Name of Shareholders
 
Total
Shares
Owned
   
Shares
Registered
   
Remaining
Shares if
All
Registered
Shares
Sold [1]
 
%
Before
Offering
 
% After
Offering
 
Material
Transactions
with Selling
Shareholder
in past 3
years (incl.
nature of
services
provided and
dates
provided)
                                     
TIAN MING LIANG
   
2,220
     
2,220
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GRACE KAO
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
PING YANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
FANG WEI
   
67,400
     
67,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JING CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SU YUN SUN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LAVINIA KWAI CHAN
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO LING XU
   
6,000
     
6,000
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MING FANG LI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SEN MAO CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SIU WA TSOI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHEN XIU ZHU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate

 
18

 

BAN KE WEI
   
2,500
     
2,500
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ANNIE LEE
   
800
     
800
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LANG PING CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HE XIU HUA
   
152,300
     
152,300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DU CHANGBIN
   
23,724
     
23,724
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
TAI MING SIU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHUI MEL LEUNG
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YU YONG HE
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZOU HONG
   
2,600
     
2,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HONG CHANG CUI
   
10,200
     
10,200
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YING ZHU
   
2,600
     
2,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI XIANG ZHENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LAN CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
OI FUNG CHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HE JIAN HUI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUI MEI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
TIAN SUN PENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIANG SHU HAN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HONG CUI XIA
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LI LING
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
FANG FANG
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
THI HUONG NGUYEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HOPE BAO
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SAUWAH HOH
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LIN, ZHENGHAO
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIAN JISHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHU YUN ZHOU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
19

 
 
DAVID BAO
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
WEI KE FANG
   
2,000
     
2,000
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
PENG WEI HUA
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
YE JASMINE
   
10,000
     
10,000
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
AI FANG LU
   
43,984
     
43,984
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
FAITH BAO
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
HOPE HELEN BAO
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
YONG SHENG ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
GONG MING GAO
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
SHUI FANG LAI
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
JIAN GUO WU
   
5,400
     
5,400
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
BI DUAN LIU
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
SHENG FENG YU
   
5,400
     
5,400
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
YU FANG ZHANG
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
BAN ZHEN NI
   
300
     
300
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
YOU YING LI
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
YONGZHAO LIU
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
ANDY XU
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
QI WENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
GUO JIN HUANG
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
LINYING CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
KUN ZHU DONG
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
XIN LONG CHEN
   
10,000
     
10,000
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
QI CHUAN CHEN
   
35,000
     
35,000
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
ZHAO HUA CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
YING NI
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
ZHEN JUAN CHEN
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                 
LI KUN ZHENG
   
600
     
600
 
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
20

 
 
YAJIN GAO
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MIN WANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIA HUA ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YUN ZHENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
REN KU HE
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WILLIAN CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIN FENG WENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QING LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JING ZHANG JIANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHEN LIN WENG
   
32,300
     
32,300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KAI SAU CHAN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
AI QIN CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KUI ZHENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIN SHI
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QIAO FANG JIANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DE GUAN GAO
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SUN CHENG HUI
   
15,400
     
15,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YING LEUNG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GUI YING DONG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SONG, DE PING
   
21,500
     
21,500
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHAN YU CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
TONG YUN CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIU YAN ZHU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GUANG DING QIU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WEI FANG
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUI JIANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
AI YUE LIANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
21

 
 
JIE JUAN YANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YU QING XU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YI ZHEN PENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO PING YIN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MENG XUE PENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XUE JIN ZHENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HING CHAN
   
6,600
     
6,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
PO YUK CHAN
   
10,600
     
10,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YU ZHEN ZHENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHEN MING LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YU MIN ZHANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI SHENG XIAO
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QI REN LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KONG BIAO NI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHUI XIANG PAN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KIM YAP WANG
   
20,000
     
20,000
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
OI KUEN LO
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
OI WAI LO
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIE LIN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WEN CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YING LIN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIU ZHEN CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHU YUN YAN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
NINA WANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHAN JIE CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUO JIN GAO
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
AN CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QIAO MIN LIN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
22

 
 
XUE MEI WANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YIKUAI CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DAN HONG CHEN
   
2,600
     
2,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QIN NI
   
2,600
     
2,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHUN HUA LIN
   
13,400
     
13,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LIN KOON KO
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIN JING WENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAN FEI CHEN
   
11,400
     
11,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HAI ZHEN HUANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
NGO KHAI CUONG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHUTANG FRANK DONG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LILI YUAN
   
25,700
     
25,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WAN QI DING
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KAI ZHU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUASHENG RICHARD HUANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CYNTHIA WU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
TSONG LIN
   
10,600
     
10,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LI ZHEN LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
PING WANG
   
11,400
     
11,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SU DAN WANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KWAI YU LIN-LAM
   
2,600
     
2,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KWAN CHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XING GUANG ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SAU CHING CHEUNG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DAVID ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ADA ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
FONG CHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
23

 
 
XIANG QIN ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIN XING ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YANG LIN
   
7,700
     
7,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JAMES G. SANDNER
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KEE SANG WONG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIN WANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIN YAO LIN
   
7,600
     
7,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JANET KWAN SO
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
BAO CI YANG
   
2,600
     
2,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIN FEI ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO LI YANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JUAN HUA LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHEN ZHOU LIN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIN YU ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
FUNG LAM
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QIU QIN NI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
FANG LIN
   
3,560
     
3,560
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QIU FENG LAI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHEN LIANG LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MAK LAI FUN
   
7,340
     
7,340
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LAI TONY THUM CHOI
   
1,600
     
1,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DONG QIUYUN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LIAO JUI HSIANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HU QUAN
   
20,000
     
20,000
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HONG GANG YANG
   
5,200
     
5,200
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YOU ZUN HUI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WANG MENG CHEN
   
5,500
     
5,500
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHANG RONG DONG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
24

 
 
WANG MENGLI
   
35,400
     
35,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHENG ZHENGHAI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LI QIAN
   
5,000
     
5,000
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHEN SHU SHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DONG YONG LI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GUO SHUIHANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LIN WEI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CUI HUA WANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WANG QIAO JING
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QI REN DONG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHANG SHANGZHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MA HE DONG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WANG MEIQIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI FANG LIAN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LV QINQI
   
10,000
     
10,000
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHEN WEI
   
10,000
     
10,000
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LIU JIAN YAN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHEN TIANHE
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LI GE
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WU DELIAN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHI XIN LING
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHEN JIN DONG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LI JIN NAN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI QIN DONG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
REN WEI MIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
TAK C. WONG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HEWI PING CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
25

 
 
WU ZU HUI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ANNA ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHENG YI QIANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LU CAI XIAN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
TSONG HUANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZI YAN LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MENG FU TANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LI MIN ZHANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LU MING XU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DAN LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUI ZHEN ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WANG MENG HUI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LIN ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
BOUAKHAM SAYAVONG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CUI FANG LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI HUA ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI YEUNG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WU ZHANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHOU DONG DONG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
BI RONG CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIN XIA XIAO
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
BI RONG DONG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HONG SU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QIU JIN HUANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DUAN ZHEN HUANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHOK HONG CHING
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YONG ZHONG LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YI FENG ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
26

 
 
CHANG HONG LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHOU WEN DONG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SING YU SIU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZAI CHENG JIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIA CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JULIA XU WON
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIN YUN XIAO
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JUNGIL LEE
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SAI QIN LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHU DUAN GUO
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHANG MIN LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUA CUI
   
10,200
     
10,200
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QI XIA NI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIAN MIN WANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHANG ZI LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MENG ZHOU WANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LAI ANNA
   
6,500
     
6,500
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LIEW CHEE KAN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIN HUI WANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WEI WANG JIANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIANG SHUN LU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QING WEI LIU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIANHUA WU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIANPING ZHENG
   
10,200
     
10,200
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
BENEDICT QUEK
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GUANG YU ZOU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
AGATHA SHAW
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
27

 
 
CATHERINE LIEW YEH
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHRISTINA LIEW
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIU RU CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHENG JIAN ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI RONG ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI YU ZHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHAOWEN SAYAVONG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HELEN L. YAP
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YUE HUA WANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZI YI LI
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MINGXIANG ZHANG
   
16,300
     
16,300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GUI YU PIAO
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JULIE CHU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YAN WANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MIN GEN LI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
BEN BAO
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WAN YI LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHI MING YU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QING CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KATHY SOK IENG LAM
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DUAN XIAO PENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LIEW MARGARET
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO JIE XU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YU HUA CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHUAN SHI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
REN CONG LI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YUAN MING ZHANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KUONG LONG LAM
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
28

 
 
KATHY SOK IENG LAM
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHEN GUANG HUANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MIN LIN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHIH TUNG WANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HE CUI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DONG JI JIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MAO JI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIANG LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SOKKAM LAM
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QING SU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHAO RU CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ANNY SHAO
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YAO MEI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
PENG XUAN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WANG YU CHING
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YE LISA
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YE GUO MOU
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZUO REN SUN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
PARK WAN MOON
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WENDY XU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIAN TONG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KEVIN AU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HING CHUEN WU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SU JUN LI
   
5,500
     
5,500
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
EN LING LIN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GUO LUAN FENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUI ZHONG ZHANG
   
7,900
     
7,900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
29

 
 
YEE CHING CHENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
STEPHEN LAU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIU MEI HUANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YANG LIN CORP.
   
5,500
     
5,500
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SI QIN WEI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LI WEI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHENG QI WEI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XUE HAI YU
   
5,600
     
5,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SOU KENG LENG
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUI TANG GU
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIN CHENG HAO
   
6,000
     
6,000
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WANG FEI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GEUNOK STUEHMKE
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
RAYMOND YU
   
1,000
     
1,000
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MARGARET DING
   
18,490
     
18,490
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QI LIN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GUO YING SUN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JUAN HE
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ADA LAU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GARY YU
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
VICTOR KAMARA
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO LING LI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
FENG CHAN MEI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YUK YING LAM LAM
   
5,700
     
5,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
TIFFFANY LEE
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ELSA WANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI LAN TANG
   
5,600
     
5,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KENNETH AU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
30

 
 
SAU KWAN LI YU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
PING JUAN CHEN ZENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QIAO CHANG KUANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KIMBLE LEUNG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YONG CE HU
   
5,900
     
5,900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUI LING CHEN
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO FEN LIN
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YA CHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YONG ZENG ZHEN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ANNIE LEUNG
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIU PING CHEN
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHUO YAN HUANG
   
6,600
     
6,600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LIU CUI PING
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JUN HUANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIA YING ZHENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI WAH KONG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
FENG CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUI HUA HUANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YU JIAO SHI
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JUAN HUANG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIAN LI
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIANG CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHUN LAM WONG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WEN FEI ZHENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SIU TANG YEUNG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI XIANG WENG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIU DANG YAN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
31

 
 
XIAO YU LIN
   
7,400
     
7,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GUO YING YE
   
4,800
     
4,800
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QIAO E KUANG
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MATHEW LEE
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HING CHI WU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
PEI LING ZENG
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DONG XIANG XIN
   
6,500
     
6,500
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MIN FANG HUANG
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHEUK KIU WONG
   
12,200
     
12,200
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LAN FANG LIU
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO YAN CHEN
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YONG YI HU
   
8,100
     
8,100
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LI RONG XU
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YIH SHYONG WENG
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CINDY YE GINSBURGH
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GUAN QUN CHEN
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YISHA YAO
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LI MIN HAN
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIU HUI CHEN
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO XUE CHEN
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
OU LING CEN
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QI CHEN
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO QIN WEI
   
1,200
     
1,200
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YI PING DOU
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHUN YUN LU
   
2,800
     
2,800
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YI MEI KE
   
2,800
     
2,800
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HAI YAN WU
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIA JEAN SUNG
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
32

 
 
ZHENG JIE LU
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUI XIANG YAN
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHONG WU
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MINYI CHANG
   
10,200
     
10,200
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUI BING ZHAO
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MING YU PIAO
   
2,800
     
2,800
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CI CHEN
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
BO WANG
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
TUNG MO YAU
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHONG PING YU
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YANG ZHI JIAN
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QI WANG
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
PEI YI HE
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIU JI AN
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZIY ZHANG
   
100
     
100
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MIN QING ZHENG
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MING YAO LU
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
ZHENG QIAO HUI
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SU YING LEI
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YUN PENG LIN
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DA SHENG
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LI QUN JUAN
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
SHU XING ZHANG
   
3,500
     
3,500
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
NEN JIN CHEN
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MEI MEI CHUNG
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QIANG GUO KE
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YONG GUANG LIN
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
33

 
 
GUI YING ZHAO
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
TONG ZHI JIANG
   
11,000
     
11,000
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JOHN J ZAPOR JR
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
GUANG PING WU
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YANG TIAN
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUI YU ZHENG
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
PAO YUEH FANG
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIANG YU XUE
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO YUN NG
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DUAN HONG
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIE PING HO
   
300
     
300
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
MIN HUI CHANG
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DAO JI LI
   
200
     
200
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIA HUI LANG
   
100
     
100
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DAO-RO DAISY LEE
   
100
     
100
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XUE HONG CHEN PANG
   
1,100
     
1,100
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YU LIN
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KWAI CHING CHIN
   
1,700
     
1,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WEN ZHOU
   
1,000
     
1,000
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XUE XIANG JIANG
   
100
     
100
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
PING CHAN
   
100
     
100
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHOI,MOONKYU
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
CHOI, HAEKYUNG
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
DAVIN YANG
   
100
     
100
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
QIU HUA GAO
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO GANG WEI
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WAI YUK WONG
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
XIAO LIANG LI
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
 
34

 
 
LI SU ZHU
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
KING HUI WANG
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HE PING LI
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JING JIANG
   
100
     
100
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
BAOZHU JIANG
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
YAN ZHANG
   
900
     
900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LAM, WAN YAN
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WANG, ZHONG MOU
   
5,400
     
5,400
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
LIN, XIUHUA
   
600
     
600
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
JIANG, HAN
   
2,700
     
2,700
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WANG, HUIJUN
   
46,900
     
46,900
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
WENDY XU INC., 
Xu, WeiGuang Principal
   
12,000
     
12,000
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
                                     
HUIMAN G CHUNG TRUSTEE
THE CHUNG FAMILY TRUST
   
24,690
     
24,690
     
0
 
*
   
0
 
DSA or DSA Affiliate
 
[1] Assuming sale of all shares registered hereunder.
 
* Less than 1%
 
 
35

 
 
Share Issuances of Shares in this Offering
 
In October 2012, 1,947,108 shares were issued to U.S. citizens or residents upon the exercise of Type A Warrants and 178,600 shares were issued to U.S. citizens or residents upon the exercise of Type B Warrants. These are the only shares being registered in this offering.
 
We relied upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.

 
o
The distribution was limited to persons becoming or who were our members rather than a general solicitation of the public at large.

 
o
We have not allowed any transfer of these securities except as could be made in compliance with federal securities laws.
 
Blue Sky
 
The holders of our shares of common stock and persons who desire to purchase them in any trading market that might develop in the future should be aware that there may be significant state law restrictions upon the ability of investors to resell our shares. Accordingly, even if we are successful in having the Shares available for trading on the OTCBB, investors should consider any secondary market for the Company's securities to be a limited one. There is no guarantee that our stock will ever be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. We intend to seek coverage and publication of information regarding the company in an accepted publication which permits a "manual exemption”. This manual exemption permits a security to be distributed in a particular state without being registered if the company issuing the security has a listing for that security in a securities manual recognized by the state. However, it is not enough for the security to be listed in a recognized manual. The listing entry must contain (1) the names of issuers, officers, and directors, (2) an issuer's balance sheet, and (3) a profit and loss statement for either the fiscal year preceding the balance sheet or for the most recent fiscal year of operations. We may not be able to secure a listing containing all of this information. Furthermore, the manual exemption is a non issuer exemption restricted to secondary trading transactions, making it unavailable for issuers selling newly issued securities. Most of the accepted manuals are those published in Standard and Poor's, Moody's Investor Service, Fitch's Investment Service, and Best's Insurance Reports, and many states expressly recognize these manuals. A smaller number of states declare that they “recognize securities manuals” but do not specify the recognized manuals. The following states do not have any provisions and therefore do not expressly recognize the manual exemption: Alabama, Georgia, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Montana, South Dakota, Tennessee, Vermont and Wisconsin.
 
We currently do not intend to and may not be able to qualify securities for resale in other states which require shares to be qualified before they can be resold by our shareholders.
 
 
36

 
 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
Our common stock is currently not quoted on any market. No market may ever develop for our common stock, or if developed, may not be sustained in the future. Accordingly, our shares should be considered totally illiquid, which inhibits investors’ ability to resell their shares.
 
Selling shareholders are offering up to 2,125,708 shares of common stock. The selling shareholders will offer their shares at $0.50 per share until our shares are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and thereafter at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices. We will not receive proceeds from the sale of shares from the selling shareholders.  There is no guarantee that our stock will ever be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board.
 
The securities offered by this prospectus will be sold by the selling shareholders. Selling shareholders in this offering may be considered underwriters. We are not aware of any underwriting arrangements that have been entered into by the selling shareholders. The distribution of the securities by the selling shareholders may be effected in one or more transactions that may take place in the over-the-counter market, including broker's transactions or privately negotiated transactions.
 
The selling shareholders may pledge all or a portion of the securities owned as collateral for margin accounts or in loan transactions, and the securities may be resold pursuant to the terms of such pledges, margin accounts or loan transactions. Upon default by such selling shareholders, the pledge in such loan transaction would have the same rights of sale as the selling shareholders under this prospectus. The selling shareholders may also enter into exchange traded listed option transactions, which require the delivery of the securities listed under this prospectus. After our securities are qualified for quotation on the over the counter bulletin board, the selling shareholders may also transfer securities owned in other ways not involving market makers or established trading markets, including directly by gift, distribution, or other transfer without consideration, and upon any such transfer the transferee would have the same rights of sale as such selling shareholders under this prospectus.
 
In addition to the above, each of the selling shareholders will be affected by the applicable provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including, without limitation, Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the securities by the selling shareholders or any such other person. We have instructed our selling shareholders that they may not purchase any of our securities while they are selling shares under this registration statement.
 
Upon this registration statement being declared effective, the selling shareholders may offer and sell their shares from time to time until all of the shares registered are sold; however, this offering may not extend beyond two years from the initial effective date of this registration statement.
 
There can be no assurances that the selling shareholders will sell any or all of the securities. In various states, the securities may not be sold unless these securities have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.
 
All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of our securities. Pursuant to oral promises we made to the selling shareholders, we will pay all the fees and expenses incident to the registration of the securities.
 
Should any substantial change occur regarding the status or other matters concerning the selling shareholders or us, we will file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement disclosing such matters.
 
OTC Bulletin Board Considerations
 
To be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, a market maker must file an application on our behalf in order to make a market for our common stock. We anticipate that after this registration statement is declared effective, market makers will enter “piggyback” quotes and our securities will thereafter trade on the OTC Bulletin Board.
 
 
37

 
 
The OTC Bulletin Board is separate and distinct from the NASDAQ stock market. NASDAQ has no business relationship with issuers of securities quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. The SEC’s order handling rules, which apply to NASDAQ-listed securities, do not apply to securities quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board.
 
Although the NASDAQ stock market has rigorous listing standards to ensure the high quality of its issuers, and can delist issuers for not meeting those standards, the OTC Bulletin Board has no listing standards. Rather, it is the market maker who chooses to quote a security on the system, files the application, and is obligated to comply with keeping information about the issuer in its files. FINRA cannot deny an application by a market maker to quote the stock of a company. The only requirement for inclusion in the bulletin board is that the issuer be current in its reporting requirements with the SEC.
 
Although we anticipate listing on the OTC Bulletin board will increase liquidity for our stock, investors may have greater difficulty in getting orders filled because it is anticipated that if our stock trades on a public market, it initially will trade on the OTC Bulletin Board rather than on NASDAQ. Investors’ orders may be filled at a price much different than expected when an order is placed. Trading activity in general is not conducted as efficiently and effectively as with NASDAQ-listed securities.
 
Investors must contact a broker-dealer to trade OTC Bulletin Board securities. Investors do not have direct access to the bulletin board service. For bulletin board securities, there only has to be one market maker.
 
Bulletin board transactions are conducted almost entirely manually. Because there are no automated systems for negotiating trades on the bulletin board, they are conducted via telephone. In times of heavy market volume, the limitations of this process may result in a significant increase in the time it takes to execute investor orders. Therefore, when investors place market orders - an order to buy or sell a specific number of shares at the current market price - it is possible for the price of a stock to go up or down significantly during the lapse of time between placing a market order and getting execution.
 
Because bulletin board stocks are usually not followed by analysts, there may be lower trading volume than for NASDAQ-listed securities.
 
There is no guarantee that our stock will ever be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
There are no pending or threatened lawsuits against us.
   
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS, AND CONTROL PERSONS
 
The board of directors elects our executive officers annually. A majority vote of the directors who are in office is required to fill vacancies. Each director shall be elected for the term of one year, and until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Our director and executive officer is as follows:
 
Name
 
Age
 
Position
         
Ding Hua Wang
 
51
 
CEO and President, Director
Xun Zhang
 
53
 
Director
Pooi Lam Shun
 
64
 
Director
 
Mr. Wang joined our predecessor company in January 2007 as Product Consultant. In November 2007, he became CEO and President of our predecessor company and has been CEO, President and Director of our company since inception in March 2011. From August 2005 to December 2006, he was CEO of Ansheng Company International Products, a nutrition products manufacturing and wholesale company. From January 1999 to August 2005, he was CEO of Ansheng Company, a Chinese herbal medicine imports and store sales company. He studied at Zhejiang University of Traditional Chinese Medicine from January 1986 to February 1991. He attended American Global University in alternative medicine from August 2001 to September 2003 but did not receive a degree. As a member of the board, Mr. Wang contributes significant industry-specific experience and expertise on our products and services. Mr. Wang also contributes his knowledge of the company and a deep understanding of all aspects of our business, products and markets, as well substantial experience developing corporate strategy, assessing emerging industry trends, and business operations.
 
 
38

 
 
Xun Zhang joined us as Director upon formation in March 2011. From 2003 to date, he has been Assistant Professor, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts. From 1988 to date, he has been Assistant in Biochemistry; Director, Neuroendocrine Research Laboratory Massachusetts General Hospital Boston, Massachusetts. He received a PhD, 1994, State University of New York at Albany. With responsibility for product development guidance, he brings his educational and research knowledge and experience to the Board.
 
Pooi Lam Shun joined us as Director upon formation in March 2011. From March 2007 to date, he has been a Member for us and our predecessor. From May 1990 to February 2007, he was an Independent Distributor for Sunrider International, a health food manufacturer. He received a Diploma, 1981, from Singapore Polytechnic.  Shun Pooi Lam is responsible for developing marketing strategies in Singapore, Malaysia, China and other Asian markets and brings his knowledge and experience in these markets to our Board, all in capacity as a Director of the Company. Although rendering this advice to management, he is not in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance) of the Company and does not performs a policy making function for the Company with respect to marketing or any other aspect of the Company’s business.
 
Family Relationships
 
There are no family relationships between our officers and directors.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
No officer, director, or persons nominated for such positions, promoter or significant employee has been involved in the last ten years in any of the following:
 
 
·
Any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time,
 
 
·
Any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses),
 
 
·
Being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities,
 
 
·
Being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated.
 
 
·
Having any government agency, administrative agency, or administrative court impose an administrative finding, order, decree, or sanction against them as a result of their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity.
 
 
·
Being the subject of a pending administrative proceeding related to their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity.
 
 
·
Having any administrative proceeding been threatened against you related to their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity.
 
 
39

 
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
The following tables set forth the ownership, as of the date of this registration statement, of our common stock by each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, our directors, and our executive officers and directors as a group. To the best of our knowledge, the persons named have sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares, except as otherwise noted. There are not any pending or anticipated arrangements that may cause a change in control.
 
The information presented below regarding beneficial ownership of our voting securities has been presented in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not necessarily indicative of ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of the security or the power to dispose or direct the disposition of the security. A person is deemed to own beneficially any security as to which such person has the right to acquire sole or shared voting or investment power within 60 days through the conversion or exercise of any convertible security, warrant, option or other right. More than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities. The percentage of beneficial ownership by any person as of a particular date is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person, which includes the number of shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting or investment power within 60 days, by the sum of the number of shares outstanding as of such date plus the number of shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting or investment power within 60 days. Consequently, the denominator used for calculating such percentage may be different for each beneficial owner. Except as otherwise indicated below and under applicable community property laws, we believe that the beneficial owners of our common stock listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown. The business address for these shareholders is Flair Dr., Suite 308, El Monte CA 91731.
  
             
% of
 
       
Number of
   
Common
 
Name
 
Title
 
Shares
   
Shares
 
                     
Ding Hua Wang
 
President, CEO, Director
   
129,990,020
     
77.13
%
Xun Zhang
 
Director
   
500,000
     
0.30
%
Pooi Lam Shun
 
Director
   
1,599,800
     
0.95
%
All officers and directors as a group [3 persons]
       
132,089,820
     
78.38
%
 
This table is based upon information derived from our stock records. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, each of the shareholders named in this table has sole or shared voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned. Except as set forth above, applicable percentages are based upon 142,828,993 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2013.
 
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
 
The following description as a summary of the material terms of the provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. The Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this registration statement is a part.
 
Common Stock
 
We are authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of common stock with $0.001 par value per share.
 
As of the date of this registration statement, there were 142,828,993 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 3,572 shareholders of the record.
 
 
40

 
 
Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote, either in person or by proxy, at meetings of shareholders. The holders are not permitted to vote their shares cumulatively. Accordingly, the shareholders of our common stock who hold, in the aggregate, more than fifty percent of the total voting rights can elect all of our directors and, in such event, the holders of the remaining minority shares will not be able to elect any of such directors. The vote of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote thereon is sufficient to authorize, affirm, ratify or consent to such act or action, except as otherwise provided by law.
 
Holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available. We have not paid any dividends since our inception, and we presently anticipate that all earnings, if any, will be retained for development of our business. Any future disposition of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, our future earnings, operating and financial condition, capital requirements, and other factors.
 
Holders of our common stock have no preemptive rights or other subscription rights, conversion rights, redemption or sinking fund provisions. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to shareholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities. There are not any provisions in our Articles of Incorporation or our Bylaws that would prevent or delay change in our control.  
 
INTEREST OF NAMED EXPERTS
 
The financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 included in this prospectus have been audited by Malone Bailey, LLP, which are independent certified public accountants, to the extent and for the periods set forth in our report and are incorporated herein in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
 
The legality of the shares offered under this registration statement is being passed upon by Williams Securities Law Firm, P.A., Tampa, Florida. Michael T. Williams, principal of Williams Securities Law Firm, P.A., owns 836,765 shares of our common stock.
 
The legality of the Company’s operations under the laws of Singapore is being passed upon by Metropolitan Law Corporation.   The legality of the Company’s operations under the laws of China is being passed upon by Tahota Shenzhen Law Firm.   The legality of the Company’s operations under the laws of Canada as set forth in their opinion which is filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement is being passed upon by Borden Ladner Gervais LLP .
 
DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES LIABILITIES
 
Our Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Nevada Law, contain provisions which allow the corporation to indemnify any person against liabilities and other expenses incurred as the result of defending or administering any pending or anticipated legal issue in connection with service to us if it is determined that person acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed was in the best interest of the corporation. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.
 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
Introduction
 
Our Company is a provider of Health and Nutritional supplements and Personal Care products through our website by means of a network of Direct Sales Associates, or “DSA’s”.”
 
 
41

 
 
Although we have a network of DSA’s, unlike many other multi-level marketing companies, it is our policy that DSA’s should purchase our products strictly for personal use rather than to resell or to distribute our products. Notwithstanding our direct selling structure, all purchases are made directly on our website. The primary business purpose of DSA’s is to refer new members or new customers to our website for them to purchase products directly from us for their own personal use. All products are shipped directly to the customer by us from the USA, or in certain limited cases transshipped from our warehouse facility in Hong Kong directly to the customer in China, and not sent to a DSA to distribute to the customer.
 
Unlike many traditional multi-level marketing companies,  we do not have physical locations of stores and offices and do not undertake any actions physically in foreign countries where our DSA’s are located. We are not actively promoting our direct selling business model or holding any training seminars or any related activities physically in foreign countries. As of February 6, 2014, we had 3,455 active DSA's in 12 countries.

Company History
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation and our predecessor, was established in January 2007. In April 2011, E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation entered into a merger agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, E-World USA Holding, Inc., a Nevada corporation which was the survivor of the merger. Under the Merger Agreement, we issued 90,000,000 shares of our common stock on a one share for one share basis for each share of E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation, common stock issued and outstanding at the date of the merger. In addition, we issued Type A and Type B Warrants in exchange for comparable Warrants issued and outstanding in E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation, at the date of the merger.
 
There were no written warrant exercise provisions in the Type A Warrants or Type B Warrants. Instead, the Company told Warrant Holders orally that the exercise of the Type A and Type B Warrants would be triggered by a going public event. The term “going public event” was not defined. Based upon SEC staff comments on a prior registration statement, now withdrawn, the Company believed that in order to proceed with the going public process, Warrants would need to be exercised prior to the filing of this selling stockholder registration statement. Thus the Company defined the term “going public event” as the upcoming filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 covering shares of common stock received upon conversion of the Warrants.
 
Commencing September 15, 2012, and continuing for a 30-day period until October 15, 2012, the Company requested, by means of an Information Statement provided to holders of Type A Warrants and consistent with the foregoing, that holders of Type A Warrants make an exercise election for additional products, refunds or issuance of shares of common stock, as described above. No Type A Warrant Holder receiving the Information Statement expressed any objection to being required to make an election at the point in time they made their election or at any time thereafter. In addition, on October 20, 2012, all Type B Warrants were automatically converted into Common Stock without an Information Statement as Type B Warrants converted automatically into shares of common stock, without any further action or election of a Type B Warrant Holder, at the same time as Type A Warrants were converted. All Type A and Type B Warrants have been fully exercised, and none are currently issued and outstanding.
 
We have also invested in two other unsuccessful business ventures, as follows:
 
 
o
5 Continents TV Corp. (“5CTV”) – This company was originally set up to form a TV station here in USA. We invested $1,181,520 in early 2009. There was no written agreement and no shares or other indication of value was provided. The principal of 5CTV fled the country in March 2010 and has not been heard from since. We lost our entire investment in this company and our investment was written off in 2009.
 
 
o
Mobile Internet Information Technology, Inc. (“MIIT”) – Stock comprising 27% of MIIT ownership was purchased in 2009 for $4,499,998. It is a company based in China which develops communication devices through internet. The company sells phones that connects to the internet through computers via USB connections. MIIT refused to share financial information or allow an audit, and announced in late 2010 that it had run out of money. The amount was written off in 2009.
 
 
42

 
 
Ansheng Company International Products (“Ansheng”) is a related company owned by our CEO, Mr. Wang’s wife. Ansheng was consolidated as a VIE but later deconsolidated because we found Ansheng does not need to be consolidated after the first filing. The Company has never had any investment or any ownership interest in Ansheng. Further, the Company does not have (1) the power to direct the activities (2) the obligation to absorb losses or (3) the right to receive expected residual returns of Ansheng.
 
We currently have a policy not to invest in other similar business ventures.
 
We had a registration statement on Form S-1 for the same shares that are the subject of this registration statement filed on Form S-1 declared effective October 2, 2013 but withdrawn on November 12, 2013.   As disclosed in the withdrawal request which has been granted by the SEC staff, due to a lapse in the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures,  the Company was the victim of a fraud perpetrated by a third party hired by the Company to obtain information in the form of an opinion and related consent which was included in the withdrawn Registration Statement.  The Company thus withdrew the offering under that Registration Statement due to this situation.   No securities were sold pursuant to that Registration Statement.  The Company has adopted new disclosure controls and procedures designed to prevent any future occurrence of a similar situation, related to the verification of any information provided by any third party in this Registration Statement, including obtaining new opinions and consents through direct attorney-client relations with all law firms providing any opinion and consent included in this Registration Statement.  These controls and procedures were implemented in making this filing.
 
Products
 
The Company currently has six individual nutritional supplemental products and three skin-care products. Our nutritional supplemental products are made according to a micro molecular nutrition formula. To achieve the maximum effect of products, micro molecular health foods were designed to be absorbed by cells directly with minimum chemical conversion which we believe promotes faster absorption. We believe our company is one of only a few companies in the market which are using a small molecular nutrition formula.
 
The nutritional supplements do not have intellectual property protection for the formulas. Nutritional products consist of 86% and 89% of total sales for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Currently, less than one percent of the Company’s sales are not processed through the Company’s web site.
 
Our skin-care products were developed and formulas are owned by another company from which we purchased the rebranding right. These products focus on restoring epidermal calcium. The products provide a positive epidermal environment for the homeostasis and regeneration of a person’s own skin barrier.
 
The products were first introduced in 2010 and consisted of 14% and 11% of the 2012 and 2011’s annual sales, respectively.
 
Both products are sold to our members in the marketing structure. The members purchase the items through our website and can request the items to be shipped or picked up at our designated overseas storage locations.
 
Sales breakdown
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Nutritional products
 
86%
 
 
89%
 
             
Skin-care products
 
14%
 
 
11%
 
 
Currently, the Company does not have plans pertaining to expanding its business beyond the nutritional supplement and cosmetic sectors. The Company, however, is considering selling its products through wholesalers in China.
 
 
43

 
 
Nutritional Supplements and Price per Bottle/Package
 
 
·
Longevity - $1,400.00
 
·
E-Liver Energy - $88.00
 
·
Cell Power - $88.00
 
·
OPC Spa - $73.00
 
·
Heart Power - $73.00
 
·
O2 Cell Power - $45.00
 
·
Health Package - OPCx2, Liver Powerx2, and Cell Powerx2 for $520.
 
·
Premium Package - OPCx4, Liver Powerx4, and Cell Power x4 for $980
 
·
Long Life Package - OPCx10, Liver Powerx20, Cell Powerx20, and O2 Cell Powerx20 for only $5,015.
 
Skin-care and Price per Bottle/Package
 
 
·
Revitalizing Toner(2 btls) - $280.00
 
·
Regenerative Cream - $280.00
 
·
Skin Barrier Therapy Lotion - $200.00
 
The Company is committed to building its brand name and DSA and customer loyalty by selling premium quality, innovative nutritional supplements that appeal to broad markets. The Company's philosophy is to combine the best of science and nature and to include in each of its products the highest quality ingredients with the greatest amount of benefit to the consumer.  The Company is committed to providing quality products that can be sold at attractive retail prices and allow the Company to maintain reasonable profit margins. New products are identified, suggestions from our members, and from industry and market research conducted by management on an ongoing basis to determine strong market interest for a new product. The Company believes that timely and strategic product introductions are critical to maintaining the growth of independent distribution channels. Currently, however, no new products are under development.
 
Return and Refund Policy
 
E-Word USA guarantees the quality of its products, and will exchange any product found to be defective. A written exchange request must be submitted when member returns defective or damaged product. Members and retail customers can apply for a  refund in the full amount of purchased products within 60 days of purchase and one year's 90% refund on our products. When products are returned they must be unopened and resalable. All shipping fee for product exchanges or returns  must be fully  paid by members. E-World will not be responsible for any shipping costs. All of the returned products must not be damaged and be within the validity period specified on the product label.
 
Sourcing and Production
 
In order to maintain high product quality, we do not manufacture and do not intend in the future to manufacture ourselves any of the products we sell. Instead, we acquire our ingredients and contract for production of our proprietary products from one set of suppliers and manufacturers and contract production of our proprietary products from another set of manufacturers that we believe are reliable, reputable and deliver high quality materials and service. In 2012, one supplier SUSS Technology Corp. accounted for approximately 58% of our purchases. In 2011, one supplier, Health One Pharmaceutical Inc., accounted for approximately 71% of our purchases. The loss of  one or more suppliers could result in a loss of sales and revenues.
 
The Company does not have a written or contractual agreement with SUSS Technology Corp., Health One Pharmaceutical Inc. or any of our four other suppliers, or with any of our secondary or tertiary suppliers, suppliers who supply our primary and secondary suppliers, respectively. The Company does not have a written or contractual agreement with any of our two manufacturers. Our product ingredient sourcing and other our manufacturing requirements are conducted on a purchase-order basis. If one or more of our current suppliers stopped selling us ingredients and or if one or more of our current manufacturers stopped manufacturing our products, we would be forced to find other suppliers or re-allocate our manufacturing requirements among our existing suppliers and manufacturers. The time needed to find other suppliers or re-allocate our manufacturing requirements could outlast the inventory on hand and result in loss of sales.
 
 
44

 
 
We maintain a good relationship with our suppliers and do not anticipate that any of our suppliers will terminate the relationship in the near term. We also have ongoing relationships with secondary and tertiary suppliers. In the event we become unable to source any products or ingredients from our major suppliers, we believe that we would be able to produce or replace those products or substitute source these ingredients from our secondary and tertiary other suppliers without great difficulty or significant increases to our cost of goods sold.
 
Our Skin-care products are developed by another company which owns the intellectual property for those products. We purchased the rebranding right from them to sell these products under our names. Currently we only have one supplier for our skin-care products, and the specific product is solely owned by this supplier. If the supplier were to discontinue this product, we would need to find a substitute supplier for a similar product. We have not identified any substitute supplier or substitute product.
 
For nutritional products, we purchase our ingredients from third parties and contracted with a third party manufacturer for further processing the material into final products to be sold. We do not own a manufacturing plant for processing of our products. We only provide self-developed formulas to be manufactured. Our company is able to obtain the ingredients necessary for production of our nutritional supplements. Our skin-care products are produced by our supplier and we are unable to obtain the intellectual property rights to produce such products.
 
We also maintain a good relationship with our manufacturers and do not anticipate that any of our manufacturers will terminate the relationship in the near term. In the event we become unable have our products manufactured by our major manufacturers, we believe that we would be able to reallocate production to our other manufacturers or locate other manufacturers without great difficulty or significant increases to our cost of goods sold.
 
Order Backlog
 
We have no current order backlog.
 
Industry Analysis
 
Nutritional Industry Overview
 
The nutrition industry includes many small and medium sized companies that manufacture and distribute products generally intended to enhance the body’s performance and wellness. The four major product categories within the nutrition industry are:
 
 
o
Nutritional Supplements – products such as vitamins, minerals, nutritional supplements, herbs and botanicals and compounds derived from these substances.
 
o
Natural and Organic Foods – products such as cereals, milk, non-diary beverages and frozen entrees.
 
o
Functional Foods – products with added ingredients or fortification specifically for health or performance purposes.
 
o
Skin-care – products combining nutrition with skin care.
 
Nutritional products are distributed through six major sales channels. Each channel has changed in recent years primarily due to advances in technology and communications resulting in improved product distribution and faster dissemination of information. The major sales channels are as follows:
 
 
o
Network marketing.
 
o
Mass-market retailers, including mass merchandisers, drug stores, supermarkets and discount stores.
 
o
Natural health food retailers.
 
o
Mail order.
 
o
Practitioners
 
o
The Internet.
 
 
45

 
 
The nutritional supplement market is characterized by:
 
 
o
Large selections of essentially similar products that are difficult to differentiate.
 
o
Retail consumers’ emphasis on value pricing.
 
o
Constantly changing formulations based on evolving scientific research.
 
o
Low entry barriers resulting from low brand loyalty, rapid change, widely available manufacturing, low regulatory requirements and ready access to large distribution channels, such as the Internet and retail stores selling nutritional supplements and other direct marketing companies.
 
o
A lack of uniform standards regarding product ingredient sources, potency, purity, absorption rate and form.
 
As indicated by the above information, we believe that the Nutritional Supplements Industry coupled with the Direct Sales Industry offers an opportunity for a potentially profitable venture. The following sections outline the strategies that will be implemented to attain these profits.
 
Marketing Plan

Although we sell our products to the general public, in order to obtain the membership discounts and receive a bonus, a consumer must become a Member. There are two methods by which members can join. One is to identify who the referring member is then that person will become downline member of the appointed member. The other is the referring member can help the new member join and indicate that the new member is to be registered under the referring member. If a new member does not appoint any referring member, the new member can contact the company and will be placed under a member randomly. Our members are not required to make purchases to join and become members. Upon joining our company, a new Member becomes a DSA and receives a unique member ID.  This new member/DSA can then login to our website and purchase our products. Upon receiving payment, our fulfillment team will start processing this order. All registered members are entitled to a membership discount or promotional discounts. Membership level does not affect the availability of the discounts and promotions. The discounts or promotion offers vary depending on market demands, marketing strategies, and other marketing factors. Discount price availabilities and periods can vary from time to time. We currently offer our $88 and $73 products at $29.99 discounts for members with a limitation of one bottle per month.
 
When the member chooses to upgrade to a chosen type of membership, the member will choose to purchase a certain package as an initial order. The fee charged is for the products purchased. When the member decides to choose this package to become certain type of member, the sponsoring member will receive a percentage of the purchase made. It is currently set at 20% of the BV Points used to upgrade membership. The member can also purchase the package without upgrading the membership, and the price would be the same.
 
 If a member decides not to upgrade membership, the member can still use the account to purchase products at the same price.
 
 We do not have written member or similar type agreement with our DSA’s. We have a handbook which governs our policies and procedures for our DSA’s which we furnish them when they join.
 
 A consumer becomes a DSA by completing an application under the sponsorship of an existing member. The new member then becomes part of the sponsoring member’s “down-line” sales organization.
 
 
46

 
 
Network service fees
 
We used to charge new members a Network Service Fee of $58 to setup their online account.  Commencing on September 1, 2011, we no longer charge this or any other similar fee . Any person can sign up a free online account to become our member without any purchases. The Network Service fees received are recorded as unearned revenue and amortized over a 3 year period upon receipt. The service revenue recorded in the income statement for year 2012 resulted from amortization of fees received from the previous period.
 
DSA Compensation
 
Anyone can become a member by signing up an online account. The online account allows the members to purchase products and access to promotions. The members can also choose to upgrade membership status by making certain amount of purchases. The different types/levels/grades of members are as follows.
 
General member:  Anyone can sign up for an account and become a general member. A general member does not participate in any bonus program. The membership status allows the member to purchase products and be offered promotional discounts
 
Diamond member:  Diamond membership is earned through making purchases of at least 4000 BV points within 3 months upon opening a member account and applying the points for upgrades. The member can earn a binary bonus of 12%, a matching bonus, and referral bonus.
 
Gold member:  Gold membership is earned through making purchases of at least 2000 BV points within 2 months upon opening a member account and applying the points for upgrades. The member can earn a binary bonus of 10%, a matching bonus, and referral bonus.
 
Silver member:  Silver membership is earned through making purchases of at least 500 BV points within 1 month upon opening a member account and applying the points for upgrades. The member can earn a binary bonus of 10%, a matching bonus, and referral bonus.
 
Bronze member:  Bronze membership is earned through making purchases of at least 100 BV points within 1 month upon opening a member account and applying the points for upgrades. The member can earn a binary bonus of 8%, a matching bonus, and referral bonus.
 
Definitions
 
BV points stands for “Business Value Points.” A certain number of points are assigned to each product purchased. The points assigned are determined by the cost of the products sold. The points will be used to calculate the bonus to be given to members purchasing the products and upline of the members who purchased products. All members and their upline members can receive points earned from purchasing products. The Member itself cannot earn points used to upgrade membership.
 
Members who decide to participate in the bonus reward program can earn a bonus through three different methods: matching bonus, referral bonus, and binary bonus. Explanations and examples are as follows.
 
Referral bonus
 
When a member joins and uses BV points earned from purchases to upgrade to different levels of membership, its referral member will earn 20% of the BV points used to upgrade as a referral bonus. Ex. 100 points used to upgrade will enable the referral member to earn $20.
 
 
47

 
 
Binary Bonus
 
Each member has two centers from which they can choose to add downline or assign points of their own purchases. The centers are assigned on left and right sides. Points from both sides will be matched periodically to calculate bonuses earned. Percentage is determined by membership level:
 
 
o
Diamond: 12%
 
o
Gold: 10%
 
o
Silver: 10%
 
o
Bronze: 8%
 
For example, a diamond member has downline members on each side and the downline members purchased products. The left side member purchased products worth 100 BV points and right side member purchased products worth 200 BV points. When calculating the binary bonus, the minimum amount points of the two sides are applied. In this case 100 BV will be deducted from both sides. 100 BV points will then be used to calculate the amount of binary bonus earned. In this case, the diamond member can use 100 BV times 12% and earn $12. Then the member will have no more points on left side and 100 BV points remaining on the right side until more points are earned on the left side to generate the binary bonus.
 
A member has only two centers to add downlines. The sides decide from which center the upline member can earn the points. A referred member upgrade bonus is earned by the referrer, regardless of where the upgrading member is located.  A referred member does not need to be directly linked to the referrer without other members in between. The referrer can have as many referred members as it can refer.
 
When calculating the binary bonus, there is no limitation on how many levels of uplines the BV points can be earned. Every member will have 2 centers from which they can place their downlines, a left and a right. When a member refers a new member, the new member can be chosen to be placed on right or left side. If a new member were to be placed on the left side while there is already a member on the left side, the new member will be placed on the left side of the downline of the referrer.
 
Example
 
The relationship between members is indicated below: Example: A referred B; B referred D; D referred H; H referred I; I referred J; J refers L and so on. Each member purchases 1000 BV worth of merchandise on their left sides. C and L receive 1000BV from each side of its downlines; J receives 1000BV from its downline on the right side. The BV will be earned by the purchaser and their uplines. The table below shows how BV is accumulated and how binary bonuses are earned.
 
   
Member status
 
Binary bonus %
   
Sides
 
BV earned
   
Binary points used
   
Binary bonus
 
                                         
A
 
Diamond
   
12
%
 
Left:
   
10,000
     
3,000
     
360
 
               
Right:
   
3,000
                 
B
 
Gold
   
10
%
 
Left:
   
9,000
     
0
     
0
 
               
Right:
   
0
                 
C
 
Gold
   
10
%
 
Left:
   
2,000
     
1,000
     
100
 
               
Right:
   
1,000
                 
D
 
Silver
   
10
%
 
Left:
   
1,000
     
1,000
     
100
 
               
Right:
   
7,000
                 
H
 
Gold
   
10
%
 
Left:
   
1,000
     
1,000
     
100
 
               
Right:
   
6,000
                 
I
 
Bronze
   
8
%
 
Left:
   
1,000
     
1,000
     
80
 
               
Right:
   
5,000
                 
J
 
Gold
   
10
%
 
Left:
   
4,000
     
1,000
     
100
 
               
Right:
   
1,000
                 
L
 
Gold
   
10
%
 
Left:
   
2,000
     
1,000
     
100
 
               
Right:
   
1,000
                 
 
 
48

 
 
 
Matching Bonus
 
A matching bonus is earned by a referrer when referees earn a bonus. It is earned up to 6 levels of suppressed referrals.
 
 
49

 
 
Definition of "suppressed referrals: " When A refers B, B refers D, D refers H, H is the 3rd level of referee of A. This referral can continue to many levels. When one member along the levels of referrals becomes a general member, the next moves up. For example, if the 3rd level of referee becomes a general member, the original 4th level or referee becomes the new 3rd level. The suppressed referrals means there is no general   member in between and when one is a general member, the next moves up.
 
A member can earn a small percentage of its referred members’ binary bonus earned for the period.  A matching bonus can be earned from its referred members but only up to 6 levels of suppressed referrals. If a member earns $100 of binary bonus, its referrer can earn 5% of the referee’s binary bonus earning, in this case, $5.
 
A matching bonus is earned by A from its referred members. Continuing from the example shown above, the table below shows how much bonus each level of A's referee earns and how A can earn a matching bonus from each level of its referred member. A member can earn a matching bonus at 10% of the first 3 levels of a referred members' binary bonus and 5% from the next 3 levels. 
 
Referred levels
 
Member
   
Earned bonus
   
Matching bonus percentage
   
Matching
bonus by A
 
Level 1
 
B
   
0
   
10%
 
 
0
 
Level 2
 
D
   
100
   
10%
 
 
10
 
Level 3
 
H
   
100
   
10%
 
 
10
 
Level 4
 
I
   
80
   
5%
 
 
4
 
Level 5
 
J
   
100
   
5%
   
5
 
Level 6
 
L
   
100
   
5%
 
 
5
 
 
 
50

 
 
 
 
Points are earned only through purchases. They are earned by the member who purchased the products (except in Canada) and all uplines of the same points. A member does not earn any points by referring people to join the membership. The uplines earn BV points based on the purchases made by their downlines. If a member purchases 1,000 points worth of products, every upline of this member will earn 1,000 points. In addition to receiving rewards, they can dedicate their purchased BV points to be used to upgrade their membership into different levels. There is no set direct relationship between sales price and points earned. This way, we can change the points to a dollar ratio to promote certain types of products.
 
There is not a direct relationship between BV points and sales price. BV points used to determine the sale price of the products is to ensure the sales price assigned is enough to cover the expenses incurred, including BV points. They are not directly related with a fixed rate.
 
When determining the sales price, we have to take into consideration the production costs, amount of bonus payout per sales of the product and markup for the product. The BV points will determine the maximum amount of bonus. Also, marketing efforts to promote certain products can change the number of BV points assigned to each product in relation to its sales price.
 
The BV points assigned to each product are fixed when purchased once they have been assigned. For example, when a member purchases a product worth $88, 50 BV, the upline members will earn 50 BV. Then the BV points will be used for each receiving member to convert into cash as described in the bonus types explanation.
 
 
51

 
 
Members must make 20 BV purchases or more each month to maintain their member hierarchy. Up to 320,000 BV points can be retained at the end of each month. In addition, members must make at least 100BV auto orders in order to renew the membership every year since their enrollment date. Those members who lose their membership status can reactivate their accounts by making purchases of products with at least 100BV. When membership hierarchy status expires, they become general members. The above requirements do not apply to a general member, and a general member can purchase products anytime.
 
Our product refund policy is 60 days or on written request. When customers return products for a refund, the full product price will be refunded, without a shipping fee. BV points earned by the customer and uplines will be deducted. If a bonus has been earned, the earned bonus will be reversed.
 
When products are returned, they must be unopened and resalable. We also allow one year's 90% refund on our products.
 
Bonuses are distributed twice a month, on the following Wednesday of each bonus calculation cycle. They can be deposited in the Members’ Global cash card which can be used on certain ATM machines anywhere in the world, or members can have their bonus balance retained on their accounts for payments of future purchases.
 
We used to charge a one-time $58 network service fee upon signing up an account. We discontinued this fee requirement starting September 1, 2011.
 
We offered a rebate program starting on July 1, 2012, as an offer to promote our products and packages. When a member purchases a diamond package, the member is entitled to a $2,000 rebate to be received over 12 months with $150 per month. The remaining difference will be rebated during 12th month. When a member purchases a gold package, the member is entitled to a $1,000 rebate to be received over 10 months with $100 per month. We discontinued this program at the end of 2012.
 
We do not require an enrollment package. The packages, with pricing ranging from $165 to $5,000, are optional packages offered to members for either a membership hierarchy upgrade or for ordinary use. The price on individual product package and binary bonus percentages varies from time to time depending on the market. The Company would review the demand on the market for a certain type of product or acceptance of programs to determine if changes on product pricing or bonus percentages need to be updated. This kind of update could be quite frequent, depending on the market's need.
 
We used to offer product packages, including warrants, during previous periods. No warrants were issued during the presented financial statement periods.
 
Prior to December 31, 2010, we issued warrants to our members as additional rewards for their purchases. We discontinued this practice on December 31, 2010. Before discontinuing the issuance of warrants, members were compensated both by warrants and a bonus reward program. After that date, no other arrangement has been made other than the general bonus plan as described above. 
 
Prior to December 31, 2010, we issued warrants to our members as additional rewards for their purchases. We discontinued this practice in December 31, 2010. Before discontinuing the issuance of warrants, members were compensated both by warrants and a bonus reward program. After that date, no other arrangement has been made other than the general bonus plan as described above.
 
The following chart sets forth the percentage of sales by country for 2012 and 2011:
 
 
52

 
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Singapore
 
10.1%
 
 
45.4%
 
China
 
84.9%
 
 
37.1%
 
United States
 
3.1%
 
 
8.4%
 
Canada
 
1.3%
 
 
6.7%
 
Hong Kong
 
0.3%
 
 
0.8%
 
Taiwan
 
0%
 
 
0.6%
 
Malaysia
 
0.2%
 
 
0.5%
 
Others
 
0.1%
 
 
0.5%
 
 
Growth Strategies
 
The Company realizes the importance of attracting and retaining members and their customers in order to realize continued growth and profitability. The Company places great emphasis on assisting new members in building their business. This assistance is through exceptional customer service, timely shipment of products, and timely payment of commission payments.
 
The Company has recently added several new product lines to further capture the spending dollars in its member base. For example, Longevity was added to our product line in January 2011.
 
The Company is expected to grow internationally, specially paying attention to the Asia market. In the past, the USA market did not grow in a meaningful way and has then slowed. Sales overseas, especially to China, havee grown significantly. We expect our products to gain more popularity in overseas markets rather than the domestic market. However, the Company has not yet outreached into the Asia market fully to have a material increase in sales incurred from it. Customers can purchase and pickup products at an office or warehouse. If customers choose to receive products by mail, we will ship them from a U.S. or Hong Kong warehouse.
 
In Asia, we currently sell products shipped mostly from the Hong Kong warehouse to DSA’s located in China, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Vietnam, Thailand, and Singapore.
 
 
53

 
 
The number of total and active members in each U.S. state and country as of February 6, 2014 is as follows:
 
STATE
 
TOTAL
MEMBERS
   
TOTAL ACTIVE
MEMBERS
 
             
Alaska
   
6
     
-
 
Arizona
   
10
     
-
 
California
   
113
     
9
 
Colorado
   
4
     
-
 
Connecticut
   
6
     
2
 
Delaware
   
3
     
-
 
District Of Columbia
   
1
     
1
 
Florida
   
7
     
1
 
Georgia
   
5
     
-
 
Hawaii
   
62
     
13
 
Illinois
   
8
     
2
 
Indiana
   
3
     
1
 
Iowa
   
1
     
-
 
Kentucky
   
3
     
-
 
Louisiana
   
-
     
-
 
Maine
   
1
     
-
 
Maryland
   
35
     
12
 
Massachusetts
   
2
     
-
 
Michigan
   
4
     
-
 
Minnesota
   
1
     
1
 
Nebraska
   
1
     
-
 
Nevada
   
29
     
-
 
New Jersey
   
39
     
11
 
New York
   
574
     
76
 
North Carolina
   
33
     
-
 
Northern Mariana Islands
   
1
     
-
 
Ohio
   
9
     
-
 
Pennsylvania
   
78
     
2
 
South Corolina
   
2
     
-
 
Tennessee
   
1
     
-
 
Texas
   
19
     
5
 
Utah
   
8
     
-
 
Virginia
   
11
     
1
 
Washington
   
2
     
-
 
West Virginia
   
1
     
-
 

 
54

 

COUNTRY
 
TOTAL
MEMBERS
   
TOTAL ACTIVE
MEMBERS
 
             
Australia
 
64
   
7
 
Brasil
 
2
   
-
 
Cambodia
 
2
   
-
 
Canada
 
1,032
   
-
 
China
 
7,221
   
3,166
 
England
 
10
   
1
 
France
 
1
   
-
 
Hong Kong
 
406
   
28
 
Indonesia
 
2
   
-
 
Macau
 
5
   
1
 
Malaysia
 
593
   
25
 
Singapore
 
1,787
   
87
 
Taiwan
 
265
   
3
 
Thailand
 
16
   
-
 
United States
 
1,083
   
137
 
Venezoela
 
2
   
-
 
Vietnam
 
3
   
-
 

Competition
 
The market for nutritional products is large and intensely competitive. The Company competes directly with companies that manufacture and market nutritional products. The Company competes with other companies in the nutritional products industry by emphasizing the uniqueness, value and premium quality of the Company's products and convenience of the Company's distribution system. Many of the Company's competitors have much greater name recognition and financial resources than the Company. In addition, nutritional products can be purchased in a wide variety of channels of distribution. While the Company believes that consumers appreciate the convenience of ordering products from home through a sales person, or through a catalog, the buying habits of many consumers accustomed to purchasing products through traditional retail channels are difficult to change. The Company's product offerings are also relatively small compared to the wide variety of products offered by many other nutritional product companies.
 
 
55

 
 
The Company also competes with other direct selling organizations, some of which have a longer operating history and higher visibility, name recognition, and financial resources. The leading network marketing company in the Company's existing markets is Amway Corporation and its affiliates. The Company competes for new DSA’s on the strength of its multiple business opportunities, product offerings, compensation plan, and management strength. Management envisions the entry of many more direct selling organizations into the marketplace as this channel of distribution expands over the next several years.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We have no registered or patented intellectual property. We have common law ownership rights for the formulations for five of our six non-cosmetic products. We do not have registered trademarks, trade names or other governmentally approved intellectual property rights for those products.
 
The three types of cosmetics products have formulation patents owned by our supplier of these products, Genepharm Inc. Genepharm manufactures these products and packs them with E-World USA designed packaging under an oral agreement with us. The formulation of O2 Cell Power product is owned by Oxygen America, Inc. Oxygen America, Inc. manufactures this product and packs it with E-World USA designed packaging under an oral agreement with us. We are authorized by these suppliers under oral agreements to sell these products worldwide under our brand name without infringing any rights of Genepharm or Oxygen America, Inc.
 
Research and Development
 
We are not currently conducting any research and development activities.
 
Government Regulation
 
The Company is subject to various federal, state, local and foreign regulations. Various governmental agencies have an impact on our business. The regulations cover product ingredients, manufacture, distribution, marketing, sales, compensation and taxation, to name a few. If the Company were to fail to meet standards set by these regulations, then the Company could be prohibited from selling its products.  A general description of the regulations is set forth below followed by descriptions of laws in China, Singapore and Canada based upon opinions provided by counsel: Tahota Shenzhen Law Firm from China, Metropolitan Law Corporation from Singapore and Borden Ladner Gervais LLP from Canada.

Our entire sales and distribution channel is based substantially upon our network marketing program. We are subject to various regulations from federal, state and foreign agencies.  While we believe that we have complied with regulations and have set up our programs within the guidelines, we are at risk that in one or more areas our marketing system might not be compliant with local regulations. If we were not able to bring into compliance our network marketing program, it could have a material adverse financial effect on our sales in that market.
 
As nutritional supplements, our products are also subject to government regulation. If one or more of the ingredients of our products become subject to regulatory action, then the Company suffers the risk of having to re-formulate its product, if allowed, in order to put it on the market. The cost of this process may be substantial. The future acceptance of the re-formulated product by its distributors cannot be assured.
 
 
56

 
 
Sales of our products in foreign jurisdictions represented approximately 96.9% of our net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012. We are subject to the risks of foreign currency exchange, currency restrictions and payments methods to our foreign members. The Company may suffer losses as the dollar loses value against foreign currencies between the recording date and the payment date or as foreign currencies lose their value against the dollar. All of our products are manufactured and purchased in the United States and shipped to foreign locations for distribution or directly to members in foreign countries.
 
Our products are subject to the import and Customs regulations of the foreign jurisdictions in which we do business. If countries in which we conduct business were to change import regulations and did not allow our product to enter the country, we could suffer significant financial losses by losing our members and sales in the country.

The payment of earned commissions and incentives to our foreign members is subject to various banking and disbursement regulations of the foreign jurisdictions. Most of our customers are from China.  Any PRC resident is only allowed to export currency at a maximum of US$50,000 per year. There is no restriction on how much foreign money they can accept. Based on this regulation, E-World is not affected by the amount of dollar limitation because we have not experienced a customer purchasing more than US$50,000 in a year. We have provided different methods for the members to withdraw their bonus balances. The members can apply for RedWage cards, which operate like Paypal, allowing us to distribute their bonus onto their accounts. In China only, we also have bank accounts in China from which we can disburse funds to members. Members in the US and all other countries may only receive payments through RedWage cards. If we are unable to find suitable payment arrangements for our members, we could suffer an eroding member base in foreign countries. The Patriot Act limits the alternatives and the ability of sending mass payments from the United States to individuals and businesses in foreign lands. Members might be required to give certain information to our banks under the Patriot Act before we could send money to them. However the Patriot Act has never inhibited our ability to make any payments to any of our members located both in the U.S. and outside the U.S. The Company to date has a bank account in the U.S. and in Hong Kong. The lack of a significant local presence places a greater challenge in making timely payments to our independent representatives. The Company has utilized several methods of payment and currently utilizes a payment card option that is in compliance with all existing U.S. and foreign banking and currency regulations.
 
China legal counsel has advised as follows: In China, direct selling is subject to certain strict restrictions. There are clear provisions about products for direct selling, enterprises involved in direct selling, and direct sales persons respectively under Articles 2, 3 and 4 of the Regulations for the Administration of Direct Selling. Instead of being prohibited, direct selling is subject to certain strict restrictions by PRC laws and regulations. There are clear provisions about products for direct selling, enterprises involved in direct selling, and direct sales persons respectively under Articles 2, 3 and 4 of the Regulation for the Administration of Direct Selling. This is based on PRC's "Regulations on Administration of Direct Sales," issued on August 23rd, 2005, executed on December 1st, 2005, article 2, 3 and 4. To carry out direct selling in China, an enterprise shall be established in China and apply for a particular business license in accordance with relevant regulations. Although E-World’s members and customers are located in China, E-World is not subject to this regulation because the regulations are not based upon where members and customers are located. Instead, the regulations govern physical locations of stores and offices as well as activities taken physically in China, as opposed to activities over the Internet. E-World does not have physical stores and offices established in the PRC for promotion of the products as well as the Direct Selling marketing method, and it is not actively promoting its direct selling business model or holding any training seminar or any related activities physically in the PRC. Thus, the sales model is not classified as direct selling as specified by the Regulation for the Administration of Direct Selling.
 
Pursuant to the regulations issued by China customs, health food can be posted from overseas into mainland China with a certain limit of reasonable quantity for self-use only. In this regard, E-World has not violated any PRC laws and regulations by selling health food to mainland China over the Internet as it only allows orders for reasonable quantity for self-use only and only ships directly to the customer who ordered, not to the member for redistribution to other customers. In view of this business model in which our products are sold to individual members with purchases made for personal use, we believe the sales and shipping of goods do not violate PRC’s laws regulations. 
 
 
57

 
 
However, PRC laws and regulations do prohibit any use of the Internet to conduct such activities as spreading heretical beliefs, ganging up, superstition and hooliganism which seriously deviate from the requirements of building of spiritual civilization and affect social stability in the PRC, or otherwise such as to gain exorbitant profits, evade taxes, seriously harm the interest of consumers and interfere with the normal economic order. E-World’s business does not involve any of the prohibited activities so E-World has not violated any of the PRC laws and regulations on Internet activities.
 
On July 3, 2001, China became a member of World Trade Organization (“WTO”). Based on WTO’s General Agreement on Trade in Services (“GATS”) schedules, China made its non-discrimination commitment to cross-border trade and service, except for those goods listed in Annex 2A of China's WTO Accession which continue to be subject to state trading in accordance with Article III of GATT, 1994, National Treatment on Internal Taxation and Regulation. Within one year after China’s entry into WTO, many foreign mail-order/Internet-sales products rushed into China market and were welcomed and recognized by Chinese customers.
 
The mail-order/Internet-sales business is protected by the WTO GATS schedules as well as Universal Postal Convention. According to Postal Law of the People's Republic of China (2012 Amendment) Chapter III, Article 15: Postal enterprises shall provide customers universal service with regular mail, printed matters of weight not over 5,000 grams, and parcels of weight not over 10,000 grams.
 
In addition, according to Customs Law of the People's Republic of China (2000 Amendment) effective on Jan.1, 2001 Article 49, “Inward and outward postal items shall be posted or delivered by the postal service concerned only after they have been examined and released by the Customs." By this Law, our products are examined by the China Customs and reach the end customers through proper channels such as postal service. In other words, E-World’s products are examined and released for delivery to its customers without violation to any of the Customs Laws of the Peoples Republic of China.
 
In summary, after China’s entry to WTO in 2001, as long as the  Universal Postal Convention and Postal Law of the People's Republic of China together with Customs Law of the People's Republic of China apply, the mail-order/internet-sales of health food products are not a prohibited business practice and is at work in a lawful framework. Pursuant to the above mentioned regulations issued by China customs, health food can be posted from overseas into mainland China with a certain limit of reasonable quantity for self-use. In this regard, E-World has not violated any PRC laws and regulations by selling health food to mainland China over the internet as it only allows orders for a  reasonable quantity for self-use only and only ships directly to the customer who ordered, not to the member for redistribution to other customers. In view of this business model in which our products are sold to individual members with purchases made for personal use, we believe the sales and shipping of goods do not violate PRC’s laws regulations. 
 
Based on our understanding of E-World's business model and membership types, E-World's members signed up to make purchases for their own use and occasionally for closely related persons. The members noted in their business models are not buying in bulk and resell the items personally. They encourage new members to sign up to make purchases of E-World's products themselves. As such, the China-located DSA’s and customers have not violated any of the China laws and regulations, and the China’s Regulation for the Administration of Direct Selling is not applicable to them.
 
In view of E-World's business model, which E-World's products are sold to individual members with purchases made for personal use, E-World's sales and shipping of goods would not violate PRCs custom regulations.
 
Instead of being prohibited, direct selling is subject to certain strict restrictions by PRC laws and regulations. There are clear provisions about products for direct selling, enterprises involved in direct selling, and direct sales persons respectively under Articles 2, 3 and 4 of  the Regulation for the Administration of Direct Selling.  To carry out direct selling in the territory of China, an enterprise shall be established in China and apply for a particular business license in accordance with relevant regulations.
 
 
58

 
 
This is to advise you specifically noting the facts cited by the SEC [in comments on the prior Withdrawn Registration Statement], E-World complies with this regulation because in view of the fact that E-World has neither established any entities in PRC, nor applied for a business license with PRC administrative authority, nor actively promoted its direct selling business model, nor does it hold any training seminar or any related activities in PRC, E-World’s selling model shall not be classified as direct selling as specified by  the Regulation for the Administration of Direct Selling.
 
Singapore legal counsel has advised as follows:

1.  
We are a law corporation based in the Republic of Singapore practising Singapore Law. We are duly registered with the Law Society of Singapore. The provision of legal services and conduct of lawyers in Singapore is governed by the provisions of the Legal Profession Act of the Republic of Singapore.

2.  
We have been approached and instructed by Wang Ding Hua, President of E-World USA Holding Inc (“E-World”) through Mr. Shun Pooi Lam, who is a director of E-World to render a written legal opinion on the legality of the current marketing activity and marketing model adopted by E-World described in paragraph 6 below (hereinafter referred to as "the Described activity'') under the provisions of the Multi-Level Marketing & Pyramid Selling (Prohibition) Act (“The Act”) 1 and the subsidiary legislation known as Multi-Level Marketing and Pyramid Selling (Excluded Schemes & Arrangement) Order 2000 (“The Exclusion Order”). We have been instructed that the present request for a legal opinion arose following a query by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) arising from E-World’s filing of a Form S-1 with the SEC to secure a qualification for its securities to trade on the U.S. OTC Markets.

3.  
We have been instructed that E-World was founded in 2007 and is based in El Monte, California and it is in the business of developing and selling Health & Nutritional supplements as well as Personal Care products through its website by means of a network of Direct Sales Associates or “DSA’s.”  Although E-World has a network of DSA’s, it is its policy that DSA’s should purchase their products strictly for personal use rather than to resell or to distribute its products. Notwithstanding this primary direct selling structure, all purchases are made directly on its website.

4.  
We have been advised that the primary business purpose of having DSA’s is for these DSA’s to refer new members or new customers to E-World’s website and for these new members or customers to then purchase products directly from E-World for their own personal use. E-World currently has sales associates located in various jurisdictions including China, The United States, Singapore, Canada, Malaysia, Taiwan and Hong Kong.

5.  
We are instructed that all products are shipped directly to the customer by E-World from the USA. The products are never sent to a DSA for him or her to then distribute to the end-user customer. We have also been advised that E-World does not maintain physical location offices by way of stores and administrative offices and neither does it undertake any actions physically in foreign countries where its DSA’s are located.  E-World, we have been advised, does not actively promote its direct selling business model nor does it hold any training seminar or any such related activities physically in foreign countries.

6.  
For the purposes of this opinion, "Described activity” is defined as:-
 
"A consumer becomes a member by completing an application under the sponsorship of an existing member. The new member then becomes part of the sponsorship member’s ‘down-line' member. By referring new member to purchase our products, the existing member is rewarded by our bonus plan system. The new down-line member may also sponsor new member, creating an additional level in their network, but also forming a part of the same down-line as the original sponsoring member. For example, a certain percentage of the total purchase price is paid, as bonus, to the sponsoring members as well as the sponsoring member’s original sponsor when sponsoring member refer a new member to purchase products. This reward system continues for each additional member."
_____________________
1 Chapter 190 of Statutes of Singapore Revised Edition 2000
 
 
59

 
 
7.  
Mr. Shun has elaborated further on the E-World's business model and modus operandi as follows:-

a)  
E-World which distributes and sells product worldwide does not require its members to make any purchases in order to become members. However, existing members who desire to retain their membership status may be required to purchase 100 BV products equivalent to the value of approximately US $130 in the course of any given 12 calendar months;

b)  
There is absolutely no prohibition for anyone to join or purchase the product online on E-World’s website. Anyone interested can join in as a member by signing up through a free online account without the need to make any purchase. The membership account allows members to purchase product offered to all members who have an account with the company;

c)  
Members who choose to participate in the bonus programs can do so by sponsoring/ recruiting new member who then becomes his "down-line member”. However, members are not compensated through recruitment or sponsorship of new down-line member. E-World does not compensate any bonus to its existing members for the recruitment or sponsorship of new down-line member. E-World funds the bonus program on its own without affecting member’s financial interest in any manner whatsoever.

d)  
Bonus compensations are earned through purchase of products for personal consumption or sale or purchases made by down-line member. In brief, any benefit received by members under the bonus plan system are a direct result of the sale of E-World's products but not a result of the recruitment of new down-line members by its existing member.

8.  
Based on the above instructions and advise, we opine as follows in relation to the Described Activity as defined in paragraph 6 hereof. Within the context of Singapore law as follows:-

a)  
The starting point for anyone looking into the legality of any multi-level marketing (MLM) activity in Singapore is the Multi-level Marketing and Pyramid Selling (Prohibition) Act . The Act is administered by the Ministry of Trade and Industry (“MTI”). This Act 2 was originally passed in 1973. The Act was subsequently amended sometime in the year 2000 which amendment sought to widen the definition of pyramid selling to catch all business schemes that were multi-level in nature. Soon thereafter the MTI recognised that such a blanket “catch-all” piece of legislation may stifle genuine entrepreneurship as not every multi-level marketing scheme was undesirable. This is when the MTI introduced the Multi-Level Marketing and Pyramid Selling (Excluded Schemes and Arrangements) Order .

b)  
What the Exclusion Order sought to do was to selectively exempt or exclude certain recognised businesses from the applicability of the Act. Insurance companies, master franchises, and direct selling companies which fulfilled certain criteria were excluded from the provisions of the Act. 3

9.  
Specifically the Exclusion Order exempts the following categories of MLM schemes and activities:-

a)  
Registered, approved or licensed insurance business under the Insurance Act (Cap.142), the Insurance Intermediaries Act 1999 (Act 31 of 1999);

b)  
Master franchise schemes and direct selling schemes which satisfy the following salient conditions:-
______________________
2 Hansard Report of the Singapore Parliament dated the 28 August 1973 between column 1284 and 1290
3 FAQs on Multi-level Marketing and Pyramid Selling published by the Ministry of Trade & Industry , Singapore dated the 16 October 2007 and updated in the 1 st June 2012
 
 
60

 
 
i.  
a person participating shall not be required to provide any benefit  or acquire any commodity in order to participate  in the scheme orarrangement other than the purchase sale demonstration equipment or materials at cost which are not or resale for which no commission, bonus would accrue;

ii.  
the benefit received by any promoter or participant is as a result of sale, lease, license or other distribution of a commodity or as a result of the performance of one or more of its participant in relation to the sale, lease, license or distribution of a commodity to another person and it is not as a result of the introduction or recruitment of additional participants;

iii.  
the promoter shall not make any representation to any person on the benefit of the scheme or arrangement other than those specified in (ii);

iv.  
the promoter shall not and shall take reasonable steps to ensure that the participants in the scheme and arrangement do not
(aa)  
knowing made or permit to be made any misleading or false representation
 
(bb)  
or knowingly omit any material particular

(cc)   
knowingly engage or by conduct mislead as to any material particular either in respect of the scheme or arrangement or itscommodity;

(dd)  
there should be a clearly stated full-refund or buy-back guarantee within 60 days that is exercisable by every participant on reasonable commercial terms.

10.  
In considering whether E-World’s Described activity falls foul of the Act or does not qualify to be excluded under the Exclusion Order, we have taken into account certain fundamental factors including E-Worlds’s representation that there is absolutely no compulsion for member to purchase any goods in order to qualify for membership, membership was absolutely free, that the benefits come from selling the product and not from the introduction or recruitment of new members, that E-World does not conduct any marketing seminars or courses nor does it require members to invest in any marketing tools or aids, that there is in place a money back returned goods policy made known to its members and that the goods offered to its members were such goods that members would ordinarily consume or use and the price of these goods were relatively in exorbitant. We have also been advised that the bonus programme is funded directly by E-World. 4

11.  
Subject to practical compliance with the conditions stated in paragraph 9(b) above, it is our opinion that the “Described activity” in paragraph 6 hereof appears to Conform with the criteria set out in Section 2(c) of the Pyramid Selling (Excluded Schemes & Arrangement) Order 2000 and as such, for all intents and purposes we are of the view that based on the instructions given and representations made by E-World to us, that the Described Activity as well as the marketing model adopted by E-World are both lawful under the laws of the Republic of Singapore.
______________________
4 See Tan Un Tian v Public Prosecutor [1994] 3 SLR 33
 
 
61

 
 
The following is based upon the opinion of Canada Legal Counsel filed as an exhibit to this registration statement:
 
Canadian Law Requirements
 
Sections 55 and 55.1 of the Canadian Competition Act, as well as related guidelines published by the Canadian Competition Bureau, set out rules and policies applicable to multi-level marketing plans and schemes of pyramid selling.  The Competition Act provides that multi-level marketing plans are permitted as long as certain requirements are met and provided that the business is not operated in a manner that violates the anti-pyramid schemes set out therein.   A pyramid selling scheme under section 55.1(1) of the Competition Act can be very similar in appearance to a legal multi-level marketing plan.  One factor that could render a multi-level marketing plan an illegal pyramid selling scheme is if there is a requirement that a participant must buy a certain amount of product as a condition to participate in the plan.
 
The Company believes, based on advice from independent Canadian legal counsel, that its business, as currently conducted, does not violate either Sections 55 or 55.1 of the Canadian Competition Act.  Further, the Company is advised that based on the manner in which its business is operated, it is not carrying on business in Canada for the purposes of the Excise Tax Act and is not required to register for and collect Canada’s Goods and Services/Harmonized Sales Tax.
 
Until February 3, 2014, the Company permitted its 29 Canadian members (28 in Ontario and one in Quebec) to accrue BV points for Until February 3, 2014, the Company permitted its 25 Canadian members (24 in Ontario and one in Quebec) to accrue BV points for products that they purchased for personal use. Based on this accrual of points, as was the case for all members of the Company, Canadian members that earned enough BV points would be able to upgrade their membership status from a General member to a Bronze, Silver, Gold or Diamond member and therefore increase their fees/commissions on product purchases made by new members they referred to the Company. We are advised that while there is Canadian case law that suggests that this type of purchase requirement may not violate the Competition Act, under one interpretation of Section 55.1 of the Competition Act, this type of purchase requirement may have violated the Competition Act. Upon learning of this potential violation, the Company amended its practices with respect to Canadian members such that no fees or commissions are payable for purchases of products by Canadian members for themselves or purchases of products by members they refer to the Company. While the Company has amended its practices relating to Canadian members and is now compliant with Sections 55 and 55.1 of the Competition Act, no assurance can be given that the Company did not violate the Competition Act in the past, and if it did violate the Competition Act that it will not be subject to a fine or other regulatory action for its prior practices.

United States Legal Requirements

In the United States, the Company has Active Members in sixteen (16) U.S. States, and the Company believes based upon management’s knowledge of U.S. law and regulation that it complies with State and federal laws in its operations. Summarizing across the laws of the applicable jurisdictions, legally permissible Multi-Level Marketing (“MLM”) plans, including the Company’s, promise that people who sign up as distributors (“DSA’s” in the Company’s terminology) will receive compensation in two ways: based on their own sales of products, and on the sales their recruits make. Pyramid schemes, which are illegal in most States, are a variation on multi-level marketing. They involve paying commissions or providing other benefits to distributors only for recruiting new distributors. Thus, to be legally permissible, the Company’s MLM plan must pay commissions or provide other benefits for the retail sales of goods or services, and not for recruiting new distributors.
  
The Company complies with the foregoing at the levels of both its written policies and its actual practices. The Company’s Direct Sales Associates receive compensation or other benefits based solely on amounts of the Company’s products that they purchase, and amounts of products purchased by people who they refer to the Company. Direct Sales Associates do not receive any form of compensation or other benefits directly or indirectly from the Company based merely on their recruiting people to join the Company in one or another capacity. A few States in which the Company has Active Members have repurchase requirements that must be met for an MLM plan to avoid being an illegal pyramid scheme. Those States require that under certain conditions the Company repurchase products that it has sold. Combining those requirements in the most restrictive way (and which is effectively more restrictive to the Company than any particular States requirements), the Company’s agreement with its DSA’s that if the products are in resalable condition it will repurchase the products for 90% of the DSA’s original purchase price.
 
 
62

 
 
We are subject to laws and regulations in each of the 50 states which are generally intended to prevent fraudulent or deceptive schemes, often referred to as “pyramid” schemes, that compensate participants for recruiting additional participants irrespective of product sales, use high-pressure recruiting methods and/or do not involve legitimate products. These laws and regulations often:
 
 
impose cancellation/product return, inventory buy-backs and cooling-off rights for consumers and members;
 
 
require us or our members to register with governmental agencies;
 
 
impose caps on the amount of commission we can pay;
 
 
impose reporting requirements; and
 
 
impose upon us requirements, such as requiring members to maintain levels of retail sales to qualify to receive commissions, to ensure that members are being compensated for sales of products and not for recruiting new members.
 
Multi-Level Marketing laws ("MLM" laws), encompass Federal Trade Commission rules, statutes in most of the 50 States that refer to "chain distributor schemes," or "endless chains" or "pyramids," and the regulations and court or governmental agency opinions interpreting them. MLM laws are directed to limiting so-called "endless chains." In an endless chain people newly join an enterprise based on the recent financial success of those who recruit them, and the people joining have a hope and expectation of duplicating that success, but the compensation structure cannot truly be expected to sustain that in the long run. MLM laws do not, however, bar businesses from offering preferred terms to repeat customers, or commission-based selling, and recognize that any particular product category or brand may be in a growth mode for some period of time, but such growth may not continue indefinitely. The Company believes that several features of the E-World system take it outside the scope of MLM law restrictions and place it in the realm of selling on preferred terms to repeat customers.
 
One source of potential illegality under MLM laws is when fees are charged merely to enroll in a business system, and the earlier member is somehow compensated from the enrollment fee for having referred the new member. E-World does not charge an enrollment fee, and this potential problem is thus not directly implicated.
 
E-World DSA’s do receive credits when they refer a new member to the system. Such credits are not based on a membership fee, however, but rather based solely on the purchases of products by the new member. As such, they function in the nature of a legally permissible sales commission.
 
E-World has also considered the possibility that its product prices might be interpreted under MLM laws to include a premium which functions economically like an enrollment fee. As stated herein, in addition to selling products to Members, E-World also sells its products to the general public. In a market as competitive as nutritional products, E-World would not have any sales to the general public if its products were priced above market rates.
 
E-World's practice of selling to the general public thus mitigates against the likelihood that there is any premium pricing to its products that would function in the nature of an enrollment fee when the DSA is compensated based on purchases by a new member. Although E-World doesn’t not maintain its tracking system in a manner that can separate out purchases by participants in the Bonus system and general members who do not participate in its bonus system, E-World believes that its prices do not contain any premium that functions in the nature of an enrollment fee.
 
 
63

 
 
As also stated herein, it is E-World's policy that DSA’s should purchase our products strictly for personal use rather than to resell or to distribute its products. This satisfies the MLM requirement that an enterprise not engage in practices calculated to sell inventory to its members that they are unlikely to be able to re-sell. It is E-World's understanding that sales for "personal use" to people within a network are generally counted under MLM laws as if they were sales to people outside the organization.
 
Lastly, and in support of this last concern that there not be so-called "inventory loading," certain jurisdictions in which E-World operates have mandatory buy-back requirements. In satisfaction of this, E-World has revised its repurchase policies to read as follows:
 
"We at E-World legally commit to you that any time within one year from the date of your purchase, on your written request we will repurchase all of your products that are in an unused, commercially resalable condition at a price not less than 90 percent of the amount actually paid by you for the products being returned (less any benefits we granted to you in connection with your purchase of the products)."
 
In recent years, the FTC has initiated investigations of and actions against companies that have Multi-Level Marketing Systems. We believe that we are in compliance with FTC regulations on this subject. However, no assurance can be given that the FTC would reach the same conclusion if it were to review or challenge our MLM practices. The FTC may enforce compliance with the law in a variety of ways, both administratively and judicially, using compulsory process, cease and desist orders, and injunctions. FTC enforcement can result in orders requiring, among other things, corrective advertising, consumer redress, divestiture of assets, rescission of contracts, and such other relief as the agency deems necessary to protect the public. Violation of these orders could result in substantial financial or other penalties. Although, to our knowledge, we have not been the subject of any action by the FTC, no assurance can be given that the FTC will not question our operations in the U.S. in the future. Any action in the future by the FTC could materially and adversely affect our ability to successfully market our products in the U.S.
 
In addition to the FTC, most U.S. States have laws that regulate MLM Systems. We believe that our MLM program is compliant with the laws and regulations relating to MLM activities in our current markets. Nevertheless, we remain subject to the risk that, in one or more of our present or future markets, the marketing system or the conduct of certain DSA’s could be found not to be compliant with applicable laws and regulations. Failure by a DSA or by us to comply with these laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business in a particular market or in general.
 
If one or more governmental agencies, or perhaps private parties in civil actions, challenged the legality of our MLM program, the cost of responding to the challenge could have a material adverse effect on our business. We also cannot predict the nature of any future law, regulation, interpretation, or application, nor can we predict what effect additional governmental legislation or regulations, judicial decisions, or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on our business. It is possible that future legal requirements may require that we revise our MLM System. Such new requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
 
We believe we are in full compliance with all laws, rules and regulations governing our business, whether federal or state in the U.S. as well as abroad. The laws and regulations governing direct selling are modified from time to time, and, like other direct selling companies, we could be subject from time to time to government investigations in our various markets related to our direct selling activities. This could require us to make changes to our business model and aspects of our global compensation plan in the markets impacted by such changes and investigations.
 
See the Risk Factors section of this registration statement for a discussion relevant government regulation and the legal uncertainties related to our business activities.
 
All sales generate BV points and they are all used in bonus calculation. Purchases made by general members will also generate BV points for their uplines. BV points generate from purchases made by general members and bonus plan participating members are calculated together.
 
 
64

 
 
As of February 6, 2014, we have  3,455 active members and 12,494 general members.
 
Employees

We have the following employees:
 
 
·
Full time: 14
 
 
o
Operations – 7
 
o
Administrative – 2
 
o
Management – 1
 
o
Sales – 4
 
Our compliance department consists of 1 or 2 employees in assisting the members with company guidelines. These employees will help members understand the direct marketing system and ensure the members follow the guidelines set by the company. Also, the employees will ensure the members to not misunderstand or attempt to temper with laws.
 
Fulfillment team consists of at least 2 employees to help process orders received and to complete shipment of the products to customers.
 
The justice department consists of 1 or 2 employees who will try to resolve members’ disputes over each other or other issues related to the company and seek for professionals’ help when needed.
 
We don’t have any part time employees.
 
We have no collective bargaining agreement with our employees. We consider our relationship with our employees to be excellent.
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes, and other financial information included in this Form S-1.
 
Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis contains not only statements that are historical facts, but also statements that are forward-looking (within the meaning of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Forward-looking statements are, by their very nature, uncertain and risky. These risks and uncertainties include international, national, and local general economic and market conditions; our ability to sustain, manage, or forecast growth; our ability to successfully make and integrate acquisitions; new product development and introduction; existing government regulations and changes in, or the failure to comply with, government regulations; adverse publicity; competition; the loss of significant customers or suppliers; fluctuations and difficulty in forecasting operating results; change in business strategy or development plans; business disruptions; the ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; the ability to protect technology; the risk of foreign currency exchange rate; and other risks that might be detailed from time to time in our filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
 
65

 
 
Although the forward-looking statements in this Registration Statement reflect the good faith judgment of our management, such statements can only be based on facts and factors currently known by them. Consequently, and because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, the actual results and outcomes may differ materially from the results and outcomes discussed in the forward-looking statements. You are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us in this report and in our other reports as we attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations and prospects.

Overview

We provide nutritional supplements, which are sold to a network of independent business consultants or direct sales agents (“DSA”). We are included in the direct sales, network marketing or multi-level marketing industry. Sales of our products are dependent upon the activity of the DSA in purchasing the products and in recruiting new DSAs. We provide an incentive to the DSA in the form of a commission or bonus based upon the level of purchases and recruiting that have occurred during the month. We do not "hire" any DSAs, as they are all independent contractors and not employees who work under our control. Therefore, we are not always aware if the DSA has ceased working the business, stops ordering products or has joined another company. The DSA is not required to resign. We are always impacted by the fluctuations in the DSA membership base.
 
We believe that our Business to Customer business is robust and that consumers have become more confident in ordering products, like ours, over the internet. However, the nutritional supplement and skin care product e-business markets have and continue to become increasingly competitive and are rapidly evolving.
 
The skin care products are bought from another company which developed the products. The sales of the skin care products are through the same method of nutritional supplements.
 
Barriers to entry are minimal and current and new competitors can launch new websites at a relatively low cost. Many competitors in this area have greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. Continued advancement in technology and increasing access to that technology is paving the way for growth in direct marketing. We also face competition for consumers from retailers, duty-free retailers, specialty stores, department stores and specialty and general merchandise catalogs, many of which have greater financial and marketing resources than we have. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we believe that we are well-positioned within the Asian consumer market with our current plan of supplying American merchandise brands to consumers and that our exposure to both the Asian and American cultures gives us a competitive advantage. There can be no assurance that we will maintain our competitive edge or that we will continue to provide only American made merchandise.
 
Our products are sensitive to business and personal discretionary spending levels and tend to decline or grow more slowly during economic downturns, including downturns in any of our major markets. The current worldwide recession is expected to adversely affect our sales and liquidity for the foreseeable future. Although we have mitigated decreases in sales by lowering our levels of inventory to preserve cash on hand, we do not know when the recession will subside and when consumer spending will increase from its current depressed levels. Even if consumer spending increases, we are not sure when consumer spending will increase for our products which will affect our liquidity.
 
The global economy is currently undergoing a period of unprecedented volatility, and the future economic environment may continue to be less favorable than that of recent years. This has led, and could further lead, to reduced consumer spending, and which may include spending on nutritional and beauty products and other discretionary items, such as our products. In addition, reduced consumer spending may force us and our competitors to lower prices. These conditions may adversely affect our revenues and profits.
 
 
66

 
 
Results of Operations
 
Comparison of the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012
 
   
For the nine months ended September 30,
 
   
2013
   
2012
   
$ Variance
   
% Variance
 
                         
Revenue
                       
Product sales
 
$
2,015,714
   
$
673,178
     
1,342,536
     
199
%
Service revenue
   
82,497
     
50,994
     
31,503
     
62
%
Total revenues
   
2,098,211
     
724,172
     
1,374,039
     
190
%
                                 
Cost of sales, net
   
335,793
     
155,171
     
180,622
     
116
%
Gross profit
   
1,762,418
     
569,001
     
1,193,417
     
210
%
                                 
Operating expenses
                               
Selling expenses
   
221,563
     
110,667
     
110,896
     
100
%
Depreciation expense
   
37,168
     
40,441
     
(3,273
)
   
-8
%
General and administrative expenses
   
1,067,866
     
1,020,499
     
47,367
     
5
%
Total operating expenses
   
1,326,597
     
1,171,607
     
154,990
     
13
%
                                 
Income (Loss) from operations
   
435,821
     
(602,606
)
   
1,038,427
     
-172
%
                                 
Income tax
   
-
     
-
                 
                                 
Net income (loss)
 
$
435,821
   
$
(602,606
)
   
1,038,427
     
-172
%

Total product sales increased by $1,343,000 or 199% from $673,000 in the first nine months in 2012 to $2,016,000 in the same period of 2013. There were two main reasons for this increase. The first was a promotional sale in the last two quarters of 2012.   The promotion gave Diamond and Gold grade members rebate for products they purchased for upgrading membership. We are accounting for this promotional sale as follows: Members who purchased Diamond packages earned a $2,000 rebate and members who purchased Gold packages earned a $1,000 rebate. The rebate was to be repaid to members at $150 per month for Diamond packages and $100 per month for Gold packages. Although we paid out the rebates over time, for revenue recognition they were recorded differently, as follows: We record rebates against revenue upon completion of a sales order when funds are received which is when we become liable to the customer for the entire rebate amount. The second reason for this increase was due to large demand and shortage of products, we were unable to ship all requested products in 2012. When products became available and members requested shipment of the products in 2013 the revenue were then recognized, increasing revenue in 2013 in comparison with same period of 2012.
 
For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, we had 860 and 493 new members, respectively. As of September 30, 2013 and 2012, the company had 10,283 and 8,843 members, respectively.
 
Service revenue increased approximately $32,000 or 62% from approximately $51,000 in nine months ended September 30, 2012 to $83,000 in same period of 2013. The service revenue consists of shipping fees collected and amortization network service fees charged for activating membership in prior year. The increase of service fee was due to shipping fees received from sales incurred. 

 
67

 
 
   
For the nine months ended September 30,
 
   
2013
   
2012
   
$ Variance
   
% Variance
 
                         
Revenue
                       
Product sales
 
$
4,393,086
   
$
1,777,106
     
2,615,980
     
147
%
Service revenue
   
82,497
     
50,994
     
31,503
     
62
%
Sales rebate
   
(32,000
)
   
(548,000
)
   
516,000
     
-94
%
Bonus expenses
   
(2,345,372
)
   
(555,928
)
   
(1,789,444
)
   
322
%
                                 
Total revenues
   
2,098,211
     
724,172
     
1,374,039
     
190
%
                                 
Cost of sales, net
   
335,793
     
155,171
     
180,622
     
116
%
                                 
Gross profit
   
1,762,418
     
569,001
     
1,193,417
     
210
%
                                 
Gross margin %
   
92
%
   
91
%
               

The cost of sales increased $181,000 or 116% from approximately $155,000 in nine months ended September 30, 2012 to approximately $336,000 in the same period of 2013 due to large sales in third and fourth quarters of 2012 which consisted mainly of longevity, which had higher margin than other products. Due to large demands and shortage of the product inventory in the last quarter of 2012, some orders completed in the 2012 were shipped and recognized as sales in early 2013. Gross margin increased from $569,000 in first nine months of 2012 to $1,762,000 in the same period of 2013. Increase of gross profit is related to the increase of sales recognized in 2013.
 
Selling expenses increased from approximately $111,000 in first three quarters of 2012 to $222,000 the same period in 2013. The increase was due to increase of marketing development expenses incurred for promotion of our products in early 2013.
 
General and administrative expenses increased by $47,000 or 5% from approximately $1,020,000 in first three quarters of 2012 to $1,068,000 in same period of 2013. The increase was mainly due to increase in payroll expense and costs associated with going public.
 
Comparison of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
 
Total product sales decreased by approximately $688,000 or 65 % from $1.1 million in 2011 to $374,000 in 2012. The main reason for the decrease was mainly from bonus expenses recognized by the promotions and rebates offered throughout the year. The large amount of purchases made in 2012 generated bonus expenses, which nets with Product sales revenue, but revenue not yet recognized due to unshipped packages. Our products are sold through a network of members. Any reduced sales effort or member recruiting efforts would negatively impact our sales revenue. The promotions and rebates helped increased sales and new members. In 2012 we had 679 new members, comparing to 52 in 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 the company had 1,037 and 319 new members. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the company had 9,383 and 8,346 members, respectively.
 
 
68

 
 
Service revenue decreased by approximately $12,000 or 12% from approximately $98,000 in 2011 to $87,000 in 2012. The service revenue consists of shipping fees collected and network service fees charged for activating membership. The decrease of service revenue was mainly due to decrease in amortized network service fee. We stopped charging network service fees in September of 2011, which was being amortized over three year period upon receipt. The service revenue recorded in income statement are amortized from fees received from previous period. Network service fee decreased from approximately $71,000 in 2011 to approximately $34,000 in 2012. 
 
The cost of sales decreased by approximately $253,000 or 47% from approximately $539,000 in 2011 to approximately $285,000 in 2012. The decrease was due to a $270,000 inventory reserve in 2011. No inventory reserve expense recognized during 2012 upon reviewing the value of inventory on hand. Gross margin decreased from $622,000 in 2011 to $176,000 in 2012. The gross margin percentage as sales was 47% in 2012 and 59% in 2011. The decrease of gross margin was due to bonus reward incurred from incentive bonus plan offered in 2012, which offsets of product sales. Generally, the Company has high gross margin percentage due to its business model.
 
Selling expenses increased from approximately $131,000 in 2011 to $192,000 in 2012. The increase of approximately $61,000 or 47% was mainly due to increase in marketing development expenses incurred for promotion of our products.
 
General and administrative expenses decreased by $383,000 or 22% from $1.8 million in 2011 to $1.4 million in 2012. The decrease was due to reduction of CEO's salary from $180,000 in 2011 to $60,000 in 2012 and other budget controls in effort to increase profitability.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
As of September 30, 2013, we had cash balance of $770,000 and $787,000 at December 31, 2012. Inventory increased by approximately 50% to $348,000 as of September 30, 2013 from $232,000 at December 31, 2012. Total assets decreased slightly of 0.4% from $1,418,000 at December 31, 2012 to $1,411,000 at September 30, 2013.
 
Our current liabilities on September 30, 2013 were $12.1 million, which decreased slightly by 3.4% from December 31, 2012’s $12.5 million. The decrease was mainly due to cash paid for bonuses earned by customers. Accounts payable and accrued expenses decreased from $2.2 million on December 31, 2012 to $1.3 million as of September 30, 2013.
 
Our current ratio increased from 0.096 in December 31, 2012 to 0. 100 as of September 30, 2013.
 
For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 cash provided by operating activities amounted to $10,000 as compared to $534,000 cash used in operating in the same period of 2012. We purchased $22,352 property and equipment as investing activity in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to same period 2012 with $3,128 purchase. In the nine months ended September 30, 2013 we borrowed from our majority shareholder an aggregate amount of $333,963 and repaid $110,401. Net cash used in financing activities was $3,609 in the nine months ended September 30, 2013, mainly from repayments to our majority shareholder and related parties.
 
Other than operating expenses the company does not have significant cash commitments. Future cash requirements includes cash needed for payroll, payroll taxes, rent, and other operating expenses which amounts to approximately $280,000 per month.
 
 
69

 
 
For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 the company had 1,037 and 319 new members, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the company had 9,383 and 8,346 members, respectively.

Members will need to purchase products with 4,000 BV for upgrade to become Diamond member and 2,000 to become Gold member. The Company has designed packages with enough BV to meet the requirement. Our members can choose from those packages. There are two types of Diamond packages, one includes 4 Longevities, and the other one includes 3 Longevities and one set of Royalme skin-care package. There is one kind of Gold package, which consists of 2 Longevities.

We record rebates against revenue upon completion of a sales order when funds are received which is when we become liable to the customer for the entire rebate amount.

We stopped offering this promotion on December 31, 2012.
 
Due to large demand and shortage of products, we were unable to ship all requested products in 2012. When products became available and members requested shipment of the products in 2013 the revenue were then recognized, increasing revenue in 2013 in comparison with same period of 2012. When products became available and members requested shipment of the products in 2013 the revenue were then recognized, increasing revenue by $998,736 in 2013 in comparison with same period of 2012.
 
Our auditor has indicated that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as a result of our lack of significant revenues and if we are unable to generate significant revenue or secure financing we may be required to cease or curtail our operations. Our financial statements do not include adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
Management is trying the following to alleviate the going concern:
 
 
·
To increase marketing efforts in new sales territories to generate sales revenues
 
 
·
To secure various financing resources, including but not limiting to borrowing from major shareholders, raise funds through future public offering.
 
 
·
To promote new products. At the beginning 2011 the Company pushes out new product Longevity, a high-end supplement product to aid at prolonging life expectancy.
 
In 2012 cash provided by operating activities amounted to $887,000 as compared to $840,000 cash used in operating in 2011. We purchased $5,527 property and equipment as investing activity in 2012 compared to 2011's $8,258. In 2012, we had $127,000 financing activities and $748,000 million in 2011. In 2012 we borrowed from the related parties in aggregate amount of $63,000 due to shortfall of cash flow from operations. We borrowed $565,000 from related parties in 2011.
 
Other than operating expenses the company does not have significant cash commitment. Future cash requirement includes cash needed payroll, payroll taxes, rent, and other operating expenses which amounts to approximately $280,000 per month.
 
 
70

 
 
Rescission Liability
 
Our Type B Warrants may have been issued in violation of federal securities laws. As a result, we have classified the fair value of these warrants as a liability on the date of issuance. The fair value of the warrants was estimated using comparable sales of common stock to members. The fair value of these warrants on the date of issuance was $1,245,555. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of these warrants was $249,111. During 2012, all of the Company’s Type B Warrants were exercised into shares of common stock The fair value as of  June 30 , 2 013 and December 31, 2012 was $249,111 and $249,111, respectively, and is included in the rescission liability in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
Our Type A Warrants may have been issued in violation of federal securities laws. As a result, the common stock issued upon exercise of these warrants during fiscal 2012 may not be valid. Therefore, we have recorded a potential liability for these shares issued upon exercise as of December 31, 2012. The fair value of the liability was determined based on the amount of cash the Type A Warrant holders could have received assuming they had originally elected to exercise their warrants into cash. The fair value of this liability was $7,167,663 and $7,167,663 as of  June 30 , 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and is included in the rescission liability in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
If Type A Warrants become invalid we may be obligated to refund all warrant holders fair value of warrants purchased. The company does not have the liquidity to repay all warrants holders and may become insolvent.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. All sales are generated from U.S. and substantially all sales proceeds are settled in U.S. dollars. Beside certain operation expenses incurred for its international sales offices the Company does not have significant foreign currency exposure.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Inventory
 
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. Inventory consists of high tech nutritional supplements and skin-care products. Management reviews inventory on hand for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable items, as compared to future demand requirements and the shelf life of the various products. Based The Company records inventory write-downs when costs exceed expected net realizable value based on the reviews. The inventories’ shelf lives are approximately 3 years.
 
Emerging Growth Company
 
We are an “emerging growth company” (“EGC”) that is exempt from certain financial disclosure and governance requirements for up to five years as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“the JOBS Act”), that eases restrictions on the sale of securities; and increases the number of shareholders a company must have before becoming subject to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC’s) reporting and disclosure rules (See “Emerging Growth Companies” section above). We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the Jobs Act, that allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.
 
 
71

 
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Revenue is recognized when a formal arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, the delivery is completed, no other significant obligations of the Company exist and collectability is reasonably assured. Freight and handling costs paid by the Company are included in selling expenses. The Company generally receives the net sales price in cash or through credit card payments when products are ordered. When the Company has sales events whereby the sales are non-returnable or non-refundable, the revenue is recognized when products are shipped. Advance payments from customers are deferred and revenue is recognized when products are shipped.
 
Our service revenue includes shipping and handling fees and members’ fees. Shipping and handling fee revenue is recognized when products have been delivered. Member fees are charged for members’ on-line account set up, assistance and education on our products. Member fees are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over an estimate average membership life of 3 years, which is based on historical membership experience. The Company has dropped the requirement for member fee since September of 2011.
 
All the Company sales from other countries are based in US currency. The methods of payments are the same. The Company also has bank accounts in Hong Kong dollars and Canadian dollars where the customers can wire money into.
 
Product returns are allowed for unopened products purchased under regular sales terms within 60 days. Allowances for product returns are provided at the time the sale is recorded using historic return rates for each country and the relevant return pattern. Historically the Company has a nearly zero return rate. Hence, the Company determined the allowance as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are estimated at $0.
 
During 2012, the company offered a rebate program as a promotion to increase sales. Members who purchased Diamond packages earned a $2,000 rebate and members who purchased Gold packages earned a $1,000 rebate. The rebate was repaid to members at $150 per month for Diamond packages and $100 per month for Gold packages.
 
Although we paid out the rebates over time, for revenue recognition they were recorded differently, as follows: We record rebates against revenue upon completion of a sales order when funds are received which is when we become liable to the customer for the entire rebate amount.
 
We stopped offering this promotion on December 31, 2012.
 
In addition to the Company’s 60-day return policy, the Company, at its discretion, may accept a customers application for a buy-back of products previously sold within one year at 90% of the original product costs less commissions and shipping costs. The Company implemented its buy-back policy on January 1, 2012. To date, the Company has not received any buy-back applications. As a result, no allowance for buy-backs has been recorded as of December 31, 2012 or 2011.
 
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share
 
Basic loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted loss per share includes the dilutive effects of common stock equivalents on an “as if converted” basis. For 2012 and 2011, potential dilutive securities had an anti-dilutive effect and were not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per common share.
 
 
72

 
 
Securities Issued as Sales Incentives – Type A& Type B warrants
 
Type A Warrants
 
The Company sold Type A warrants to its members as incentive to increase sales and attract additional members. Net proceeds from Type A Warrants sold to members from inception through December 31, 2010 were $8,169,707. During 2011, a total of 18,000 Type A warrants were exercised for cash refunds totaling $22,950 and products of the Company for $7,200.
 
Type A warrants can be exercised for:
 
 
(1)
common shares of the Company at a ratio of 1:1 upon a going public event in the U.S.,
 
(2)
products of the Company at their retail prices, or
 
(3)
canceled membership and a refund in cash at 50% of face value.
 
When the Company achieves a going public event in the U.S., the holders can no longer exercise the warrants using options 2 or 3 above. Due to the cash redemption provision described above, Type A warrants has been determined to be classified as liability. The value of the Type A warrant liability was determined by calculating the maximum potential cash outlay if all warrant holders exercised using option 3 above. This amount was $7,675,208 and $7,701,757 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. If members exercise their warrants for cash, the Company reduces the liability by the amount of cash paid. If members exercise their warrants for products, the Company recognizes revenue equal to the retail value of the related products once they have been delivered.
 
Type B Warrants
 
In 2010 and 2009, the Company issued 95,283 and 2,395,825 ‘Type B warrants’ as sales incentive compensation to members. Type B warrants entitle the holders to receive a common share upon a going public event in the U.S. as specified in the Warrant. No additional consideration for the common shares is required upon exercise. Type B Warrants cannot be exercised for products or redeemed for cash. The fair value of Type B Warrants was determined by comparable sales of our common stock to members. The Company determined the comparable sales of stock are more reliable as the fair value of any goods or services received cannot be reliably measured. As of December 2011 and 2010, the Company has 2,491,108 Type B warrants outstanding.
 
As of the date of this registration statement, all Type A and Type B Warrants have been exercised/converted in accordance with their terms and there are no Type A or Type B Warrants currently issued and outstanding.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
The Company rents office, warehouse spaces for its main corporate office under non-cancellable lease agreement. It also rents sales offices overseas either under multiple-year lease agreement or on a month-to-month basis. The aggregate lease commitment is as follows:
 
2013
   
141,384
 
2014
   
41,674
 
2015
   
-
 
Total
 
$
183,058
 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
The Company does not expect the adoption of recently issued accounting pronouncements to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
 
 
73

 
 
Actions with respect to Internal Controls
 
In early 2011, as we began the audit process in preparation for our filing of the withdrawn registration statement, we discovered missing income, payroll, unemployment and franchise tax payments to various governmental agencies including the IRS, the California Employment Development Department, California Franchise Tax Board. We retained the firm of Cacciamatta Accountancy Corporation to do a forensic audit.
 
The audit disclosed that the third party we had hired to prepare our financial statements and tax returns and make these payments to the various governmental agencies, Tony Luu, had defrauded us of an aggregate of $835,144 during the period from commencement of his employment in 2008 until he was terminated in June 2011. He perpetrated the fraud by diverting all or part of the payments made by the Company to these agencies by various means, including failing to send checks the Company had written to these agencies and covering it up by falsifying bank reconciliations and having corresponding payments made to accounts under his control and by having checks written directly to him for reimbursement of amounts allegedly transmitted by him electronically to these agencies on behalf of the Company.

In order to remedy these material weaknesses in internal financial controls, we have instituted new internal financial control procedures as follows:
 
 
·
We have obtained our own payroll software to calculate payroll tax amount and balance to be deposit. The program itself is self-updated with Intuit Quickbooks, which is always providing updates to prevent possible error in tax forms and amount calculation. This eliminates the possibility of creating reports that differs from what actually incurred.
 
 
·
Periodically when the payroll tax is due, the accounting department prepares for payment amount and paid directly through governmental agency websites through the Company’s account by the cashier. The actual payment amount is automatically recorded into Quickbooks through its payroll system. Actual payment receipts are printed and kept in the files. Monthly reconciliations of bank transactions are done independently by accounting department to match to our records in Quickbooks to ensure all transactions are accounted for properly in our system.
 
 
·
The Company no longer uses checks for payment unless it is for special payments. When checks are used for payments, the cashier who writes the check with review the payment with its supporting documents to ensure the payee and related payment items are legitimate without suspicious accounts and nature of payment before issuing the payment.
 
 
·
Separation of duties handling payments and bookkeeping: Accountant will review payments and sign off before requesting payments to the cashier. The cashier will issue payment upon reviewing detail of the invoice and signature of the accountant. Then the final document will be sent to accounting department for recording.
 
 
·
The Company also performs monthly bank reconciliation by the accounting department to ensure recorded payments matches to actual occurrence in the bank record.
 
 
·
Internal control over sales are implemented that sales order will only be processed if payment is separately confirmed and signed by accounting department or processed automatically by the customers. Shipping department will ship the goods based on actual sales order completed and signed. Monthly reconciliation of accountants is performed by accounting department to ensure recordings in the sales systems matches without differences caused by computer error, human error or fraud.
 
In July 2011 we filed a lawsuit against Mr. Luu and related entities to recover our losses from this fraud. In October 2011 we received a default judgment against Mr. Luu. However, we believe that Mr. Luu has fled the country and our ability to recover any funds on this judgment is uncertain.
 
 
74

 
 
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
 
We rent the following properties:
 
U.S. Offices and warehouses
 
 
·
Address/Size:
9550 Flair Dr., #308, El Monte, CA91731 ( 6000 sqft)
9550 Flair Dr. #407, El Monte, CA91731 ( 2000 sqft)
3477 Fletcher Ave., Unit B, El Monte, CA91731( 2500sqft)
 
·
Name of Landlord: Mark Diamond
 
·
Term of Lease: #407 is month to month, #308 is Jan 2014, 3477 Fletcher Ave., Unit B expires in July 2014
 
·
Monthly Rental: #308-$6,800, #407-$2,250, 3477 Fletcher Ave., Unit B-$2,500
 
Foreign Offices and warehouses
 
 
·
Address/Size:
Unit 1104, 11/F, 9 Chong Yip Street, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong (1381 sqft)
 
·
Name of Landlord: Clifton Properties Limited and Kingsword Limited.
 
·
Term of Lease:  Till July 2014
 
·
Monthly Rental: $2,700 USD approx
 
The aggregate future lease commitment is as follows:
 
2013
   
141,384
 
2014
   
41,674
 
2015
   
-
 
Total
 
$
183,058
 
 
We believe our current facilities, including warehousing facilities, are currently fully suitable and adequate for our business.
 
We do not intend to renovate, improve, or develop properties. We are not subject to competitive conditions for property. We have no policy with respect to investments in real estate or interests in real estate and no policy with respect to investments in real estate mortgages. Further, we have no policy with respect to investments in securities of or interests in persons primarily engaged in real estate activities.
 
 
75

 
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

From time to time the major shareholder and CEO of the Company either receives cash proceeds from product or warrant sales from the Company’s members on behalf of the Company, or makes purchases out of his personal bank account on behalf of the Company. Such business transactions would be recorded as due to or from shareholder. During 2012 and 2011, advances from shareholder are $258,849 and $129,280, respectively and payment to shareholder are $314,455 and $36,345 respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the net balance due to shareholder amounted to $75,115 and $130,722, respectively.   This balance does not bear interest, is unsecured, and due on demand.
 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, cash advances from shareholder are $333,963 and $70,160, respectively and payments to shareholder are $110,401 and $33,746, respectively. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the balance due to shareholder amounted to $298,677 and $75,115, respectively. This balance does not bear interest, is unsecured, and due on demand. The balance due from shareholder is resulted from over repayment.
 
As at 12/31/2010
   
37,787
 
Due to shareholder
2011 Advances
   
129,280
   
2011 Repayments
   
(36,345
)
 
As at 12/31/2011
   
130,722
 
Due to shareholder
2012 Advances
   
258,849
   
2012 Repayments
   
(314,456
)
 
As at 12/31/2012
   
75,115
 
Due to shareholder
2013 Advances (9 months)
   
333,963
   
2013 Repayments (9 months)
   
(110,401
)
 
As at 9/30/2013
 
$
298,677
 
Due to shareholder
 
The Company has accounts payable due to related parties of $30,000 and $13,441 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The $30,000 balance of accounts payable was due to our Director, Mr. Zhang, not yet repaid for service rendered as a director of the board. The balance does not have interest nor due date.
 
Except for $6,000 of the $13,441 accounts payable which is our Director Mr. Zhang, the related party referred to above is our CEO and Director, Mr. Wang. The $6,000 balance was due to Mr. Wang for expenses not yet reimbursed.
 
Pooi Lam Shun, a member of board of directors, earned $137 and $9,081 bonus from the marketing plan in 2012 and 2011 respectively.
 
In 2011, due to a shortage of cash, the Company borrowed money from certain relatives and family members of the CEO for operations. Total amount borrowed in 2011 amounted to $565,272. As of December 31, 2012, the total outstanding balance owed to related parties was $506,132. This balance does not bear interest, is unsecured, and due on demand. The Company plan to repay the outstanding balance when the Company’s cash flows improved. Summary of the borrowing is as follows:
 
Names
 
December 31,
2012
   
December 31,
2011
 
Terms
 
Relationship
                   
ChunYan Xu
   
322,083
     
381,223
 
No interest, no due date
 
CEO's sister in law
HuanXia Xu
   
30,000
     
30,000
 
No interest, no due date
 
CEO's brother in law
ShuYing Sun
   
86,000
     
86,000
 
No interest, no due date
 
CEO's mother in law
Xun Wang
   
4,000
     
4,000
 
No interest, no due date
 
CEO's son
HanYang Xu
   
64,049
     
64,049
 
No interest, no due date
 
CEO's wife
Total
   
506,132
     
565,272
       
 
 
76

 
 
As of September 30, 2013, the total outstanding balance owed to related parties was $298,562. This balance does not bear interest, is unsecured, and due on demand. The Company plan to repay the outstanding balance when the Company’s cash flows improved. Summary of the borrowing is as follows:
 
Names
 
September 30,
2013
   
December 31,
2012
 
Terms
 
Relationship
                   
ChunYan Xu
   
244,513
     
322,083
 
No interest, no due date
 
CEO's sister in law
HuanXia Xu
   
30,000
     
30,000
 
No interest, no due date
 
CEO's brother in law
ShuYing Sun
   
-
     
86,000
 
No interest, no due date
 
CEO's mother in law
Xun Wang
   
-
     
4,000
 
No interest, no due date
 
CEO's son
HanYang Xu
   
24,049
     
64,049
 
No interest, no due date
 
CEO's wife
Total
   
298,562
     
506,132
       

Ansheng is a company owned by the wife of the Company’s CEO, Mr. Wang. Ansheng’s main operation is buying and selling Chinese herbs. Some of the Company’s raw materials were purchased through Ansheng in 2009. No transaction between E-World and Ansheng occurred in 2010 to 2012. The Company does not have any investment or ownership interest in Ansheng. Further, the Company does not have (1) the power to direct the activities (2) the obligation to absorb losses or (3) the right to receive expected residual returns of Ansheng.
 
MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
Market Information
 
There is no established public trading market for our securities and a regular trading market may not develop, or if developed, may not be sustained. A shareholder in all likelihood, therefore, will not be able to resell his or her securities should he or she desire to do so when eligible for public resale. Furthermore, it is unlikely that a lending institution will accept our securities as pledged collateral for loans unless a regular trading market develops.
 
Penny Stock Considerations
 
Our shares will be "penny stock shares," as that term is generally defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to mean equity securities with a price of less than $5.00. Thus, our shares will be subject to rules that impose sales practice and disclosure requirements on broker-dealers who engage in certain transactions involving a penny stock.
 
Under the penny stock regulations, a broker-dealer selling a penny stock to anyone other than an established customer must make a special suitability determination regarding the purchaser and must receive the purchaser's written consent to the transaction prior to the sale, unless the broker-dealer is otherwise exempt.
 
In addition, under the penny stock regulations, the broker-dealer is required to:
 
 
·
Deliver, prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the penny stock market, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt;
 
·
Disclose commissions payable to the broker-dealer and our registered representatives and current bid and offer quotations for the securities;
 
·
Send monthly statements disclosing recent price information pertaining to the penny stock held in a customer's account, the account's value, and information regarding the limited market in penny stocks; and
 
·
Make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser's written agreement to the transaction, prior to conducting any penny stock transaction in the customer's account.
 
 
77

 
 
Because of these regulations, broker-dealers may encounter difficulties in their attempt to sell shares of our Common Stock, which may affect the ability of selling shareholders or other holders to sell their shares in the secondary market, and have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in the secondary market. These additional sales practices and disclosure requirements could impede the sale of our securities, if our securities become publicly traded. In addition, the liquidity for our securities may be decreased, with a corresponding decrease in the price of our securities. Our shares in all probability will be subject to such penny stock rules and our shareholders will, in all likelihood, find it difficult to sell their securities.
 
Sales of our common stock under Rule 144.
 
We are registering 2,125,708 shares of common stock held by U.S. non-affiliate shareholders in the registration statement. All 131,492,720 shares of common stock held by affiliates and all 34,914,281shares of common stock held by non affiliates not registered in this registration statement are subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144.
 
In general, persons holding restricted securities, including affiliates, must hold their shares for a period of at least six months, may not sell more than one percent of the total issued and outstanding shares in any 90-day period, and must resell the shares in an unsolicited brokerage transaction at the market price. The availability for sale of substantial amounts of common stock under Rule 144 could reduce prevailing market prices for our securities.

Holders

As of the date of this registration statement, we had approximately 3,572 shareholders of record of our common stock.
 
Dividends
 
We have not declared any cash dividends on our common stock since our inception and do not anticipate paying such dividends in the foreseeable future. We plan to retain any future earnings for use in our business. Any decisions as to future payments of dividends will depend on our earnings and financial position and such other facts, as the Board of Directors deems relevant.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table shows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 compensation awarded or paid to, or earned by, the Company’s sole executive officer.
 
Name and
principal position
 
Year
(a)
 
Salary
$
   
Bonus
$
   
Stock
Awards
$
   
Option
awards
$
   
Nonequity
incentive
plan
compensation
$
   
Nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings
$
   
All other
compensation
$
   
Total
$
 
                                                     
Ding Hua Wang,
 
2012
   
60,000
     
-
           
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
60,000
 
President and CEO
 
2011
   
180,000
             
321,912
                                     
501,912
 
 
 
78

 
 
On July 1st, 2011, the Company stopped Mr. Dinghua Wang's annual $360,000's compensation due to operation loss and lack of revenue. In October 2012, the company resumed Mr. Wang's monthly compensation of $20,000 a month, starting from October 1st, 2012 as the Company has generated  more revenue to cover the expenses.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
 
The following table sets forth certain information for our executive officers concerning unexercised options, stock that has not vested, and equity incentive plan awards as of December 31, 2011.
 
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END DECEMBER 31, 2012
 
Name
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
   
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
   
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
   
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
   
Option
Expiration
Date
   
Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
(#)
   
Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
($)
   
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights
That Have
Not Vested
(#)
   
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights
That Have
Not Vested
($)
 
                                                                         
Ding Hua Wang
   
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
 
 
Long-Term Incentive Plans
 
There are no arrangements or plans in which we provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for directors or executive officers, except that our directors and executive officers may receive stock options at the discretion of our Board of Directors. We do not have any material bonus or profit sharing plans pursuant to which cash or non-cash compensation is or may be paid to our directors or executive officers, except that stock options may be granted at the discretion of our Board of Directors.
 
As of the date of this registration statement, we have no compensatory plan or arrangement with respect to any officer that results or will result in the payment of compensation in any form from the resignation, retirement or any other termination of employment of such officer’s employment with our company, from a change in control of our company or a change in such officer’s responsibilities following a change in control.
 
Director Compensation
 
Director Compensation for 2012
 
 
79

 
 
Name
 
Fees
earned
or paid
in cash
($)
   
Stock
awards
($)
   
Option
awards
($)
   
Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
   
Nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings
($)
   
All other
compensation
($)
   
Total
($)
 
                                                         
Ding Hua Wang [1]
   
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
 
Xun Zhang
   
24,000
     
50,000
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
74,000
 
Pooi Lam Shun
   
137
     
100,000
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
0
     
100,137
 
 
[1] Does not include compensation received as Executive Officer.
 
Dinghua Wang did not receive compensation as director as Mr. Wang received compensation as CEO of the company.

Xun Zhang received compensation of $24,000 for professional consultation service provided. Received 50,000 shares of common stock as director's compensation.

Pooi Lam Shun received 50,000 shares of common stock for directors’ compensation and an additional 50, 000 for “assisting in resolving questions from the members.”

We reimburse our directors for expenses incurred in connection with attending board meetings.
 
We have no other formal plan for compensating our directors for their service in their capacity as directors.
 
Employment Agreements
 
We have no written or oral agreement or understanding with Mr. Wang concerning his compensation in 2011 or thereafter.
 
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
There have been no disagreements regarding accounting and financial disclosure matters with our independent certified public accountants.
 
 
80

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
E-World USA Holding, Inc.
El Monte, California
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of E-World USA Holding, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the related statements of operations, shareholders deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits include consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of the Company present fairly, in all material respects, its financial position as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
 
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company suffered losses from operations and has a working capital deficiency, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Managements' plans regarding those matters also are described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
As discussed in Note 13 to the financial statements, errors were discovered by management in the 2012 and 2011 financial statements. Accordingly, the financial statements have been restated to correct these errors.
 
/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP
 
Houston, Texas
 
   
May 15, 2013, except for Note 13 which is dated as of September 19 , 2013
   
 
 
F-1

 
 
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2012 AND 2011
 
   
12/31/2012
   
12/31/2011
 
         
(Restated)
 
ASSETS
               
                 
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
   
786,575
     
32,635
 
Accounts receivable, net
   
26,107
     
448
 
Inventory, net
   
232,103
     
248,058
 
Prepaid expenses
   
144,086
     
21,811
 
Refundable income taxes
   
-
     
323,973
 
Other receivables
   
12,323
     
-
 
                 
Total current assets
   
1,201,194
     
626,925
 
                 
Property and equipment, net
   
200,741
     
68,733
 
Deposits and other assets
   
15,621
     
20,011
 
                 
Total Assets
   
1,417,556
     
715,669
 
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
               
                 
Current Liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
2,164,349
     
904,081
 
Accounts payable - related party
   
30,000
     
13,441
 
Deferred revenue
   
2,329,245
     
1,294,462
 
Due to shareholder
   
75,115
     
130,722
 
Advances from related parties
   
506,132
     
565,272
 
Short term debt
   
26,293
     
90,000
 
Rescission Liability - Type A Warrants
   
7,167,663
     
7,675,208
 
Rescission Liability - Type B Warrants
   
249,111
     
249,111
 
                 
Total current liabilities
   
12,547,908
     
10,922,297
 
                 
Long term debt
   
102,706
     
-
 
                 
Total liabilities
   
12,650,614
     
10,922,297
 
                 
Stockholders' deficit
               
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 142,828,993 and 138,487,993 issued and outstanding , respectively
   
142,829
     
138,488
 
Additional paid-in capital
   
3,583,702
     
3,153,943
 
Accumulated deficit
   
(14,959,589
)
   
(13,499,059
)
                 
Total shareholders' deficit
   
(11,233,058
)
   
(10,206,628
)
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit
   
1,417,556
     
715,669
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
 
F-2

 
 
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
   
(Restated)
   
(Restated)
 
Revenue
               
Product sales, net
   
374,266
     
1,062,455
 
Service revenue
   
86,608
     
98,287
 
                 
Total revenues
   
460,874
     
1,160,742
 
                 
Cost of sales, net
   
285,275
     
538,618
 
                 
Gross profit
   
175,599
     
622,124
 
                 
Operating expenses
               
Selling expenses
   
192,460
     
130,926
 
Depreciation expense
   
51,811
     
55,643
 
Embezzlement expense
   
-
     
42,204
 
General and administrative expenses
   
1,391,858
     
1,774,378
 
                 
Total operating expenses
   
1,636,129
     
2,003,151
 
                 
Loss from operations
   
(1,460,530
)
   
(1,381,027
)
                 
Other income (expenses)
               
Change in value of rescission liability
   
-
     
996,444
 
Other income (expenses)
   
-
     
14,903
 
                 
Total other income (expenses)
   
-
     
1,011,347
 
                 
Net loss
   
(1,460,530
)
   
(369,680
)
                 
Net loss per common share - - basic and diluted
   
(0.01
)
   
(0.00
)
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic and diluted
   
141,453,157
     
133,837,521
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
 
F-3

 
 
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.
STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
 
   
Common Stock
   
Additional
             
   
Number of
         
Paid-in
   
Accumulated
       
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Capital
   
Deficit
   
Total
 
                               
Balance, December 31, 2010 (Restated)
   
89,990,213
     
89,990
     
2,862,957
     
(13,129,379
)
   
(10,176,432
)
                                         
Shares issued for services
   
48,497,780
     
48,498
     
290,986
             
339,484
 
Net loss
                           
(369,680
)
   
(369,680
)
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2011 (Restated)
   
138,487,993
     
138,488
     
3,153,943
     
(13,499,059
)
   
(10,206,628
)
                                         
Shares issued for services
   
3,441,000
     
3,441
     
340,659
             
344,100
 
Shares issued for short term debt
   
900,000
     
900
     
89,100
             
90,000
 
Net loss
                           
(1,460,530
)
   
(1,460,530
)
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2012
   
142,828,993
     
142,829
     
3,583,702
     
(14,959,589
)
   
(11,233,058
)
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
 
F-4

 
 
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
         
(Restated)
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
               
Net loss
   
(1,460,530
)
   
(369,680
)
Adjustments to reconcile net Loss to net cash used in operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
   
51,811
     
55,643
 
Gain on disposal of fixed assets
   
(36,615
)
   
-
 
Stock based compensation
   
344,100
     
339,484
 
Inventory valuation reserve
   
-
     
270,214
 
Change in value of rescission liability
   
-
     
(996,444
)
(Increase) decrease in assets:
               
Accounts receivable
   
(25,659
)
   
(448
)
Inventory
   
15,955
     
122,032
 
Prepayments and other current assets
   
(134,598
)
   
135,382
 
Refundable income taxes
   
323,973
     
(14,903
)
Deposits and other assets
   
4,390
     
3,294
 
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
1,250,368
     
186,750
 
Accounts payable - related party
   
16,559
     
13,441
 
Warrant liabilities
   
(20,105
)
   
(26,549
)
Deferred revenue
   
557,243
     
(558,024
)
                 
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities
   
886,892
     
(839,808
)
                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
               
Purchase of property and equipment
   
(5,527
)
   
(8,258
)
                 
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
   
(5,527
)
   
(8,258
)
                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
               
Advances from shareholder
   
258,849
     
129,280
 
Payment to shareholder
   
(314,456
)
   
(36,345
)
Advances from related parties
   
62,535
     
565,272
 
Repayments to related parties
   
(121,675
)
   
-
 
Proceed from issuance of debt
   
-
     
90,000
 
Principal payments on debt
   
(12,678
)
   
-
 
                 
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities
   
(127,425
)
   
748,207
 
                 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash
   
753,940
     
(99,859
)
                 
Cash, beginning of year
   
32,635
     
132,494
 
                 
Cash, end of year
   
786,575
     
32,635
 
                 
Supplemental Disclosure of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid during the year for:
               
Interest
   
-
     
-
 
Income taxes
   
-
     
-
 
                 
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities
               
Common stock issued for short term debt
   
90,000
     
-
 
Type A Warrants exercised for products or cash
   
487,440
     
-
 
Fixed assets purchased with loan
   
141,677
     
-
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
 
F-5

 
 
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1 - Organization  
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc. (the "Company"), a Nevada corporation, was formed February 4, 2011. Its predecessor, with the same name was a California company incorporated in 2007. In April 2011, E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation entered into a merger agreement with its wholly- owned subsidiary, E-World USA Holding, Inc., a Nevada corporation which was the survivor of the merger. Under the Merger Agreement, the Company issued 90,000,000 shares of its common stock on a one share for one share basis for each share of E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation, common stock issued and outstanding at the date of the merger. In addition, the Company issued the Type A Warrants and Type B Warrants in exchange for comparable Warrants issued and outstanding of E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation, at the date of the merger.
 
The Company is an international network marketing company that sells nutritional supplement and skin care products through a network of active members who live in Singapore, Canada, and China. The Company maintains its offices and main warehouse in California and has warehouse in Hong Kong.
 
Note 2 - Going Concern
 
There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as a result of our lack of significant revenues and negative working capital and if we are unable to generate significant revenue or secure financing we may be required to cease or curtail our operations. Our financial statements do not include adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
Management is trying to alleviate the going concern by:
 
 
·
increasing marketing efforts in existing sales territories and identifying new sales territories to generate sales revenues.

 
·
securing various financing resources, including but not limiting to borrowing from major shareholders, raise funds through future public offering.

 
·
promoting new products.
 
Note 3 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Foreign Currency
 
The Company’s reporting and functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Substantially all sales are settled in U.S. dollars. Beside certain operation expenses incurred for its international warehouses the Company does not have significant foreign currency exposure.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are comprised primarily of money market accounts and foreign and domestic bank accounts. To reduce its credit risk, the Company monitors the credit standing of the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash and cash equivalents.
 
 
F-6

 
 
Inventory
 
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. Inventory consists of high tech nutritional and skin-care products. Management reviews inventory on hand for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable items, as compared to future demand requirements and the shelf life of the various products. Based on the review, the Company records inventory write-downs when costs exceed expected net realizable value. The inventories’ shelf lives are approximately 3 years.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Upon disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization is removed from the books, and any resulting gain or loss is included in operations. The Company provides for depreciation and amortization using straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of various classes as follow:
 
Computer and software
 
3 to 5 years
Furniture and fixtures
 
5 to 10 years
Vehicles
 
5 to 7 years
Leasehold improvement
 
over expected lease term
 
Repair and maintenance is charged to operations when incurred while betterments and renewals are capitalized.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
Long-lived assets are reviewed periodically for impairment, based on undiscounted cash flows, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Measurement of an impairment loss is based on the estimated fair value of the asset. In 2012 and 2011 the Company has no impairment issues for Long-Lived Assets.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
ASC Topic 825 requires that the Company discloses estimated fair values of financial instruments. The Company has estimated the fair value of its financial instruments using the following methods and assumptions:
 
 
The current assets and current liabilities qualifying as financial instruments are a reasonable estimate of fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments
 
As defined in FASB ASC 820, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company utilized the market data of similar entities in its industry or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated, or generally unobservable. The Company classifies fair value balances based on the observability of those inputs. FASB ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurement).
 
 
F-7

 
 
The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
 
 
Level 1 –
Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments such as exchange-traded derivatives, marketable securities and listed equities.
 
 
Level 2 –
Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reported date and includes those financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies. These models are primarily industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including quoted forward prices for commodities, time value, volatility factors, and current market and contractual prices for the underlying instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term of the instrument, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. Instruments in this category generally include non-exchange-traded derivatives such as commodity swaps, interest rate swaps, options and collars.
 
 
Level 3 –
Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. These inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value.
 
The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:
 
Recurring Fair Value Measures
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
December 31, 2012
                       
Rescission Liability – Type B Warrants
              $ 249,111     $ 249,111  
December 31, 2011
                               
Rescission Liability – Type B Warrants
              $ 249,111     $ 249,111  
 
Stock-based Compensation
 
The Company accounts for equity instruments issued in exchange for the receipts of goods or service from other than employees in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 and the conclusions reached by ASC Topic 505. Costs are measured at the estimated fair market value of the consideration received or the estimated fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The value of equity instruments issued for consideration other than employee services is determined on the earliest of performance commitment or completion of performance by the provider of goods or service as defined by ASC Topic 505.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes revenue when a formal arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, the delivery is completed, no other significant obligations of the Company exist and collectability is reasonably assured. Freight and handling costs paid by the Company are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company generally receives the net sales price in cash or through credit card payments when products are ordered. When the Company has sales events whereby the sales are non-returnable or non-refundable, the revenue is recognized when products are shipped. Advance payments from customers are deferred and revenue is recognized when products are shipped. Deferred revenue for customer deposits as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $1,410,727 and $202,239, respectively.
 
Our service revenue includes shipping and handling fees and members’ fees. Shipping and handling fee revenue is recognized when products have been delivered. Member fees are charged for members’ on-line account set up, assistance and education on our products. Member fees are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over an estimate average membership life of 3 years, which is based on historical membership experience. The Company has dropped the requirement for member fee since September of 2011. Deferred revenue for member fees as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $12,120 and $46,045, respectively.
 
 
F-8

 
 
We account for rebates to customers as a reduction of revenue in accordance with ASC 605-50-45. We record rebates against revenue upon completion of a sales order when funds are received which is when we become liable to the customer for the entire rebate amount. Rebates of $1,130,999 and $258,000 were recorded during 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
All the Company sales from other countries are based in US currency. The methods of payments are the same. The Company also has bank accounts in Hong Kong dollars and Chinese RMB where the customers can wire money into.
 
Product returns are allowed for unopened products purchased under regular sales terms within 60 days. Allowances for product returns are provided at the time the sale is recorded using historic return rates for each country and the relevant return pattern. Historically the Company has a nearly zero return rate. Hence, the allowance as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are estimated at $0.
 
In addition to the Company’s 60-day return policy, the Company, at its discretion, may accept a customer’s application for a buy-back of products previously sold within one year at 90% of the original product costs less commissions and shipping costs. The Company implemented its buy-back policy on January 1, 2012. To date, the Company has not received any buy-back applications. As a result, no allowance for buy-backs has been recorded as of December 31, 2012 or 2011.
 
Sales segment information
 
   
2012
 
2011
                 
China
   
84.9
%
   
37.1
%
                 
Singapore
   
10.1
%
   
45.4
%
                 
Canada
   
1.3
%
   
6.7
%
                 
Others
   
3.7
%
   
10.8
%
 
Shipping and Handling Expenses
 
Actual shipping and handling cost incurred by the Company are $80,727 and $95,727 for 2012 and 2011, respectively, and are included in selling expense in the statement of operations.
 
Bonus Expense
 
A Company member may earn bonuses, similar to commissions, based on retail sales volume of certain other downline members who are referred by the member. Bonuses earned are derived from bonus points generated from the related product sales transactions. Bonus points earned through sales transactions of downline members may or may not generate related bonus expenses during the same period, depending on the members' compensation qualifications, which is further explained in marketing plan section. Bonus expenses are accrued in the period in which the member meets the qualifications to receive the related benefits of bonus point redemption. Bonus points are redeemed by our members in cash, either by withdrawal or by applying their cash balance against future product purchases. As bonus expenses result in cash payments to our customers, we net these expenses with revenue in accordance with FASB ASC 605-50-45-2. Bonus expenses netted with revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $1,361,794 and $503,962 respectively.
 
Operating Leases
 
The Company leases all of its physical properties under operating leases. Certain lease agreements generally include rent holidays and tenant improvement allowances. The Company recognizes rent holiday periods on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning when the Company has the right to the leased space. The Company also records tenant improvement allowances and rent holidays as deferred rent liabilities and amortizes the deferred rent over the terms of the lease to rent.
 
 
F-9

 
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company utilizes ASC Topic 740, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
 
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share
 
Basic loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted loss per share includes the dilutive effects of common stock equivalents on an “as if converted” basis. For 2011 and 2010, potential dilutive securities had an anti-dilutive effect and were not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per common share.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are cash, accounts receivable and other receivables arising from its normal business activities. The Company places its cash in what it believes to be credit-worthy financial institutions, but several of its bank accounts exceed the federally insured limit from time to time. At December 31, 2011, the cash balance of the Company consisted of $1,679 denominated in Canadian dollars, $1,064 in Hong Kong dollars, and $10,470 in Chinese RMB. At December 31, 2012, the cash balance of the Company consisted of $1,131 denominated in Canadian dollars, $961 in Hong Kong dollars, and $471,609 in Chinese RMB. Cash balance in Canada is insured by CDIC, in Hong Kong is insured by Hong Kong Deposit Protection Board. The balance in China is not insured.
 
The Company requires pre-payments for its sales, which eliminates the exposure to credit risks arising from its customers or members.
 
During 2012, one supplier accounted for approximately 58% of product purchases. During 2011, one supplier accounted for approximately 71% of product purchases.
 
Contingencies
 
The Company may have inadvertently issued Type A Warrants and Type B Warrants to U.S. citizens or residents in violation of federal securities laws and may be subject to sanctions for such violations. Further, the exchange of the warrants for common shares may also have been in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933. Thus, there is a risk that former warrant holders may bring legal action against the company, its officers and directors for securities law violations. At this time, the Company has determined it is reasonably possible that a loss may have been incurred as a result of these issuances. See Note 4.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
The Company does not expect the adoption of recently issued accounting pronouncements to have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
 
 
F-10

 
 
Note 4 – Rescission Liability - Type A & B Warrants
 
Type A Warrants
 
As an incentive to increase sales and bring in additional members the Company has sold Type A warrants to its members. From inception to December 31, 2010, new members purchased a package of products and received an option to include Type A Warrants in the purchase. Net cash proceeds from Type A Warrants sold to members from inception on January 5 th , 2007 through December 31, 2010 were $8,169,707. During 2011, a total of 18,000 Type A warrants were exercised for cash refunds totaling $22,950 and products of the Company for $7,200. During 2012, all of the remaining Type A warrants were exercised for the following:
 
 
(1)
842,300 warrants for $495,170 in cash refunds

 
(2)
10,300 warrants for $16,650 in products

 
(3)
23,296,688 warrants for shares of common stock
 
As of December 31, 2012, $487,440 of the warrants exercised for products and cash were unpaid and included in deferred revenue.
 
Upon issuance, Type A warrants had no expiration and could be exercised for:
 
 
(1)
common shares of the Company at a ratio of 1:1 upon a going public event in the U.S.,

 
(2)
products of the Company at their retail prices, or

 
(3)
cancelled membership and a refund in cash at 75% of face value.
 
Our Type A Warrants may have been issued in violation of United States federal securities laws. As a result, the common stock issued upon exercise of these warrants during fiscal 2012 may not be valid. We have classified the fair value of these warrants as a liability on the date of issuance. Additionally, we have classified the shares issued upon exercise of these warrants as liabilities. The value of the Type A warrant liability and the rescission liability for the shares the warrants were exercised into was determined by calculating the maximum potential cash outlay if all warrant holders exercised using option 3 above. This amount was $7,167,663 and $7,675,208 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, there were 23,296,688 shares of common stock underlying the rescission liability. The total fair value is determined by calculating how much each warrant holder would receive in cash if they exercised the warrant by canceling their membership and receiving 75% of the face value of their warrant in cash and then adding these amounts together to reach the total potential cash outlay. The face value of the warrant is the stated value assigned to each Type A warrant. Upon initial issuance of the Type A warrants, each warrant was assigned a stated value depending on which initial promotion event the member participated in and the volume of products initially purchased. The face value determines how much the member could receive if exercised for cash and a canceled membership. If members exercise their warrants for cash, the Company reduces the liability by the amount of cash paid. If members exercise their warrants for products, the Company recognizes revenue equal to the retail value of the related products once they have been delivered.
 
The following table summarizes Type A warrant activity during 2012 and 2011:
 
Type A Warrants
 
Shares
 
Value
December 31, 2010
   
24,167,288
   
$
7,701,757
 
Redeemed
   
(18,000
)
   
(26,549
)
December 31, 2011
   
24,149,288
     
7,675,208
 
Redeemed
   
(24,149,288
)
   
(7,675,208
)
December 31, 2012
   
-
   
$
-
 
 
 
F-11

 
 
Type B Warrants
 
In 2010 and 2009, the Company issued 95,283 and 2,395,825 Type B warrants as sales incentive compensation to members. Type B warrants entitle the holders to receive a total of 2,491,108 common shares upon a going public event in the U.S. as specified in the Warrant. No additional consideration for the common shares is required upon exercise. Type B Warrants are neither exercisable for products nor redeemable for cash. Our Type B Warrants may have been issued in violation of United States federal securities laws. As a result, the warrants and common stock issued upon exercise of these warrants during fiscal 2012 may not be valid. We have classified the fair value of these warrants as a liability on the date of issuance. Additionally, we have classified the shares issued upon exercise of these warrants as liabilities. The fair value of the warrants and related common shares was estimated using comparable sales of common stock to members. The Company determined the comparable sales of stock are more reliable as the fair value of any goods or services received cannot be reliably measured. The fair value of these warrants on the date of issuance was $1,245,555. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of these warrants was $249,111. During 2012, all of the Company’s Type B Warrants were exercised into shares of common stock. The fair value of the shares of common stock issued from the exercise of Type B Warrants as of December 31, 2012 was $249,111 and is included in the rescission liability in the balance sheet. A gain of $996,444 was recognized during 2011.
 
Note 5 - Inventory
 
Inventories consist primarily of finished goods available for resale and can be categorized as at:
 
   
Dec. 31, 2012
   
Dec. 31, 2011
 
             
Nutrition supplements
  $ 232,103     $ 208,272  
Skin-care products
    231,724       310,000  
Less: inventory reserve
    (231,724 )     (270,214 )
Inventories, net
  $ 232,103     $ 248,058  
 
As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded reserves of $231,724 and $270,214 due to slow inventory movement and upcoming product expiration dates.
 
Note 6 - Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment consist of following as at December 31, 2012 and 2011:
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Computer equipment and software
  $ 92,202     $ 86,676  
Furniture and fixture
    21,198       21,198  
Automobiles
    179,678       166,154  
Leasehold improvement
    40,053       40,053  
      331,131       314,081  
Accumulated depreciation
    (132,390 )     (245,348 )
Property and equipment, net
  $ 200,741     $ 68,733  
 
Depreciation expenses incurred amounted to $51,811 and $55,643 for 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
During 2012, the Company traded in an automobile with a net book value of $1,385. As a result of the trade-in, the Company recognized a gain of $36,615.
 
 
F-12

 
 
Note 7 – Debt
 
During 2011, the Company received $90,000 from third parties for future stock subscriptions. During 2012, the Company issued 900,000 shares for these payments.
 
In June 2012 the Company purchased a new vehicle by trading in the old vehicle with a loan on the purchase. The vehicle was purchased for $179,678. Loan borrowed was $141,677, with interest of 4.84% to be repaid over 60 even payments of $2,663. Future maturities of long term debt are as follows:
 
2013
  $ 26,293  
2014
    27,595  
2015
    28,961  
2016
    30,394  
2017
    15,756  
    $ 128,999  
 
Note 8 - Stockholders’ Equity
 
In April 2011, the Company entered into a merger agreement with E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation. Under the Merger Agreement, the Company issued 90,000,000 shares of its common stock on a one share for one share basis for each share of E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation, common stock issued and outstanding at the date of the merger. In addition, the Company issued the Type A Warrants and Type B Warrants in exchange for comparable Warrants issued and outstanding of E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation, at the date of the merger.
 
In February of 2011, the Company issued 45,987,483 shares to the majority owner. The Company also issued 2,510,297 shares to two service providers. These shares are valued at $.007 per share and total stock based compensation expense is $339,484. The Company engaged a third party valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the shares issued. For purposes of the estimate, fair value is the price, in terms of cash or equivalent, that a buyer could reasonably be expected to pay, and a seller could reasonably be expected to accept, if the business were exposed for sale on the open market for a reasonable period of time, with both buyer and seller being in possession of the pertinent facts and neither being under any compulsion to act. The fair value of the shares was determined by first calculating an enterprise value of the Company, and then deriving the fair value of a common share by dividing the enterprise value by the number of common shares outstanding. In order to determine the enterprise value, the valuation specialist used a weighted average of three valuation approaches. The valuation approaches and weights assigned to each are as of February 28, 2011 are as follows:
 
   
Weight
   
Value
 
Enterprise Value
           
Discounted Cash Flows
    37.50 %   $ 337,710  
Discounted Market Multiples
    37.50 %     400,500  
Price to Revenue Multiple
    25.00 %     277,805  
Total Equity Value
            1,016,015  
                 
Fully Diluted Common Shares on Valuation Date
            138,468,804  
Price Per Common Share
          $ 0.007  
 
 
o
Under the Discounted Cash Flow method, financial projections were prepared as of the valuation date based on a financial model and business plan prepared by management. Discounts were applied to these methods that considered the early stage of the Company.
 
 
o
Under the Discounted Market Multiples method, the enterprise value is based on a group of comparable companies (industry comparables) and their representative multiples.
 
 
o
Under the Price to Revenue Multiple method, the enterprise value compares the Company to comparable businesses on current measures and discounted future measures basis.
 
During 2012, we issued 900,000 common shares stock for short term debt of $90,000.
 
During 2012, we issued 3,441,000 common shares with a fair value of $344,100 as bonus for selling services.
 
 
F-13

 
 
Note 9 - Income Taxes
 
The Company uses the liability method, where deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial and income tax reporting purposes. During 2012 and 2011, the company incurred net losses and, therefore, has no income tax liability. The net deferred tax asset generated by the loss carry-forward has been fully reserved. The cumulative net operating loss carry-forward is approximately $3,600,000 at December 31, 2012, and will expire in the years 2027 - 2032.
 
Deferred tax assets consisted of the following:
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
                 
Net operating losses
  $ 1,261,000     $ 1,900,000  
Valuation allowance
    (1,261,000 )     (1,900,000 )
Net
  $ -     $ -  
 
The Company has refundable federal and state income tax deposits of $0 and $323,973 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our original tax estimate for tax years 2007, 2008 and 2009 was made based on cash proceeds received and disbursement made during the years by a tax preparer who did not have adequate accounting and tax knowledge. A large amount of tax liability was estimated and payments made according to this error. The Company has amended and filed the 2007, 2008 and 2009 tax returns based on the adjusted GAAP basis financial statements.
 
Note 10 - Related Party Transactions
 
From time to time, the major shareholder and CEO of the Company personally receives cash proceeds from product or warrant sales from the Company’s members on behalf of the Company, and makes purchases out of his personal bank account on behalf of the Company. Such business transactions are recorded as due to or from shareholder. During 2012 and 2011, advances from shareholder are $258,849 and $129,280, respectively and payment to shareholder are $314,456 and $36,345 respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the net balance due to shareholder amounted to $75,115 and $130,722, respectively. This balance does not bear interest and is unsecured and due on demand.
 
The Company has accounts payable due to related parties of $30,000 and $13,441 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
In 2012 and 2011, due to a shortage of cash, the Company borrowed money from certain related parties for operations. The related parties consists of CEO's immediate family members and relatives. Total amount borrowed in 2012 and 2011 amounted to $62,535 and $565,272. During 2012, $121,675 was repaid. This balance does not bear interest and is unsecured and due on demand. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company owed $506,132 and $565,272 to these related parties.
 
 
F-14

 
 
Note 11 - Commitments
 
Operating lease
 
The Company rents office, warehouse spaces for its main corporate office under non-cancellable lease agreement. It also rents sales offices overseas either under multiple-year lease agreements or on a month-to-month basis. The aggregate lease commitment is as follows:
 
2013
   
141,384
 
2014
   
41,674
 
Total
 
$
183,058
 
 
The Company incurred rent expense of $167,820 and $156,832 for 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
Note 12 – Employee Theft
 
In June 2011, the Company discovered a large portion of income and payroll tax payments were embezzled and not properly paid. The Company recorded $42,204 of embezzlement expense in the income statement during 2011.
 
Note 13 – Restatement
 
    Previously report             Restated  
    12/31/2011     Adjustment       12/31/2011  
                     
ASSETS
                   
                     
Current assets:
                   
Cash and cash equivalents
    32,635               32,635  
Accounts receivable, net
    448               448  
Inventory, net
    248,058               248,058  
Prepaid expenses
    21,811               21,811  
Refundable income taxes
    323,973               323,973  
                         
Total current assets
    626,925               626,925  
                         
Property and equipment, net
    68,733               68,733  
Deposits and other assets
    20,011               20,011  
                         
Total Assets
    715,669               715,669  
                         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
                       
                         
Current Liabilities:
                       
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    904,084       ( 3 )       904,081  
Accounts payable - related party
    13,441                 13,441  
Deferred revenue
    1,294,462                 1,294,462  
Due to shareholder
    130,722                 130,722  
Advances from related parties
    565,272                 565,272  
Short term debt
    90,000                 90,000  
Rescission Liability - Type A Warrants
    -       7,675,208  
{a}
    7,675,208  
Rescission Liability - Type B Warrants
    -       249,111  
{a}
    249,111  
Type A warrant liabilities
    7,675,208       (7,675,208 )
{a}
    -  
                           
Total current liabilities
    10,673,189       249,108         10,922,297  
                           
Total liabilities
    10,673,189       249,108         10,922,297  
                           
Stockholders' deficit
                         
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000
                         
shares authorized, 138,487,993
                         
issued and outstanding
    138,488                 138,488  
Additional paid-in capital
    4,399,498       (1,245,555 )       3,153,943  
Accumulated deficit
    (14,495,506 )     996,447         (13,499,059 )
                           
Total shareholders' deficit
    (9,957,520 )     (249,108 )       (10,206,628 )
                           
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit
    715,669                 715,669  
 
 
F-15

 
 
   
Previously report
           
Restated
 
   
2012
   
Adjustment
     
2012
 
Revenue
                   
Product sales
    1,736,061       (1,361,795 )
{b}
    374,266  
Service revenue
    86,608                 86,608  
Total revenues
    1,822,669       (1,361,795 )       460,874  
                           
Cost of sales, net
    285,275                 285,275  
Gross profit
    1,537,394       (1,361,795 )       175,599  
                           
Operating expenses
                         
Selling expenses
    1,554,255       (1,361,795 )
{b}
    192,460  
Depreciation expense
    51,811                 51,811  
General and administrative expenses
    1,391,858                 1,391,858  
Total operating expenses
    2,997,924       (1,361,795 )       1,636,129  
                           
Loss from operations
    (1,460,530 )     -         (1,460,530 )
                           
Net loss
    (1,460,530 )               (1,460,530 )
 
   
Previously report
           
Restated
 
   
2011
   
Adjustment
     
2011
 
Revenue
                   
Product sales
    1,566,417       (503,962 )
{b}
    1,062,455  
Service revenue
    98,287                 98,287  
Total revenues
    1,664,704       (503,962 )       1,160,742  
                           
Cost of sales, net
    538,618                 538,618  
Gross profit
    1,126,086       (503,962 )       622,124  
                           
Operating expenses
                         
Selling expenses
    634,888       (503,962 )
{b}
    130,926  
Depreciation expense
    55,643                 55,643  
Embezzlement expense
    42,204                 42,204  
General and administrative expenses
    1,774,378                 1,774,378  
Total operating expenses
    2,507,113       (503,962 )       2,003,151  
                           
Loss from operations
    (1,381,027 )     -         (1,381,027 )
                           
Other income (expense)
                         
Change in value of rescission liability
    -       996,444  
{a}
    996,444  
Other income (expense)
    14,903       -         14,903  
Total other income (expense)
    14,903       996,444         1,011,347  
                           
Net loss
    (1,460,530 )               (1,460,530 )
 
{a} As described in Note 4, our Type B warrants may have been issued in violation of United States federal securities laws. During 2012, management determined that the Type B warrants should have been classified as liabilities at issuance. As result, the Company has restated its 2011 financial statements to record the fair value of the Type B warrants of $1,245,555 as a liability as of December 31, 2010 with a corresponding reduction to additional paid-in capital. Additionally, during 2011, the fair value of these warrants was reduced to $249,111 resulting in a gain of $996,444.

{b} During 2013, management determined that certain expenses previously classified as selling expenses should be netted against revenue. In making this determination, management considered ASC 605-50-45-2 which requires cash payments of bonus to customers to be netted against the related revenues. These expenses are more fully described in Note 3 – Bonus Expense. As a result, selling expenses of $1,361,795 and $503,962 have been reclassified to revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
 
F-16

 
 
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012
(Unaudited)
 
   
2013
   
2012
 
ASSETS
             
Current assets:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 770,391     $ 786,575  
Accounts receivable, net
    35,476       26,107  
Inventory, net
    348,430       232,103  
Prepaid expenses
    54,739       144,086  
Other receivables
    1,041       12,323  
                 
Total current assets
    1,210,077       1,201,194  
                 
Property and equipment, net
    185,925       200,741  
Deposits and other assets
    15,621       15,621  
                 
Total Assets
  $ 1,411,623     $ 1,417,556  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
                 
Current Liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 1,284,086     $ 2,164,349  
Accounts payable - related party
    -       30,000  
Deferred revenue
    2,801,363       2,329,245  
Due to shareholder
    298,677       75,115  
Advances from related parties
    298,562       506,132  
Short term debt
    27,263       26,293  
Rescission Liability - Type A Warrants
    7,167,663       7,167,663  
Rescission Liability - Type B Warrants
    249,111       249,111  
                 
Total current liabilities
    12,126,725       12,547,908  
                 
Long term debt
    82,135       102,706  
                 
Total liabilities
    12,208,860       12,650,614  
                 
Stockholders' deficit
               
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 142,828,993
               
   issued and outstanding
    142,829       142,829  
Additional paid-in capital
    3,583,702       3,583,702  
Accumulated deficit
    (14,523,768 )     (14,959,589 )
                 
Total shareholders' deficit
    (10,797,237 )     (11,233,058 )
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit
  $ 1,411,623     $ 1,417,556  
 
See accompanying notes to these unaudited financial statements
 
 
F-17

 
 
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.
INCOME STATEMENTS
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012
(Unaudited)
 
   
For the three months
ended September 30,
   
For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
   
2013
   
2012
   
2013
   
2012
 
Revenue
                       
Product sales
  $ 100,407     $ 219,523     $ 2,015,714     $ 673,178  
Service revenue
    29,584       20,945       82,497       50,994  
                                 
Total revenues
    129,991       240,468       2,098,211       724,172  
                                 
Cost of sales, net
    125,425       65,302       335,793       155,171  
                                 
Gross profit
    4,566       175,166       1,762,418       569,001  
                                 
Operating expenses
                               
Selling expenses
    54,427       69,425       221,563       110,667  
Depreciation expense
    12,865       12,405       37,168       40,441  
General and administrative expenses
    359,219       589,961       1,067,866       1,020,499  
                                 
Total operating expenses
    426,511       671,791       1,326,597       1,171,607  
                                 
Income (Loss) from operations
    (421,945 )     (496,625 )     435,821       (602,606 )
                                 
Other income (expenses)
                               
Other income (expenses)
    -       (26 )     -       -  
                                 
Total other income (expenses)
    -       (26 )     -       -  
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (421,945 )   $ (496,651 )   $ 435,821     $ (602,606 )
                                 
Net income (loss) per share
                               
Basic
  $ (0.00 )   $ (0.00 )   $ 0.00     $ (0.00 )
Diluted
  $ (0.00 )   $ (0.00 )   $ 0.00     $ (0.00 )
                                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
                         
Basic
    142,828,993       138,487,993       142,828,993       138,487,993  
Diluted
    142,828,993       138,487,993       168,616,789       138,487,993  
 
See accompanying notes to these unaudited financial statements
 
 
F-18

 
 
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012
(Unaudited)
 
   
2013
   
2012
 
 Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
           
 Net income (loss)
  $ 435,821     $ (602,606 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    37,168       40,441  
Gain on disposal of fixed assets
    -       (36,615 )
(Increase) decrease in assets:
               
Accounts receivable
    (9,369 )     (29,844 )
Inventory
    (116,327 )     32,650  
Prepayments and other current assets
    89,347       (44,476 )
Refundable income taxes
    -       323,973  
Other receivables
    11,282       -  
Deposits and other assets
    -       4,390  
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    (880,263 )     (32,586 )
Accounts payable - related party
    (30,000 )     (4,552 )
Warrant liabilities
    -       (17,585 )
Deferred revenue
    472,118       (167,589 )
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities
    9,777       (534,399 )
                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
               
Purchase of property and equipment
    (22,352 )     (3,128 )
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
    (22,352 )     (3,128 )
                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
               
Advances from shareholder
    333,963       70,160  
Payment to shareholder
    (110,401 )     (33,746 )
Proceeds from related parties
    130,000       -  
Payment to related parties
    (337,570 )     -  
Principal payments on debt
    (19,601 )     -  
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities
    (3,609 )     36,414  
                 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash
    (16,184 )     (501,113 )
 
               
Cash, beginning of year
    786,575       32,635  
                 
Cash, end of year
  $ 770,391     $ (468,478 )
      -          
Supplemental Disclosure of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid during the year for:
               
Interest
  $ 1,535     $ -  
Income taxes
    -       -  
 
See accompanying notes to these unaudited financial statements
 
 
F-19

 
 
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1 – Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements of E-World USA Holding, Inc., (both the Nevada and the succeeded California corporation and collectively, “our”, “we”, “E-World” or the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto contained in the Company’s most recent Annual Financial Statements filed with the SEC on Form S-1. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of financial position and the results of operations for the interim period presented have been reflected herein. The results of operations for the interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. Notes to the financial statements which would substantially duplicate the disclosures contained in the audited financial statements for the most recent fiscal period, as reported in the Form S-1, have been omitted.

Note 2 – Going Concern

There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as a result of our lack of significant revenues and if we are unable to generate significant revenue or secure financing we may be required to cease or curtail our operations. Our financial statements do not include adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Management is trying to alleviate the going concern by:

·  
increasing marketing efforts in existing sales territories and identifying new sales territories to generate sales revenues.
·  
securing various financing resources, including but not limiting to borrowing from major shareholders, raise funds through future public offering.
·  
promoting new products.
 
Note 3 – Related Party Transactions
 
From time to time the major shareholder and CEO of the Company either receives cash proceeds from product or warrant sales from the Company’s members on behalf of the Company, or makes purchases out of his personal bank account on behalf of the Company. Such business transactions would be recorded as due to or from shareholder. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, cash advances from shareholder are $333,963 and $70,160, respectively and payments to shareholder are $110,401 and $33,746, respectively. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the balance due to shareholder amounted to $298,677 and $75,115, respectively. This balance does not bear interest, is unsecured, and due on demand.

The Company has accounts payable due to related parties of $0 and $30,000 as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

In 2012 and 2011, due to a shortage of cash, the Company borrowed money from certain related parties for operations. The related parties consists of CEO's immediate family members and relatives. Total amount borrowed in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $130,000 and $0. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, $337,570 was repaid. This balance does not bear interest and is unsecured and due on demand. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company owed $298,562 and $506,132 to these related parties.

 
F-20

 
 
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 4 – Restatement

   
For the nine months ended September 30,
 
               
Restated
 
   
2012
   
Adjustment
   
2012
 
Revenue
                 
Product sales
    1,777,106       (1,103,928 )     673,178  
Service revenue
    50,994               50,994  
                         
      1,828,100       (1,103,928 )     724,172  
                         
Cost of sales, net
    155,171               155,171  
                         
Gross profit
    1,672,929       (1,103,928 )     569,001  
                         
Operating expenses
                       
Selling expenses
    1,214,595       (1,103,928 )     110,667  
Depreciation expense
    40,441               40,441  
General and administrative expenses
    1,020,499               1,020,499  
                         
Total operating expenses
    2,275,535       (1,103,928 )     1,171,607  
                         
Loss from operations
    (602,606 )             (602,606 )
                         
                         
Net loss
    (602,606 )     -       (602,606 )

During 2013, management determined that certain expenses previously classified as selling expenses should be netted against revenue.  In making this determination, management considered ASC 605-50-45-2 which requires cash payments of bonus to customers to be netted against the related revenues. As a result, selling expenses of $1,103,928 have been reclassified to revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

   
For the three months ended September 30,
 
               
Restated
 
   
2012
   
Adjustment
   
2012
 
Revenue
                 
Product sales
    1,082,854       (863,331 )     219,523  
Service revenue
    20,945               20,945  
                         
Total revenues
    1,103,799       (863,331 )     240,468  
                         
Cost of sales, net
    65,302               65,302  
                         
Gross profit
    1,038,497       (863,331 )     175,166  
                         
Operating expenses
                       
Selling expenses
    932,756       (863,331 )     69,425  
Depreciation expense
    12,405               12,405  
General and administrative expenses
    589,987               589,961  
                         
Total operating expenses
    1,535,148       (863,331 )     671,781  
                         
Loss from operations
    (496,651 )             (496,625 )
                         
                         
Net loss
    (496,651 )             (496,651 )

During 2013, management determined that certain expenses previously classified as selling expenses should be netted against revenue.  In making this determination, management considered ASC 605-50-45-2 which requires cash payments of bonus to customers to be netted against the related revenues. As a result, selling expenses of $863,331 have been reclassified to revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2013.
 
 
F-21

 
 
PROSPECTUS – SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED FEBRUARY 10, 2014
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc.
 
We are offering 2,125,708 shares of Common Stock which were recently issued to holders of Type A Warrants under the terms of Type A Warrants exercised by U.S. citizens or residents and to holders of Type B Warrants under the terms of Type B Warrants exercised by U.S. citizens or residents.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from the registration of shares of common stock registered hereunder.
 
Our common stock is not now listed on any national securities exchange, the NASDAQ stock market or the OTC Bulletin Board.
 
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
 
Until _________ (90 days from the date of this prospectus) all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
 
81

 
 
Part II-INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
INDEMNIFICATION OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
Our Articles of Incorporation provide that no director or officer of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such person as a director or officer, except for the payment of dividends in violation of Nevada law. Our Bylaws provide, in pertinent part, that the Company shall indemnify any person made a party to or involved in any civil, criminal or administrative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or of any corporation which such person served as such at the request of the Company, against expenses reasonably incurred by, or imposed on, such person in connection with, or resulting from, the exercise of such action, suit, proceeding or appeal thereon, except with respect to matters as to which it is adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person was liable to the Company, or such other corporation, for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such persons duties as a director or officer of the Company. The determination of the rights of such indemnification and the amount thereof may be made, at the option of the person to be indemnified, by (1) order of the Court or administrative body or agency having jurisdiction over the matter for which indemnification is being sought; (2) resolution adopted by a majority of a quorum of our disinterested directors; (3) if there is no such quorum, resolution adopted by a majority of the committee of stockholders and disinterested directors of the Company; (4) resolution adopted by a majority of the quorum of directors entitled to vote at any meeting; or (5) Order of any Court having jurisdiction over the Company. Such right of indemnification is not exclusive of any other right which such director or officer may have, and without limiting the generality of such statement, they are entitled to their respective rights of indemnification under any bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders, provision of law, or otherwise in addition to their rights under our Bylaws.
 
With regard to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Corporation in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by a controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such case.
 
OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
The following table is an itemization of all expenses, without consideration to future contingencies, incurred or expected to be incurred by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being offered by this prospectus. Items marked with an asterisk (*) represent estimated expenses. We have agreed to pay all the costs and expenses of this offering. Selling security holders will pay no offering expenses.

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
The following table is an itemization of all expenses, without consideration to future contingencies, incurred or expected to be incurred by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being offered by this prospectus. Items marked with an asterisk (*) represent estimated expenses. We have agreed to pay all the costs and expenses of this offering. Selling security holders will pay no offering expenses.
 
ITEM
 
AMOUNT
 
       
SEC Registration Fee*
 
$
25
 
Legal Fees and Expenses
   
75,000
 
Accounting Fees and Expenses*
   
25,000
 
Miscellaneous
   
25,000
 
Total*
 
$
100,025
 
_____________
* Estimated Figure
 
 
82

 
 
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
NOTE CONCERNING POTENTIAL VIOLATION OF FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS IN CONNECTION WITH ISSUANCE OF ALL SECURITIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION

The Company has issued various securities at various times to various individuals, all as described below.

The Company purported to rely on Section 4(2) for issuances of securities to citizens or residents of the United States. However, due to:
 
 
o
the number of persons acquiring securities
 
 
o
the manner in which securities were offered
 
 
o
the presumed but unverified degree of sophistication of persons acquiring securities

the exemption provided under Section 4(2) may not have been available and the issuances may have been in violation of federal securities laws.

The Company admits that all the below-referenced offerings and sales of securities may have been done in violation of federal securities laws. In connection therewith, the Company admits that the offering could be deemed to have involved “a general solicitation of the public at large.” The Company admits that it solicited members through a public website and warrants were part of the membership package. The Company assumed if the persons acquiring the securities were sophisticated enough to understand and buy the Company’s products, the investors could be deemed by the Company to be sophisticated, although the Company made no independent investigation or verification thereof.  Specifically, the Company admits that securities were being offered through its website and that our presumption of sophistication was solely based on the fact that individuals were signing up to be members. See “Risk Factors.”
 
NOTE CONCERING WITHDRAWL OF PRIOR REGISTRATION STATEMENT DECLARED EFFECTIVE
 
We had a registration statement on Form S-1 for the same shares that are the subject of this registration statement filed on Form S-1 declared effective October 2, 2013 but withdrawn on November 12, 2013.   As disclosed in the withdrawal request which has been granted by the SEC staff, due to a lapse in the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures,  the Company was the victim of a fraud perpetrated by a third party hired by the Company to obtain information in the form of an opinion and related consent which was included in the withdrawn Registration Statement.  The Company thus withdrew the offering under that Registration Statement due to this situation.   No securities were sold pursuant to that Registration Statement.  The Company has adopted new disclosure controls and procedures designed to prevent any future occurrence of a similar situation, related to the verification of any information provided by any third party in this Registration Statement, including obtaining new opinions and consents through direct attorney-client relations with all law firms providing any opinion and consent included in this Registration Statement.   See “Risk Factors.”

 
83

 
 
COMMON STOCK
 
Upon formation in 2011, we issued 45,987,483 shares to our founder, Mr. Wang. We valued these shares at a per share value of $.007 for aggregate consideration of $321,912. Upon formation, we issued an additional 1,673,532 shares of Common Stock to a DNW & Associates, Inc. U.S. accounting service provider. We also issued an additional 836,765 shares of Common Stock to a U.S. legal service provider, Michael Williams of Williams Securities Law Firm, P.A. We valued these additional shares at $.007 per share for aggregate consideration of $17,572. Pursuant to the recent conversion of Type A Warrants, 23,216,208 new shares will be issued.
 
We relied upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.

 
o
The distribution did not involve general solicitation or advertising.

 
o
The distributions were made only to investors who were sophisticated enough to evaluate the risks of the investment.
 
In connection with the above transactions, although some of the investors may have also been accredited , we offered the following to our investors:
 
 
o
Access to all our books and records.

 
o
Access to all material contracts and documents relating to our operations.

 
o
The opportunity to obtain any additional information, to the extent we possessed such information, necessary to verify the accuracy of the information to which the investors were given access.
 
We would provide copy of documents and arrange office visits upon potential investors’ written requests.
 
Upon formation, our predecessor issued 84,002,517 shares of common stock to Mr. Wang, our founder. We valued these shares, which were no par value shares, at $.0002 per share based upon aggregate consideration cash of $9,100 paid upon formation. We relied upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to US citizens or residents.
 
 
84

 
 
We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.

 
o
The distribution did not involve general solicitation or advertising.

 
o
The distributions were made only to investors who were sophisticated enough to evaluate the risks of the investment.
 
In 2009, our predecessor issued Common Stock to 11 non-affiliated U.S. citizens or residents for a total aggregate of 427,780 shares for $213,890 and 295 non-affiliated non-U.S. citizens or residents for a total aggregate of 5,553,908 shares for $2,736,954. The price was $0.10 for 100,000 shares and $0.50 per share for the remaining shares for total aggregate consideration of $2,950,844.
 
We relied upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.

 
o
The distribution did not involve general solicitation or advertising.

 
o
The distributions were made only to investors who were sophisticated enough to evaluate the risks of the investment.
 
We relied upon Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to non US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Regulation S was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions;

 
o
No offers or sales of stock under the Regulation S offering were made to persons in the United States;

 
o
No direct selling efforts of the Regulation S offering were made in the United States.
 
 
85

 
 
In connection with the above transactions, although some of the investors may have also been accredited , we offered the following to our investors:
 
 
o
Access to all our books and records.

 
o
Access to all material contracts and documents relating to our operations.

 
o
The opportunity to obtain any additional information, to the extent we possessed such information, necessary to verify the accuracy of the information to which the investors were given access.
 
We would provide copy of documents and arrange office visits upon potential investors’ written requests.
 
Prospective investors were invited to review at our offices at any reasonable hour, after reasonable advance notice, any materials available to us concerning our business. Prospective Investors were also invited to visit our offices.
 
In 2010, our predecessor issued Common Stock to 1 non-affiliated non-U.S. citizen or resident for a total aggregate of 6,008 shares for $3,004. The price was $0.50 per share for aggregate consideration of $3,004.
 
The Company allowed members to cancel their previous common stock purchases and refunded $106,004 for 212,008 shares of Common Stock and $64,478 for 128,955 shares of Common Stock in 2010 and 2009, respectively. As a result, the net issuances for the company were as follows: 6,008 and 6,322,651 common shares in 2010 and 2009, respectively, for cash proceeds of $3,004 and $3,121,326, respectively.
 
We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.
 
 
o
The distribution was limited to persons becoming or who were our members rather than a general solicitation of the public at large.
 
 
o
We have not allowed any transfer of these securities except as could be made in compliance with federal securities laws.
 
With respect to the cancelations and refunds:
 
The Company allowed members to cancel their previous common stock purchases due to personal and family hardship and refunded $106,004 for 212,008 shares of Common Stock and $64,478 for 128,955 shares of Common Stock in 2010 and 2009, respectively. As a result, the net issuances for the company were as follows: 6,008 and 6,322,651 common shares in 2010 and 2009, respectively, for cash proceeds of $3,004 and $3,121,326, respectively.
 
 
86

 
 
There were a total of 11 people, of them purchased at $0.50 per share. The purchase dates and refund dates varies. Please see table below.
 
Name
 
Number
of Shares
   
Issued
value
 
Issue date
 
Refund
date
                       
YING CHEN
   
25,000
     
0.5
 
7/14/2009
 
10/28/2010
YING CHEN
   
25,000
     
0.5
 
7/14/2009
 
10/28/2010
YING CHEN
   
50,000
     
0.5
 
10/13/2009
 
10/28/2010
YING CHEN
   
50,000
     
0.5
 
10/30/2009
 
10/28/2010
YING CHEN
   
40,000
     
0.5
 
12/5/2009
 
10/28/2010
YING CHEN
   
16,008
     
0.5
 
12/21/2009
 
10/28/2010
YING CHEN Total
   
206,008
               
                       
LAI KAM JEAN LII
   
30,000
     
0.5
 
1/22/2009
 
10/13/2009
                       
CHUEN LING CHUI
   
4,000
     
0.5
 
2/4/2009
 
4/17/2009
CHUEN LING CHUI
   
980
     
0.5
 
2/5/2009
 
4/17/2009
CHUEN LING CHUI Total
   
4,980
               
                       
MEI LIN YU
   
20,000
     
0.5
 
1/22/2009
 
10/30/2009
MEI LIN YU
   
36,000
     
0.5
 
2/25/2009
 
10/30/2009
MEI LIN YU
   
4,000
     
0.5
 
4/17/2009
 
10/30/2009
MEI LIN YU
   
6,000
     
0.5
 
4/17/2009
 
10/30/2009
MEI LIN YU Total
   
66,000
               
                       
ZHENG KE WANG
   
4,000
     
0.5
 
4/17/2009
 
10/30/2009
                       
YUET KINE YUEN
   
7,975
     
0.5
 
6/17/2009
 
7/9/2009
                       
MEI CHU CHING
   
10,000
     
0.5
 
8/19/2009
 
10/31/2009
                       
PEIZHU WANG
   
2,000
     
0.5
 
10/13/2009
 
10/30/2009
                       
PEI SHAN XU
   
3,000
     
0.5
 
10/13/2009
 
10/30/2009
                       
YEUNG WAI HUNG
   
1,000
     
0.5
 
10/13/2009
 
10/30/2009
                       
EILEEN NIE
   
6,000
     
0.5
 
11/20/2009
 
1/27/2010
Grand Total
   
340,963
               
 
We relied upon Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to non US citizens or residents.
 
 
87

 
 
We believed that Regulation S was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions;

 
o
No offers or sales of stock under the Regulation S offering were made to persons in the United States;

 
o
No direct selling efforts of the Regulation S offering were made in the United States.
 
Under the Merger Agreement in April 2011, we issued 90,000,000 shares of our common stock on a one share for one share basis for each share of E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation, common stock issued and outstanding at the date of the merger. In addition, we issued the Warrants in exchange for comparable Warrants issued and outstanding in E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation, at the date of the merger, as described below.
 
We relied upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.

 
o
The distribution did not involve general solicitation or advertising.

 
o
The distributions were made only to investors who were sophisticated enough to evaluate the risks of the investment.
 
We relied upon Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to non US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Regulation S was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions;

 
o
No offers or sales of stock under the Regulation S offering were made to persons in the United States;

 
o
No direct selling efforts of the Regulation S offering were made in the United States.
 
 
88

 
 
In connection with the above transactions, although some of the investors may have also been accredited , we offered the following to our investors:
 
 
o
Access to all our books and records.

 
o
Access to all material contracts and documents relating to our operations.

 
o
The opportunity to obtain any additional information, to the extent we possessed such information, necessary to verify the accuracy of the information to which the investors were given access.
 
We would provide copy of documents and arrange office visits upon potential investors’ written requests.
 
We currently have 142,828,993 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding.
 
WARRANTS
 
Our predecessor issued the following Warrants, which were exchanged for like Warrants on a one-for-one basis in the merger:
 
Type A Warrants
 
Holders of Type A Warrants that were issued as part of new member entry package for new members had three options prior to the recent Information Statement pursuant to which the Type A Warrants were converted:
 
 
o
Exchange the Warrant at Face Value for Additional Products
 
 
o
Under this alternative, a warrant holder need not have all the products sent to that person immediately. The warrant holder received a credit in the amount of the Face Value of the Type A Warrant for future product purchases. 6 holders of Type A Warrants elected to receive $9,900in additional products.
 
 
o
Cancel their Membership and Request a Refund at Face Value less amounts paid out by the Company as bonuses to upline members upon a new person agreeing to become a member.
 
 
o
Under this alternative, this refund will be paid over one year, commencing October 15, 2012. 184 holders of Type A Warrants elected to receive $477,540 in refunds over a twelve month period.
Under this alternative, this refund will be paid over one year, commencing October 15, 2012.184 holders of Type A Warrants elected to receive $473,490 in refunds over a twelve month period.
 
 
o
Elect the right under the Warrant to exchange their certificate for no additional consideration and receive a set amount of shares of common stock of the Company upon a going public event in the U.S., as specified in the Warrant.
 
 
o
After the registration statement is declared effective, we will apply to have our securities quoted on the OTC Markets in the U.S. Share certificates will not be delivered to warrant holders who elected this alternative until after the registration statement is declared effective. In October 2012, 3,383 holders of Type A Warrants elected this option and received a total of 23,296,688 shares.
 
 
89

 
 
We issued these Warrants as follows:
 
2007
 
Type A Warrants : We issued Type A Warrants to 74 U.S. citizens or residents and 550 non-U.S. citizens or residents.
 
2008
 
Type A Warrants : We issued Type A Warrants to 394 U.S. citizens or residents and 1243 non-U.S. citizens or residents.
 
2009
 
Type A Warrants : We issued Type A Warrants to 74 U.S. citizens or residents and to 1705 non-U.S. citizens or residents.
 
2010
 
Type A Warrants : We issued Type A Warrants to 4 U.S. citizens or residents to 253 non-U.S. citizens or residents.
 
The issuance of Type A Warrants is throughout the years by individual holder, not in batch issuance is as follows
 
 
o
2007: 14,787,560 warrants for $1,220,733

 
o
2008: 6,078,128 warrants for $4,465,894

 
o
2009: 1,596,350 warrants for $2,067,911

 
o
2010: 1,705,250 warrants for $415,170
 
 
90

 
 
We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.
     
 
o
The distribution was limited to persons becoming or who were our members rather than a general solicitation of the public at large.
     
 
o
We have not allowed any transfer of these securities except as could be made in compliance with federal securities laws.
 
We relied upon Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to non US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Regulation S was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions;

 
o
No offers or sales of stock under the Regulation S offering were made to persons in the United States;

 
o
No direct selling efforts of the Regulation S offering were made in the United States.
 
Type B Warrants
 
Type B Warrants entitle the holder to receive a set amount of shares of common stock of the Company upon a going public event in the U.S., as specified in the Warrant. No additional consideration for the shares of common stock is required upon exercise. Type B Warrants are not exercisable for products nor redeemable for cash.
 
We issued Type B Warrants to 66 U.S. citizens or residents and 608 non-U.S. citizens or residents. The aggregate amount of shares of Common Stock which can be acquired upon exercise of all issued and outstanding Type B Warrants is 2,491,108. We valued the Type B Warrants at $0.10 per share of common stock that could be received upon exercise of the Type B Warrants based upon the price of contemporaneous cash sales of common stock for total deemed consideration of $249,111.
 
 
91

 
 
These Warrants were awarded to 66 U.S. citizens or residents and 608 non-U.S. citizens or residents members for outstanding sales/services or recruiting efforts 2,248,983 shares. They were also issued to members who purchased stock in 5CTV, a failed start-up in which the Company had also invested 242,125 shares.
 
In 2009, we issued Type B Warrants to 65 U.S. citizens or residents to 514 non-U.S. citizens or residents for outstanding sales/service or recruiting efforts. In 2009, we also issued Type B Warrants to 35 non-U.S. citizens or residents to members who purchased stock in 5CTV, a failed start-up in which the Company had also invested. In 2010, we issued Type B Warrants to 4 U.S. citizens or residents and 169 non-U.S. citizens or residents for outstanding sales/service or recruiting efforts.
 
With respect to the Type B Warrants issued in 2009 : The aggregate amount of additional shares of Common Stock which can be acquired upon exercise of all issued and outstanding Type B Warrants issued in 2009 and held by U.S. citizens or residents is 203,500. The aggregate amount of additional shares of Common Stock which can be acquired upon exercise of all issued and outstanding Type B Warrants issued in 2009 and held by non-U.S. citizens or residents is 2,190,525.
 
With respect to the Type B Warrants issued in 2010 : The aggregate amount of additional shares of Common Stock which can be acquired upon exercise of all issued and outstanding Type B Warrants issued in 2010 and held by U.S. citizens or residents is 900. The aggregate amount of additional shares of Common Stock which can be acquired upon exercise of all issued and outstanding Type B Warrants issued in 2010 and held by non-U.S. citizens or residents is 96,183.
 
We relied upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.
     
 
o
The distribution was limited to persons becoming or who were our members rather than a general solicitation of the public at large.
     
 
o
We have not allowed any transfer of these securities except as could be made in compliance with federal securities laws.
 
We relied upon Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to non US citizens or residents.
 
 
92

 
 
We believed that Regulation S was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions;

 
o
No offers or sales of stock under the Regulation S offering were made to persons in the United States;

 
o
No direct selling efforts of the Regulation S offering were made in the United States.
 
In October 2012, 459 US and 2,910 non-US holders of Type A Warrants exchanged their warrants for 23,216,208 shares of common stock.
 
We relied upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.
     
 
o
The distribution was limited to persons becoming or who were our members rather than a general solicitation of the public at large.
     
 
o
We have not allowed any transfer of these securities except as could be made in compliance with federal securities laws.
 
We relied upon Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to non US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Regulation S was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions;

 
o
No offers or sales of stock under the Regulation S offering were made to persons in the United States;

 
o
No direct selling efforts of the Regulation S offering were made in the United States.
 
 
93

 
 
In October 2012, 63 US and 601 non-US holders of Type B Warrants were automatically converted into 2,485,708 shares of common stock.
 
We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.
     
 
o
The distribution was limited to persons becoming or who were our members rather than a general solicitation of the public at large.
     
 
o
We have not allowed any transfer of these securities except as could be made in compliance with federal securities laws.
 
We relied upon Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to non US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Regulation S was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions;

 
o
No offers or sales of stock under the Regulation S offering were made to persons in the United States;

 
o
No direct selling efforts of the Regulation S offering were made in the United States.
 
Between September 15, 2012 and October 15, 2012, we sold 900,000 shares to 1 U.S. residents and 1 non-US residents, both non affiliate, for aggregate consideration of 90,000 or $0.10 per share.
 
Between September 15, 2012 and October 15, 2012 we issued 3,441,000 shares to 2 U.S. residents and 7 non-US residents as bonus for selling services for aggregate consideration of $344,100 or $0.10 per share. Of the bonus shares issued 1,500,000 were to affiliate and 1,941,000 were to non-affiliate.
 
We relied upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to US citizens or residents.
 
 
94

 
 
We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.
     
 
o
The distribution was limited to persons becoming or who were our members rather than a general solicitation of the public at large.
     
 
o
We have not allowed any transfer of these securities except as could be made in compliance with federal securities laws.
 
We relied upon Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances to non US citizens or residents.
 
We believed that Regulation S was available because:
 
 
o
None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions;

 
o
No offers or sales of stock under the Regulation S offering were made to persons in the United States;

 
o
No direct selling efforts of the Regulation S offering were made in the United States.
 
 
95

 
 
EXHIBITS
 
Item 2
 
 
1
Agreement and Plan of Merger with California predecessor corporation
 
Item 3
 
 
1
Articles of Incorporation
 
 
2
Bylaws
 
Item 4
 
 
1
Form of common stock Certificate  (1)

 
2
Form of Type A Certificate

 
3
Form of Type B Certificate

 
4
Terms of Type B Warrants*
 
Exhibit 4.4. Terms of Type B Warrants
 
Type B warrants are issued as a bonus to the members, automatically exercised in the case of the Company going public on a one share for one share basis, no additional consideration. In case of the Company failing to go public, the warrants are not exercisable for stock nor are they refundable.
 
 
5
Terms of Type A Warrants
 
Exhibit 4.5 Terms of Type A Warrants
 
There were no written warrant exercise provisions in the Type A Warrants. Instead, the Company told Warrant Holders orally that the exercise of the Type A Warrants would be triggered by a going public event. The term “going public event” was not defined. The Company believed that in order to proceed with the going public process, Type A Warrants would need to be exercised prior to the filing of this selling stockholder registration statement. Thus the Company defined the term “going public event” as the upcoming filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 covering shares of common stock received upon conversion of the Type A Warrants.
 
 
96

 
 
The legality of the Company’s operations under the laws of Singapore is being passed upon by Metropolitan Law Corporation. The legality of the Company’s operations under the laws of China is being passed upon by Tahota Shenzhen Law Firm. The legality of the Company’s operations under the laws of Canada as set forth in their opinion which is filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement is being passed upon by Borden Ladner Gervais LLP .
 
The legality of the Company’s operations under the laws of Singapore is being passed upon by Metropolitan Law Corporation. The legality of the Company’s operations under the laws of China is being passed upon by Tahota Shenzhen Law Firm. The legality of the Company’s operations under the laws of Canada as set forth in their opinion which is filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement is being passed upon by Borden Ladner Gervais LLP .
 
Item 5
 
1.
 
Legal Opinion of Williams Securities Law Firm, P.A.
2.
 
Legal opinion of Tahota Shenzhen Law Firm
3.
 
Legal opinion of Metropolitan Law Corporation.
4.
 
Legal opinion of Borden Ladner Gervais LLP
 
Item 10
 
10.1
 
Agreement with Global Cash Card
10.2
 
Summary of Oral Agreement with Genepharm, Inc.
10.3
 
Summary of Oral Agreement with Global Power Plus
10.4
 
Summary of Oral Agreement with Mr. Wang
10.5
 
E-World USA Holdings Property Lease with 9550 Flair Drive, LLC
10.6
 
E-World USA Holdings Property Lease with 1520 Second St. Apts. LLC
10.7
 
E-World USA Holdings Property Lease with Clifton Properties Limited and Kingsworth Limited
10.8
 
Joint Venture Agreement with Hong Kong Baoying International Limited
10.9
 
Handbook, as revised
10.10
 
Termination of Joint Venture Agreement with Hong Kong Baoying International Limited
10.11
 
Official Brochure Example
10.12
 
RedWage Agreement
10.13
 
Canadian Revenue Agency Documentation
   
Item 23
 
1
 
Consent of MaloneBailey LLP
2  
Consent of Williams Securities Law Firm, P.A. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
3   Legal opinion of Tahota Shenzhen Law Firm (included in Exhibit 5.2)
4   Legal opinion of Metropolitan Law Corporation. (included in Exhibit 5.3)
5   Legal opinion of Borden Ladner Gervais LLP (included in Exhibit 5.4)
 
All other Exhibits called for by Rule 601 of Regulation S-K are not applicable to this filing.
 
(1) Information pertaining to our common stock is contained in our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.
 
 
97

 
 
UNDERTAKINGS
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
 
1.
To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
 
i.
To include any prospectus required by  section 10(a)(3)  of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
 
ii.
To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)  if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement.
 
 
iii.
To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
 
 
2.
That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
 
3.
To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
     
 
4.
That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the corporation in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by a controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such case.
 
 
98

 
 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in El Monte CA on February 10, 2014.
 
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc.
 
       
February 10, 2014
By:
/s/ Ding Hua Wang  
    Ding Hua Wang  
    President and CEO  
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
SIGNATURE
 
NAME
 
TITLE
 
DATE
             
/s/ Ding Hua Wang
 
Ding Hua Wang
 
President, CEO, Acting
 
February 10, 2014
        Principal Financial and
Principal Accounting Officer, Director
   
             
/s/ Xun Zhang
 
Xun Zhang
 
Director
 
February 10, 2014
             
/s/ Pooi Lam Shun
 
Pooi Lam Shun
 
Director
 
February 10, 2014
 
 
99

EXHIBIT 2.1
 
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
 
THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of April 1, 2011 (the "Plan"), is entered into by and between E-World USA Holding, Inc., a California corporation ("E-World California") and E-World USA Holding, Inc., a Nevada corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of E-World California ("E-World Nevada").
 
RECITALS:
 
A.            E-World California and E-World Nevada desire to enter into this Plan providing for the merger of E-World California into E-World Nevada;
 
B.            The authorized capital stock of E-World Nevada consists of two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $.001 (the "E-World Nevada Shares"), of which one thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock are outstanding on the date hereof;
 
C.            The authorized capital stock of E-World California consists of 90,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value (the "E-World California Shares"), of which 90,000,000 shares are outstanding on the date hereof; and
 
D.            The merger will have no effect or change on the nature of the business or management of the resulting business operating through the surviving corporation.
 
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
 
SECTION 1.        THE MERGER
 
1.1             The Merger.   (i) On the Effective Date (as defined below), E-World California shall be merged (the "Merger") with and into E-World Nevada in accordance with the California General Corporation Law and the Nevada Revised Statutes, whereupon the separate existence of E-World California shall cease, and E-World Nevada shall be the surviving corporation (the "Surviving Corporation").
 
1.2             Filing.   As soon as practicable after the execution of this Plan, E-World California and E-World Nevada will file a copy of this plan of merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada and make all other filings or recordings required by Nevada and California law in connection with the Merger. Following such filing, the Merger shall become effective on April 1, 2011, the effective date specified in the Articles of Merger (the "Effective Date").
 
1.3             Effect of Merger.   From and after the Effective Date, the Surviving Corporation shall possess all the rights, powers, privileges and franchises and be subject to all of the obligations, liabilities, restrictions and disabilities of E-World California and E-World Nevada, all as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada.
 
 
1

 
 
1.4             Common Stock.   On the Effective Date, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of the corporations or their shareholders, (i) each share of Common Stock of E-World California issued and outstanding immediately prior thereto shall be converted into shares of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Common Stock of E-World Nevada at a ratio of one (1) share of E-World Nevada for each one (1) share of E-World California, and (ii) each share of Common Stock of E-World California issued and outstanding immediately prior thereto shall be canceled.
 
1.5             Warrants.   On the Effective Date, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of the corporations or their shareholders, each stock warrant or similar document to acquire Common Stock of E-World California outstanding immediately prior thereto shall be converted into a stock warrant or similar document for the acquisition of shares of the Common Stock of E-World Nevada at a ratio of one (1) warrant to acquire one (1) share of Common Stock of E-World Nevada for each one (1) warrant to acquire one (1) share of Common Stock of E-World California.
 
1.6             Stock Certificates.   On and after the Effective Date, all of the outstanding certificates which prior to that time represented shares of the Common Stock of E-World California shall be deemed for all purposes to evidence ownership of and to represent the shares of E-World Nevada into which the shares of E-World California represented by such certificates have been converted as herein provided and shall be so registered on the books and records of the Surviving Corporation or its transfer agents. The registered owner of any such outstanding stock certificate shall, until such certificate shall have been surrendered for transfer or conversion or otherwise accounted for to the surviving Corporation or its transfer agent, have and be entitled to exercise any voting and other rights with respect to and to receive any dividend and their distributions upon the shares of E-World Nevada evidenced by such outstanding certificate as above provided.
 
1.7             Tax-Free Reorganization.   It is intended by the Parties hereto that the Merger shall constitute a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that this Plan shall constitute a plan of reorganization within the meaning of the regulations thereunder.
 
SECTION 2.        THE SURVIVING CORPORATION
 
2.1             Articles of Incorporation.   The Articles of Incorporation of E-World Nevada shall be the Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation.
 
2.2             By-Laws.   The By-Laws of E-World Nevada in effect on the Effective Date shall be the By-Laws of the Surviving Corporation until amended in accordance with applicable law.
 
2.3             Directors and Officers.   From and after the Effective Date, until successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified in accordance with applicable law, (i) Ding Hua Wang, Xun Zhang and Pooi Lam Shun shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation and the other directors of E-World California shall resign, and (ii) the officers of E-World California as of the Effective Date shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation.
 
SECTION 3.        MISCELLANEOUS
 
3.1             Amendments; No Waivers.   Any provision of this Plan may be amended or waived prior to the Effective Date if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Plan or, in the case of a waiver, by each party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any right or remedies provided by law.
 
 
2

 
 
3.2             Successors And Assigns.   The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided that no party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Plan without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.
 
3.3             Governing Law.   This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Nevada.
 
3.4             Entire Agreement.   This Plan constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Plan and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Plan.
 
3.5             Severability.   If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Plan is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. Upon such a determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Plan so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner so that the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.
 
3.6             Conditions to Merger.   The obligations of the Parties to effect the transactions contemplated hereby is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by either of the Parties in its sole discretion to the extent permitted by law): the Merger shall have been approved by the shareholders of E-World California in accordance with applicable provisions of the California General Corporation Law; and E-World California, as sole shareholder of E-World Nevada, shall have approved the Merger in accordance with the Nevada Revised Statutes, and any and all consents, permits, authorizations, approvals, and orders deemed in the sole discretion of E-World California to be material to consummation of the Merger shall have been obtained.
 
3.7             Abandonment or Deferral.   At any time before the effective Date, this Plan may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned by the Board of Directors of either E-World California or E-World Nevada or both, notwithstanding the approval of this Plan by the shareholders of E-World Nevada, or the consummation of the Merger may be deferred for a reasonable period of time if, in the opinion of the Boards of Directors of E-World California and E-World Nevada, such action would be in the best interest of such corporations.  In the event of termination of this Plan, this Plan shall become void and of no effect and there shall be no liability on the part of either Party or its Board of Directors or shareholders with respect thereto or E-World Nevada.
 
 
3

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties has caused this Plan to be executed by an authorized signature as of the date first written above.

 
E-World USA Holding, Inc. ,
 
a California corporation
   
 
By: 
  
 
Ding Hua Wang, as President
   
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc. ,
 
a Nevada corporation
   
 
By:
  
 
Ding Hua Wang, as President
 
 
4

 
EXHIBIT 3.1
 
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.

The undersigned, being the original incorporator herein named, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the general corporation laws of the State of Nevada, does make and file these Articles declaring and certifying that the facts herein stated are true.

ARTICLE I: NAME

The name of the corporation shall be "E-World USA Holding, Inc."

ARTICLE II: TERM

The term of the corporation shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE III: RESIDENT AGENT & REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered agent for service of process is National Registered Agents, Inc. of NV, 1000 East William Street, Suite 204, Carson City, NV89701. The corporation may maintain offices for the transaction of any business at such places within or without the State of Nevada as it may from time to time determine. Corporate business of every kind and nature may be conducted, and meetings of directors and stockholders held, outside the State of Nevada with the same effect as if within the State of Nevada.

ARTICLE IV: CAPITAL STOCK

The amount of the total authorized capital stock of the corporation Two Hundred Million (200,000,000) shares of Common Stock, .001 par value per share.  All stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable, and shall be issued for such consideration as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may issue such shares of Common Stock at such price and in such number of each series as may be stated in the resolution(s) adopted by the Board. No stockholder of the corporation shall have preemptive rights.

ARTICLE V: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors shall initially be comprised of one member. The specific number of directors may from time to time be increased or decreased in accordance with the bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that the number of directors shall in no event be less than one nor more than fifteen. The initial director, and his address, is as follows :

Name
 
Address
     
Ding Hua Wang
 
9550 Flair Avenue
   
Suite 308
   
El Monte, CA 91731

No stockholder of the corporation shall be entitled to cumulative voting of his or her shares for the election of directors or otherwise.
 
 
1

 
 
ARTICLE VI: DIRECTORS' AND OFFICERS' LIABILITY

The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted under the Nevada Revised Statutes, as amended or supplemented (" NRS ”). No amendment or repeal of this Article VI shall deprive a director of the benefits hereof with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment or repeal .

ARTICLE VII: INDEMNITY

The Corporation shall indemnify each person who at any time is, or shall have been, a director or officer of the Corporation, and is threatened to be or is made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is, or was, a director or officer of the Corporation, or served at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding to the maximum extent permitted by the NRS as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which any such director or officer may be entitled, under any bylaw, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII: REPEAL AND CONFLICTS

Any repeal or modification of Articles VI or VII above approved by the stockholders of the corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the liability of a director or officer of the corporation existing as of the time of such repeal or modification. In the event of any conflict between Articles VI or VII and any other Article of the corporation's Articles of Incorporation, the terms and provisions of Articles VI or VII shall control.

ARTICLE IX: AMENDMENT

This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in these Articles of Incorporation in the manner provided by statute, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders are granted subject to the foregoing reservation.

ARTICLE X: ADDITIONAL POWERS

10.1       Subject to the limitations and exceptions, if any, contained in the bylaws of the Corporation (the " Bylaws "), the Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the Board.

10.2       Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

10.3       Subject to any applicable requirements of law, the books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Nevada at such location as may be designated by the Board or in the Bylaws.
 
 
2

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , these Articles of Incorporation have been duly executed this 4th day of February, 2011.

 
  
 
Ding Hua Wang, as Incorporator
   
 
9550 Flair Avenue
 
Suite 308
 
El Monte, CA 91731

 
3

 
EXHIBIT 3.2

 
BYLAWS
OF
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.

ARTICLE I.                   OFFICES
 
The principal office of the corporation shall be designated from time to time by the corporation and may be within or outside of the state of Nevada. The corporation may have such other offices, either within or outside the state of Nevada, as the board of directors may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time. The registered office of the corporation required by the Nevada General Corporation Law to be maintained in Nevada may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the board of directors.
 
ARTICLE II.                  SHAREHOLDERS
 
Section 2.1        ANNUAL MEETING.   The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time fixed by the board of directors of the corporation (or by the president in the absence of action by the board of directors) for the purpose of selecting directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If the election of directors is not held on the day fixed as provided herein for any annual meeting of the shareholders, or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as it may conveniently be held. A   shareholder may apply to the district court in the county in Nevada where the corporation's principal office is located or, if the corporation has no principal office in Nevada, to the district court of the county in which the corporation's registered office is located to seek an order that a shareholder meeting be held (i) if an annual meeting was not held within six months after the close of the corporation's most recently ended fiscal year or fifteen months after its last annual meeting, whichever is earlier, or (ii) if the shareholder participated in a proper call of or proper demand for a special meeting and notice of the special meeting was not given within thirty days after the date of the call or the date the last of the demands necessary to require calling of the meeting was received by the corporation pursuant to Nevada corporate law, or the special meeting was not held in accordance with the notice.
 
Section 2.2        SPECIAL MEETINGS.   Unless otherwise prescribed by statute, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose by the president or by the board of directors. The president shall call a special meeting of the shareholders if the corporation receives one or more written demands for the meeting, stating the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held, signed and dated by holders of shares representing at least ten percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the meeting.
 
Section 2.3        PLACE OF MEETING.   The board of directors may designate any place, either within or outside of the state of Nevada, as the place for any annual meeting or any special meeting called by the board of directors. A waiver of notice signed by all shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place, either within or outside the state of Nevada, as the place for such meeting. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting is called other than by the board, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation.

 
1

 

Section 2.4        NOTICE OF MEETING.   Written notice stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, except that (1) if the number of authorized shares is to be increased, at least thirty days' notice shall be given, or (ii) any other longer notice period is required by the Nevada General Corporation Law. The secretary shall be required to give such notice only to shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, except as otherwise required by the Nevada General Corporation Law.
 
Notice of a special meeting shall include a description of the purpose or purposes of the meeting. Notice of an annual meeting need not include a description of the purpose or purposes of the meeting except the purpose or purposes shall be stated with respect to (i) an amendment to the articles of incorporation of the corporation, (ii) a merger or share exchange in which the corporation is a party and, with respect to a share exchange, in which the corporation's shares will be acquired, (iii) a sale, lease, exchange or other disposition, other than in the usual and regular course of business, of all or substantially all of the property of the corporation or of another entity which this corporation controls, in each case with or without the good will, (iv) a dissolution of the corporation, (v) restatement of the articles of incorporation, or (vi) any other purpose for which a statement of purpose is required by the Nevada General Corporation Law . Notice shall be given personally or by mail, private carrier, telegraph, electronically transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication by or at the direction of the President, the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed and if in a comprehensible form, such notice shall be deemed to be given and effective when deposited in the United States mail, properly addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears in the corporation's current record of shareholders, with first class postage prepaid. If notice is given other than by mail, and provided that such notice is in a comprehensible form, the notice is given and effective on the date actually received by the shareholder.
 
If requested by the person or persons lawfully calling such meeting, the secretary shall give notice thereof at corporate expense. No notice need be sent to any shareholder if three successive notices mailed to the last known address of such shareholder have been returned as undeliverable until such time as another address for such shareholder is made known to the corporation by such shareholder. In order to be entitled to receive notice of any meeting, a shareholder shall advise the corporation in writing of any change in such shareholder's mailing address as shown on the corporation's books and records.
 
When a meeting is adjourned to another date, time or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place if the new date, time or place of such meeting is announced before adjournment at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which may have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 120 days, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a new notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting as of the new record date.
 
A shareholder may waive notice of a meeting before or after the time and date of the meeting by a writing signed by such shareholder. Such waiver shall be delivered to the corporation for filing with the corporate records, but this delivery and filing shall not be conditions to the effectiveness of the waiver. Further, by attending a meeting either in person or by proxy, a shareholder waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting unless the shareholder objects at the beginning of the meeting to the holding of the meeting or the transaction of business at the meeting because of lack of notice or defective notice. By attending the meeting, the shareholder also waives any objection to consideration at the meeting of a particular matter not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

 
2

 

Section 2.5        FIXING OF RECORD DATE.   For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to (i) notice of or vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, (ii) receive distributions or share dividends, (iii) demand a special meeting, or (iv ) make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors may fix a future date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy days, and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten days, prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken . If no record date is fixed by the directors, the record date shall be the day before the notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, or the date on which the resolution of the board of directors providing for a distribution is adopted, as the case may be. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders is made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the board of directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting. Unless otherwise specified when the record date is fixed, the time of day for such determination shall be as of the corporation's close of business on the record date.
 
Notwithstanding the above, the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting or entitled to be given notice of action so taken shall be the date a writing upon which the action is taken is first received by the corporation. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting shall be the date of the earliest of any of the demands pursuant to which the meeting is called.
 
Section 2.6        VOTING LISTS.   After a record date is fixed for a shareholders' meeting, the secretary shall make, at the earlier of ten days before such meeting or two business days after notice of the meeting has been given, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to be given notice of such meeting or any adjournment thereof. The list shall be arranged by voting groups and within each voting group by class or series of shares, shall be in alphabetical order within each class or series, and shall show the address of and the number of shares of each class or series held by each shareholder. For the period beginning the earlier of ten days prior to the meeting or two business days after notice of the meeting is given and continuing through the meeting and any adjournment thereof, this list shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation, or at a place (which shall be identified in the notice) in the city where the meeting will be held. Such list shall be available for inspection on written demand by any shareholder (including for the purpose of this Section 6 any holder of voting trust certificates) or his agent or attorney during regular business hours and during the period available for inspection. The original stock transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

 
3

 

Any shareholder, his agent or attorney may copy the list during regular business hours and during the period it is available for inspection, provided (i) the shareholder has been a shareholder for at least three months immediately preceding the demand or holds at least five percent of all outstanding shares of any class of shares as of the date of the demand, (ii) the demand is made in good faith and for a purpose reasonably related to the demanding shareholder interest as a shareholder, (iii) the shareholder describes with reasonable particularity the purpose and the records the shareholder desires to inspect, (iv) the records are directly connected with the described purpose, and (v) the shareholder pays a reasonable charge covering the costs of labor and material for such copies, not to exceed the estimated cost of production and reproduction.
 
Section 2.7        RECOGNITION PROCEDURE FOR BENEFICIAL OWNERS.   The board of directors may adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a shareholder of the corporation may certify in writing to the corporation that all or a portion of the shares registered in the name of such shareholder are held for the account of a specified person or persons. The resolution may set forth (i) the types of nominees to which it applies, (ii) the rights or privileges that the corporation will recognize in a beneficial owner, which may include rights and privileges other than voting, (iii) the form of certification and the information to be contained therein, (iv) if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time within which the certification must be received by the corporation, (v) the period for which the nominee' s use of the procedure is effective, and (vi) such other provisions with respect to the procedure as the board deems necessary or desirable. Upon receipt by the corporation of a certificate complying with the procedure established by the board of directors, the persons specified in the certification shall be deemed, for the purpose or purposes set forth in the certification, to be the registered holders of the number of shares specified in place of the shareholder making the certification.
 
Section 2.8        QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING.   A majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter by a voting group represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of that voting group for action on the matter. If less than a majority of such votes are represented at a meeting, a majority of the votes so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, for a period not to exceed 120 days for any one adjournment. If a quorum is present at such adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, unless the meeting is adjourned and a new record date is set for the adjourned meeting.
 
If a quorum exists, action on a matter other than the election of directors by a voting group is approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast within the voting group opposing the action, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by law or the articles of incorporation.
 
Section 2.9        PROXIES.   At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy by signing an appointment form or similar writing, either personally or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. A shareholder may also appoint a proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, or other electronic transmission providing a written statement of the appointment to the proxy, a proxy solicitor, proxy support service organization, or other person duly authorized by the proxy to receive appointments as agent for the proxy, or to the corporation. The transmitted appointment shall set forth or be transmitted with written evidence from which it can be determined that the shareholder transmitted or authorized the transmission of the appointment. The proxy appointment form or similar writing shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting. The appointment of a proxy is effective when received by the corporation and is valid for eleven months unless a different period is expressly provided in the appointment form or similar writing.

 
4

 

Any complete copy, including an electronically transmitted facsimile, of an appointment of a proxy may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original appointment for any purpose for which the original appointment could be used.
 
Revocation of a proxy does not affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy's authority unless (1) the corporation had notice that the appointment was coupled with an interest and notice that such interest is extinguished is received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his authority under the appointment, or (ii) other notice of the revocation of the appointment is received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his authority under the appointment. Other notice of revocation may, in the discretion of the corporation, be deemed to include the appearance at a shareholders’ meeting of the shareholder who granted the proxy and his voting in person on any matter subject to a vote at such meeting.
 
The death or incapacity of the shareholder appointing a proxy does not affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy's authority unless notice of the death or incapacity is received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his authority under the appointment.
 
The corporation shall not be required to recognize an appointment made irrevocable if it has received a writing revoking the appointment signed by the shareholder (including a shareholder who is a successor to the shareholder who granted the proxy) either personally or by his attorney-in-fact, notwithstanding that the revocation may be a breach of an obligation of the shareholder to another person not to revoke the appointment.
 
Subject to Section 11 and any express limitation on the proxy's authority appearing on the appointment form, the corporation is entitled to accept the proxy's vote or other action as that of the shareholder making the appointment.
 
Section 2.10      VOTING OR SHARES.   Each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote, except in the election of directors, and each fractional share shall be entitled to a corresponding fractional vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are limited or denied by the articles of incorporation as permitted by the Nevada Business Corporation Code. Cumulative voting shall not be permitted in the election of directors or for any other purpose. Each record holder of stock shall be entitled to vote in the election of directors and shall have as many votes for each of the shares owned by him as there are directors to be elected and for whose election he has the right to vote.
 
At each election of directors, that number of candidates equaling the number of directors to be elected, having the highest number of votes cast in favor of their election, shall be elected to the board of directors.

 
5

 

Except as otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction upon a finding that the purpose of this Section would not be violated in the circumstances presented to the court, the shares of the corporation are not entitled to be voted if they are owned, directly or indirectly, by a second corporation, domestic or foreign, and the first corporation owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares entitled to vote for directors of the second corporation except to the extent the second corporation holds the shares in a fiduciary capacity.
 
Redeemable shares are not entitled to be voted after notice of redemption is mailed to the holders and a sum sufficient to redeem the shares has been deposited with a bank, trust company or other financial institution under and irrevocable obligation to pay the holders the redemption price on surrender of the shares.
 
Section 2.11      CORPORATION 'S ACCEPTANCE OF VOTES.   If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, is entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation and give it effect as the act of the shareholder. If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation does not correspond to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, is nevertheless entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation and to give it effect as the act of the shareholder if:
 
(i)           the shareholder is an entity and the name signed purports to be that of an officer or agent of the entity;
 
(ii)          the name signed purports to be that of an administrator, executor, guarantor or conservator representing the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation;
 
(iii)         the name signed purports to be that of a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of this status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation;
 
(iv)         the name signed purports to be that of a pledgee, beneficial owner or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation of the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation;
 
(v)          two or more persons are the shareholder as co-tenants or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of the co-tenants or fiduciaries, and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all the co-tenants or fiduciaries; or
 
(vi)         the acceptance of the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation is otherwise proper under rules established by the corporation that are not inconsistent with this Section 11.

 
6

 

The corporation is entitled to reject a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation if the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder.
 
Neither the corporation nor its officers nor any agent who accepts or rejects a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation in good faith and in accordance with the standards of this Section is liable in damages for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection.
 
Section 2.12      ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS BY WRITTEN CONSENT.    Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if before or after the action, a written consent (or counterparts thereof) that sets forth the action so taken is signed by shareholders holding at least a majority of the voting power entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, except if a different proportion of voting power is required for such an action at a meeting, then that proportion of written consents is required. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a vote of the shareholders and may be stated as such in any document. Action taken under this Section 12 is effective as of the date the last writing necessary to effect the action is received by the corporation, unless all of the writings specify a different effective date, in which case such specified date shall be the effective date for such action. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting is the date the corporation first receives a writing upon which the action is taken.
 
Any shareholder who has signed a writing describing and consenting to action taken pursuant to this Section 12 may revoke such consent by a writing signed by the shareholder describing the action and stating that the shareholder's prior consent thereto is revoked, if such writing is received by the corporation before the effectiveness of the action.
 
In no instance where action is authorized by written consent need a meeting of shareholders be called or notice given.
 
Section 2.13      MEETINGS BY TELECOMMUNICATION.   Any or all of the shareholders may participate in an annual or special shareholders' meeting by, or the meeting may be conducted through the use of, any means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting may hear or otherwise communicate with each other during the meeting. A shareholder participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.
 
ARTICLE III.                 BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 3.1        GENERAL POWERS.   All corporate powers shall be exercised by  or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, its board of directors, except as otherwise provided in the Nevada General Corporation Law or the articles of incorporation.
 
Section 3.2        NUMBER, QUALIFICATIONS AND TENURE.   The number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, within a range of no less than one and no more than fifteen, but no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. A director shall be a natural person who is eighteen years of age or older. A director need not be a resident of Nevada or a shareholder of the corporation.

 
7

 

Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders following his election and thereafter until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. Directors shall be removed in the manner provided by the Nevada General Corporation Law. Any director may be removed by the shareholders of the voting group that elected the director, with or without cause, at a meeting called for that purpose. The notice of the meeting shall state that the purpose or one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director. A director may be removed only if the number of votes cast in favor of removal exceeds the number of votes cast against removal.
 
Section 3.3        VACANCIES.   Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time the notice is received by the secretary unless the notice specifies a later effective date. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the corporation's acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose or by the board of directors. If the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board, the directors may fill the vacancy by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office. If elected by the directors, the director shall hold office until the next annual shareholders' meeting at which directors are elected. If elected by the shareholders, the director shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office; except that, if the director's predecessor was elected by the directors to fill a vacancy, the director elected by the shareholders shall hold office for the unexpired term of the last predecessor elected by the shareholders.
 
Section 3.4        REGULAR MEETINGS.   A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders. The board of directors may provide by resolution the time and place, either within or outside Nevada, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice.
 
Section 3.5        SPECIAL MEETINGS.   Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or any one (1) of the directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or outside Nevada, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by them.
 
Section 3.6        NOTICE.   Notice of the date, time and place of any special meeting shall be given to each director at least two days prior to the meeting by written notice either personally delivered or mailed to each director at his business address, or by notice transmitted by private courier, telegraph, electronically transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given and to be effective on the earlier of (i) five days after such notice is deposited in the United States mail, properly addressed, with first class postage prepaid, or (ii) the date shown on the return receipt, if mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested, provided that the return receipt is signed by the director to whom the notice is addressed. If notice is given by telex, electronically transmitted facsimile or other similar form of wire or wireless communication, such notice shall be deemed to be given and to be effective when sent, and with respect to a telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be given and to be effective when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. If a director has designated in writing one or more reasonable addresses or facsimile numbers for delivery of notice to him, notice sent by mail, telegraph, electronically transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication shall not be deemed to have been given or to be effective unless sent to such addresses or facsimile numbers, as the case may be.

 
8

 

A director may waive notice of a meeting before or after the time and date of the meeting by a writing signed by such director. Such waiver shall be delivered to the secretary for filing with the corporate records, but such delivery and filing shall not be conditions to the effectiveness of the waiver. Further, a director's attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him of the meeting unless at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his later arrival, the director objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting because of lack of notice or defective notice and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
 
Section 3.7        QUORUM.   A majority of the number of directors fixed by the board of directors pursuant to Article III, Section 2 or, if no number is fixed, a majority of the number in office immediately before the meeting begins, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors.
 
Section 3.8        MANNER OF ACTING.   The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors.
 
Section 3.9        COMPENSATION.   By resolution of the board of directors, any director may be paid any one or more of the following: his expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings, a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting, a stated salary as director, or such other compensation as the corporation and the director may reasonably agree upon. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
 
Section 3.10      PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT.   A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of directors or committee of the board at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to all action taken at the meeting unless (i) the director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his arrival, to the holding of the meeting or the transaction of business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to any action taken at the meeting, (ii) the director contemporaneously requests that his dissent or abstention as to any specific action taken be entered in the minutes of the meeting, or (iii) the director causes written notice of his dissent or abstention as to any specific action to be received by the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or by the secretary promptly after the adjournment of the meeting. A director may dissent to a specific action at a meeting, while assenting to others. The right to dissent to a specific action taken at a meeting of the board of directors or a committee of the board shall not be available to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 
9

 

Section 3.11      COMMITTEES.   By resolution adopted by a majority of all the directors in office when the action is taken, the board of directors may designate from among its members an executive committee and one or more other committees, and appoint one or more members of the board of directors to serve on them. To the extent provided in the resolution, each committee shall have all the authority of the board of directors, except that no such committee shall have the authority to (i) authorize distributions, (ii) approve or propose to shareholders actions or proposals required by the Nevada General Corporation Law to be approved by shareholders, (iii) fill vacancies on the board of directors or any committee thereof, (iv) amend articles of incorporation, (v) adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws, (vi) approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval, (vii) authorize or approve the reacquisition of shares unless pursuant to a formula or method prescribed by the board of directors, or (viii) authorize or approve the issuance or sale of shares, or contract for the sale of shares or determine the designations and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the board of directors may authorize a committee or officer to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the board of directors. The committee shall then have full power within the limits set by the board of directors to adopt any final resolution setting forth all preferences, limitations and relative rights of such class or series and to authorize an amendment of the articles of incorporation stating the preferences, limitations and relative rights of a class or series for filing with the Secretary of State under the Nevada General Corporation Law.
 
Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 12 of Article III, which govern meetings, notice, waiver of notice, quorum, voting requirements and action without a meeting of the board of directors, shall apply to committees and their members appointed under this Section 11.
 
Neither the designation of any such committee, the delegation of authority to such committee, nor any action by such committee pursuant to its authority shall alone constitute  compliance by any member of the board of directors or a member of the committee in question with his responsibility to conform to the standard of care set forth in Article III, Section 14 of these bylaws.
 
Section 3.12      ACTION BY DIRECTORS BY WRITTEN CONSENT.   Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the directors or any committee  designated by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent (or counterparts thereof) that sets forth the action so taken is signed by all of the directors entitled to vote with respect to the action taken. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors or committee members and may be stated as such in any document. Unless the consent specifies a different effective time or date, action taken under this Section 12 is effective at the time or date the last director signs a writing describing the action taken, unless, before such time, any director has revoked his consent by a writing signed by the director and received by the president or the secretary of the corporation.
 
Section 3.13      TELEPHONIC MEETINGS.   The board of directors may permit any director (or any member of a committee designated by the board) to participate in a regular or special meeting of the board of directors or a committee thereof through the use of any means of communication by which all directors participating in the meeting can hear or otherwise communicate with each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting in this manner is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 
10

 

Section 3.14      STANDARD OF CARE.   A director shall perform his duties as a director, including without limitation his duties as a member of any committee of the board, in good faith, in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation, and with the care an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would exercise under similar circumstances. In performing his duties, a director shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports or statements, including financial statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by the persons herein designated. However, he shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he has knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted. A director shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for any action he takes or omits to take as a director if, in connection with such action or omission, he performs his duties in compliance with this Section 14.
 
The designated persons on whom a director is entitled to rely are (i) one or more officers or employees of the corporation whom the director reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, (ii) legal counsel, public accountant, or other person as to matters which the director reasonably believes to be within such person's professional or expert competence, or (iii) a committee of the board of directors on which the director does not serve if the director reasonably believes the committee merits confidence.
 
ARTICLE IV.                 OFFICERS AND AGENTS
 
Section 4.1        GENERAL.   The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a treasurer, and may also include one or more vice presidents, each of which officer shall be appointed by the board of directors and shall be a natural person eighteen years of age or older. One person may hold more than one office. The board of directors or an officer or officers so authorized by the board may appoint such other officers, assistant officers, committees and agents, including a chairman of the board, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, as they may consider necessary. Except as expressly prescribed by these bylaws, the board of directors or the officer or officers authorized by the board shall from time to time determine the procedure for the appointment of officers, their authority and duties and their compensation, provided that the board of directors may change the authority, duties and compensation of any officer who is not appointed by the board.
 
Section 4.2        APPOINTMENT AND TERM OF OFFICE.   The officers of the corporation to be appointed by the board of directors shall be appointed at each annual meeting of the board held after each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the appointment of officers is not made at such meeting or if an officer or officers are to be appointed by another officer or officers of the corporation, such appointments shall be made as determined by the board of directors or the appointing person or persons. Each officer shall hold office until the first of the following occurs: his successor shall have been duly appointed and qualified, his death, his resignation, or his removal in the manner provided in Section 3.
 
Section 4.3        RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL.   An officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of resignation to the president, secretary or other person who appoints such officer. The resignation is effective when the notice is received by the corporation unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

 
11

 

Any officer or agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by the board of directors or an officer or officers authorized by the board. Such removal does not affect the contract rights, if any, of the corporation or of the person so removed. The appointment of an officer or agent shall not in itself create contract rights.
 
Section 4.4        VACANCIES.   A vacancy in any office, however occurring, may be filled by the board of directors, or by the officer or officers authorized by the board, for the unexpired portion of the officer's term. If an officer resigns and his resignation is made effective at a later date, the board of directors, or officer or officers authorized by the board, may permit the officer to remain in office until the effective date and may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the board of directors or officer or officers authorized by the board provide that the successor shall not take office until the effective date. In the alternative, the board of directors, or officer or officers authorized by the board of directors, may remove the officer at any time before the effective date and may fill the resulting vacancy.
 
Section 4.5        PRESIDENT.   The president shall preside at all meetings of shareholders and all meetings of the board of directors unless the board of directors has appointed a chairman, vice chairman, or other officer of the board and has authorized such person to preside at meetings of the board of directors. Subject to the direction and supervision of the board of directors, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, and shall have general and active control of its affairs and business and general supervision of its officers, agents and employees. Unless otherwise directed by the board of directors, the president shall attend in person or by substitute appointed by him, or shall execute on behalf of the corporation written instruments appointing a proxy or proxies to represent the corporation, at all meetings of the stockholders of any other corporation in which the corporation holds any stock. On behalf of the corporation, the president may in person or by substitute or by proxy execute written waivers of notice and consents with respect to any such meetings. At all such meetings and otherwise, the president, in person or by substitute or proxy, may vote the stock held by the corporation, execute written consents and other instruments with respect to such stock, and exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of said stock, subject to the instructions, if any, of the board of directors. The president shall have custody of the treasurer's bond, if any. The president shall have such additional authority and duties as are appropriate and customary for the office of president and chief executive officer, except as the same may be expanded or limited by the board of directors from time to time.
 
Section 4.6        VICE PRESIDENTS.   The vice presidents shall assist the president and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the president or by the board of directors. In the absence of the president, the vice president, if any (or, if more than one, the vice presidents in the order designated by the board of directors, or if the board makes no such designation, then the vice president designated by the president, or if neither the board nor the president makes any such designation, the senior vice president as determined by first election to that office), shall have the powers and perform the duties of the president.

 
12

 

Section 4.7        SECRETARY.   The secretary shall (i) prepare and maintain as permanent records the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders and the board of directors, a record of all actions taken by the shareholders or board of directors without a meeting, a record of all actions taken by a committee of the board of directors in place of the board of directors on behalf of the corporation, and a record of all waivers of notice of meetings of shareholders and of the board of directors or any committee thereof, (ii) see that all notices are duly given in  accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and as required by law, (iii) serve as custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and affix the seal to all documents when authorized by the board of directors, (iv) keep at the corporation's registered office or principal place of business a record containing the names and addresses of all shareholders in a form that permits preparation of a list of shareholders arranged by voting group and by class or series of shares within each voting group, that is alphabetical within each class or series and that shows the address of, and the number of shares of each class or series held by, each shareholder, unless such a record shall be kept at the office of the corporation's transfer agent or registrar, (v) maintain at the corporation's principal office the originals or copies of the corporation's articles of incorporation, bylaws, minutes of all shareholders' meetings and records of all action taken by shareholders without a meeting for the past three years, all written communications within the past three years to shareholders as a group or to the holders of any class or series of shares as a group, a list of the names and business addresses of the current directors and officers, a copy of the corporation's most recent corporate report filed with the Secretary of State, and financial statements showing in reasonable detail the corporation's assets and liabilities and results of operations for the last three years, (vi) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation, unless the corporation has a transfer agent, (vii) authenticate records of the corporation, and (viii) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president or by the board of directors. Assistant secretaries, if any, shall have the same duties and powers, subject to supervision by the secretary. The directors and/or shareholders may however respectively designate a person other than the secretary or assistant secretary to keep the minutes of their respective meetings.
 
Any books, records, or minutes of the corporation may be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.
 
Section 4.8        TREASURER.   The treasurer shall be the principal financial officer of the corporation, shall have the care and custody of all funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other personal property of the corporation and shall deposit the same in accordance with the instructions of the board of directors. Subject to the limits imposed by the board of directors, he shall receive and give receipts and acquittances for money paid in on account of the corporation, and shall pay out of the corporation's funds on hand all bills, payrolls and other just debts of the corporation of whatever nature upon maturity. He shall perform all other duties incident to the office of the treasurer and, upon request of the board, shall make such reports to it as may be required at any time. He shall, if required by the board, give the corporation a bond in such sums and with such sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board, conditioned upon the faithful performance of his duties and for the restoration to the corporation of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation. He shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the board of directors or the president. The assistant treasurers, if any, shall have the same powers and duties, subject to the supervision of the treasurer.
 
The treasurer shall also be the principal accounting officer of the corporation. He shall prescribe and maintain the methods and systems of accounting to be followed, keep  complete books and records of account as required by the Nevada General Corporation Law, prepare and file all local, state and federal tax returns, prescribe and maintain an adequate system of internal audit and prepare and furnish to the president and the board of directors statements of account showing the financial position of the corporation and the results of its operations.

 
13

 

ARTICLE V.                  STOCK
 
Section 5.1        CERTIFICATES.   The board of directors shall be authorized to issue any of its classes of shares with or without certificates. The fact that the shares are not represented by certificates shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of shareholders. If the shares are-represented by certificates, such shares shall be represented by consecutively numbered certificates signed, either manually or by facsimile, in the name of the corporation by the president. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, such certificate may nonetheless be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issue. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered, and the names of the owners, the number of shares, and the date of issue shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Each certificate representing shares shall state upon its face:
 
(i)           That the corporation is organized under the laws of Nevada;
 
(ii)          The name of the person to whom issued;
 
(iii)         The number and class of the shares and the designation of the series, if any, that the certificate represents;
 
(iv)         The par value, if any, of each share represented by the certificate;
 
(v)          Any restrictions imposed by the corporation upon the transfer of the shares represented by the certificate.
 
If shares are not represented by certificates, within a reasonable time following the issue or transfer of such shares, the corporation shall send the shareholder a complete written statement of all of the information required to be provided to holders of uncertificated shares by the Nevada General Corporation Law.
 
Section 5.2        CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES.   Certificated or uncertificated shares shall not be issued until the shares represented thereby are fully paid. The board of directors may authorize the issuance of shares for consideration consisting of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the corporation, including cash, promissory notes, services performed or other securities of the corporation. Future services shall not constitute payment or partial payment for shares of the corporation. The promissory note of a subscriber or an affiliate of a subscriber shall not constitute payment or partial payment for shares of the corporation unless the note is negotiable and is secured by collateral, other than the shares being purchased, having a fair market value at least equal to the principal amount of the note. For purposes of this Section 2, "promissory note" means a negotiable instrument on which there is an obligation to pay independent of collateral and does not include a non-recourse note.

 
14

 

Section 5.3        LOST CERTIFICATES.   In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, the board of directors may direct the issuance of a new  certificate in lieu thereof upon such terms and conditions in conformity with law as the board may prescribe. The board of directors may in its discretion require an affidavit of lost certificate and/or a bond in such form and amount and with such surety as it may determine before issuing a new certificate.
 
Section 5.4        TRANSFER OF SHARES.   Upon surrender to the corporation or to a transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate of stock duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, and receipt of such documentary stamps as may be required by law and evidence of compliance with all applicable securities laws and other restrictions, the corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, and cancel the old certificate. Every such transfer of stock shall be entered on the stock books of the corporation which shall be kept at its principal office or by the person and at the place designated by the board of directors.
 
Except as otherwise expressly provided in Article II, Sections 7 and 11, and except for the assertion of dissenters' rights to the extent provided in Article 113 of the Nevada General Corporation Law, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any shares of the corporation as the owner thereof for all purposes, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such shares or rights deriving from such shares on the part of any person other than the registered holder, including without limitation any purchaser, assignee or transferee of such shares or rights deriving from such shares, unless and until such other person becomes the registered holder of such shares, whether or not the corporation shall have either actual or constructive notice of the claimed interest of such other person.
 
Section 5.5        TRANSFER AGENT, REGISTRARS AND PAYING AGENTS.   The board may at its discretion appoint one or more transfer agents, registrars and agents for making payment upon any class of stock, bond, debenture or other security of the corporation. Such agents and registrars may be located either within or outside Nevada. They shall have such rights and duties and shall be entitled to such compensation as may be agreed.
 
ARTICLE VI.                INDEMNIFICATION OF CERTAIN PERSONS
 
Section 6.1        INDEMNIFICATION.   For purposes of Article VI, a "Proper Person" means any person (including the estate or personal representative of a director) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary or agent of any foreign or domestic profit or nonprofit corporation or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, profit or nonprofit unincorporated association, limited liability company, or other enterprise or employee benefit plan. The corporation shall indemnify any Proper Person against reasonably incurred expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, penalties, fines (including any excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan) and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if it is determined by the groups set forth in Section 4 of this Article that he conducted himself in good faith and that he reasonably believed (i) in the case of conduct in his official capacity with the corporation, that his conduct was in the corporation's best interests, or (ii) in all other cases (except criminal cases), that his conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation's best interests, or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, that he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Official capacity means, when used with respect to a director, the office of director and, when used with respect to any other Proper Person, the office in a corporation held by the officer or the employment, fiduciary or agency relationship undertaken by the employee, fiduciary, or agent on behalf of the corporation. Official capacity does not include service for any other domestic or foreign corporation or other person or employee benefit plan.

 
15

 

A director's conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants in or beneficiaries of the plan is conduct that satisfies the requirement in (ii) of this Section 1. A director's conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose that the director did not reasonably believe to be in the interests of the participants in or beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed not to satisfy the requirement of this section that he conduct himself in good faith.
 
No indemnification shall be made under this Article VI to a Proper Person with respect to any claim, issue or matter in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of a corporation in which the Proper Person was adjudged liable to the corporation or in connection with any proceeding charging that the Proper Person derived an improper personal benefit, whether or not involving action in an official capacity, in which he was adjudged liable on the basis that he derived an improper personal benefit. Further, indemnification under this section in connection with a proceeding brought by or in the right of the corporation shall be limited to reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with the proceeding.
 
Section 6.2        RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION.   The corporation shall indemnify any Proper Person who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding as to which he was entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this Article VI against expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by him in connection with the proceeding without the necessity of any action by the corporation other than the determination in good faith that the defense has been wholly successful.
 
Section 6.3        EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF ACTION.   The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the person seeking indemnification did not meet the standards of conduct described in Section 1 of this Article VI. Entry of a judgment by consent as part of a settlement shall not be deemed an adjudication of liability, as described in Section 2 of this Article VI.

 
16

 

Section 6.4        GROUPS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE INDEMNIFICATION DETERMINATION.   Except where there is a right to indemnification as set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article or where indemnification is ordered by a court in Section 5, any indemnification shall be made by the corporation only as determined in the specific case by a proper group that indemnification of the Proper Person is permissible under the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 of this Article. This determination shall be made by the board of directors by a majority vote of those present at a meeting at which a quorum is present, which quorum shall consist of directors not parties to the proceeding ("Quorum"). If a Quorum cannot be obtained, the determination shall be made by a majority vote of a committee of the board of directors designated by the board, which committee shall consist of two or more directors not parties to the proceeding, except that directors who are parties to the proceeding may participate in the designation of directors for the committee. If a Quorum of the board of directors cannot be obtained and the committee cannot be established, or even if a Quorum is obtained or the committee is designated and a majority of the directors constituting such Quorum or committee so directs, the determination shall be made by (i) independent legal counsel selected by a vote of the board of directors or the committee in the manner specified in this Section 4 or, if a Quorum of the full board of directors cannot be obtained and a committee cannot be established, by independent legal counsel selected by a majority vote of the full board (including directors who are parties to the action) or (ii) a vote of the shareholders.
 
Authorization of indemnification and advance of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification or advance of expenses is permissible except that, if the determination that indemnification or advance of expenses is permissible is made by independent legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and advance of expenses shall be made by the body that selected such counsel.
 
Section 6.5        COURT-ORDERED INDEMNIFICATION.   Any Proper Person may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction for mandatory indemnification under Section 2 of this Article, including indemnification for reasonable expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification. If a court determines that the Proper Person is entitled to indemnification under Section 2 of this Article, the court shall order indemnification, including the Proper Person's reasonable expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification. If the court determines that such Proper Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not he met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 of this Article or was adjudged liable in the proceeding, the court may order such indemnification as the court deems proper except that if the Proper Person has been adjudged liable, indemnification shall be limited to reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding and reasonable expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification.
 
Section 6.6        ADVANCE OF EXPENSES.   Reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in defending an action, suit or proceeding as described in Section 1 may be paid by the corporation to any Proper Person in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of (i) a written affirmation of such Proper Person's good faith belief that he has met the standards of conduct prescribed by Section 1 of this Article VI, (ii) a written undertaking, executed personally or on the Proper Person's behalf, to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that he did not meet the prescribed standards of conduct (the undertaking shall be an unlimited general obligation of the Proper Person but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment), and (iii) a determination is made by the proper group (as described in Section 4 of this Article VI) that the facts as then known to the group would not preclude indemnification. Determination and authorization of payments shall be made in the same manner specified in Section 4 of this Article VI.

 
17

 

Section 6.7        ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION TO CERTAIN PERSONS OTHER THAN DIRECTORS.   In addition to the indemnification provided to officers,  employees, fiduciaries or agents because of their status as Proper Persons under this Article, the corporation may also indemnify and advance expenses to them if they are not directors of the corporation to a greater extent than is provided in these bylaws, if not inconsistent with public policy, and if provided for by general or specific action of its board of directors or shareholders or by contract.
 
Section 6.8        WITNESS EXPENSES.   The sections of this Article VI do not limit the corporation's authority to pay or reimburse expenses incurred by a director in connection with an appearance as a witness in a proceeding at a time when he has not been made or named as a defendant or respondent in the proceeding.
 
Section 6.9        REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS.   Any indemnification of or advance of expenses to a director in accordance with this Article VI, if arising out of a proceeding by or on behalf of the corporation, shall be reported in writing to the shareholders with or before the notice of the next shareholders' meeting. If the next shareholder action is taken without a meeting at the instigation of the board of directors, such notice shall be given to the shareholders at or before the time the first shareholder signs a consent to such action.
 
ARTICLE VII.               PROVISION OF INSURANCE
 
Section 7.1        PROVISION OF INSURANCE.   By action of the board of directors, notwithstanding any interest of the directors in the action, the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, in such scope and amounts as the board of directors deems appropriate, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, or who, while a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary or agent of any other foreign or domestic profit or nonprofit corporation or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, profit or nonprofit unincorporated association, limited liability company, other enterprise or employee benefit plan, against any liability asserted against, or incurred by, him in that capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of Article VI or applicable law. Any such insurance may be procured from any insurance company designated by the board of directors of the corporation, whether such insurance company is formed under the laws of Nevada or any other jurisdiction of the United States or elsewhere, including any insurance company in which the corporation has an equity interest or any other interest, through stock ownership or otherwise.
 
ARTICLE VIII.              MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 8.1        SEAL.   The board of directors may adopt a corporate seal, which shall contain the name of the corporation and the words, "Seal, Nevada."
 
Section 8.2        FISCAL YEAR.   The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as established by the board of directors.
 
Section 8.3        AMENDMENTS.   The board of directors shall have power, to the maximum extent permitted by the Nevada General Corporation Law, to make, amend and repeal the bylaws of the corporation at any regular or special meeting of the board unless the shareholders, in making, amending or repealing a particular bylaw, expressly provide that the directors may not amend or repeal such bylaw. The shareholders also shall have the power to make, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation at any annual meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose.
 

 
18

 

Section 8.4        RECEIPT OF NOTICES BY THE CORPORATION.   Notices, shareholder writings consenting to action, and other documents or writings shall be deemed to have been received by the corporation when they are actually received: (1) at the registered office of the corporation in Nevada; (2) at the principal office of the corporation (as that office is designated in the most recent document filed by the corporation with the secretary of state for Nevada designating a principal office) addressed to the attention of the secretary of the corporation; (3) by the secretary of the corporation wherever the secretary may be found; or (4) by any other person authorized from time to time by the board of directors or the president to receive such writings, wherever such person is found.
 
Section 8.5        GENDER.   The masculine gender is used in these bylaws as a matter of convenience only and shall be interpreted to include the feminine and neuter genders as the circumstances indicate.
 
Section 8.6        CONFLICTS.   In the event of any irreconcilable conflict between these bylaws and either the corporation's articles of incorporation or applicable law, the latter shall control.
 
Section 8.7        DEFINITIONS.   Except as otherwise specifically provided in these bylaws, all terms used in these bylaws shall have the same definition as in the Nevada General Corporation Law.

 
19

 

EXHIBIT 4.2
 
 
EXHIBIT 4.3
 
EXHIBIT 4.4
 
EXHIBIT 4.5
 
The terms of Type A Warrants issued by the Company pursuant to oral agreements are as follows:

All U.S. and non-U.S. Holders ofType A Warrants that were issued as part of new member entry package for new members have three options:

 
·
Exchange the Warrant at Face Value for Additional Products

The aggregate amount of Additional Products which can be acquired upon exchange of all issued and outstanding Type A Warrants is $11,777,088, of which $1,253,284 can be issued to U.S. holders of Type A Warrants

 
§
Note:  Of the Type A Warrants, certain of the Warrants may be exchanged for 1.5 times the face amount for additional products and certain of the Warrants may only be exchanged for the face amount for additional products.  The amounts set forth in the above calculation and similar calculations in this section reflect the aggregate amount of products which can be acquired upon the exchange of either type of Type A Warrant.

 
·
Cancel their Membership and Request a Refund at Face Value less amounts paid out by the Company as bonuses to upline members upon a new person agreeing to become a member.

 
o
The aggregate amount of refunds which would be required to be made upon cancellation of membership and related refund requests for all issued and outstanding Type A Warrants is $8,169,708, .  The aggregate amount of bonuses paid out by the Company to upline members upon a new person agreeing to become a member was $3,607,380.

 
·
Elect the right under the Warrant to exchange their certificate for no additional consideration and receive a set amount of shares of common stock of the Company upon a going public event in the U.S., as specified in the Warrant.

 
o
The aggregate amount of additional shares of Common Stock which can be acquired upon exercise of this option under all issued and outstanding Type A Warrants is 24,167,304 shares, of which 2,340,388 shares of Common Stock can be acquired by 546 holders of Type A Warrants who are U.S. citizens or residents.  The remaining shares can be acquired by non-U.S. residents.  Those shares are not part of this offering.
 
No special offering of securities or product or the cancellation/refund offer is being made or being contemplated by the Company for its non-U.S. residents.  The non-U.S. residents can receive those benefits in their sole discretion as currently available to them under the terms of the Type A Warrants.
EXHIBIT 5.1
 
WILLIAMS SECURITIES LAW FIRM, P.A.
2503 West Gardner Court
Tampa, FL 33611
Phone: 813.831.9348

February 7, 2014

E-World USA Holding, Inc.

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Gentlemen:

Our firm has acted as your counsel in the preparation on a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") filed by you with the Securities and Exchange Commission covering 2,125,708 shares of Common Stock of E-World USA Holding, Inc. filed on February 7, 2014 (the "Stock").

In so acting, we have examined and relied upon such records, documents and other instruments solely for factual matters as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate in order to express the opinion hereinafter set forth and have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, and the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us certified or photostatic copies. This opinion is based upon the laws of the state of Nevada.

Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Stock is duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

2. The issuance of the Stock has been duly authorized.

We hereby consent to the discussion of this opinion in the Prospectus, the reproduction of the opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in and to being named as in the “Interests of Named Experts” section of the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

Williams Securities Law Firm, P.A.    
       
By:
/s/ Michael T. Williams, Esq.    
 
Michael T. Williams, Esquire, President
For the Firm
   
 
EXHIBIT 5.2
 
 
 
1

 
 
 
 
2

 
 
 
 
3

 
EXHIBIT 5.3
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 5.4
 
 
 
1

 
 
 
 
2

 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 10.1
 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
PAYROLL CARD SERV I CES AGREEMENT
 
This AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made this 6 TH_day of __MARCH__20 ____by and between GLOBAL CASH CARD, with its principal place of business at 7 Corporate Park, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92606 and E-WORLD USA. Holding, Inc EL Monte # 308, CA 91731 (the “Client”).
 
RECITALS
 
Global Cash Cord operates the Global Cash Card Payroll Card Service (the “Service”) to provide an electronic fund transfer service that (i) facilitates the transfer of funds between a company, like the Client, and employee or other persons who receive a Global Cash Card (the “Card”). (ii) Such employees and other persons (the “Cardholders") will have full access to the funds located within the designated bank account that corresponds to the issued Cord and (iii) those Cardholders will be provided electronic access to their funds, individual card information, and other transaction services;
 
Global Cash Card makes the Service available to the Client through a program (the “Program”), tailored to the Client’s specific needs.
 
The Service is affected under the Program through the following arrangement between Global Cash Card, the Client and its Cardholders:
 
 
(i)
Global Cash Card will issue a Card to any employee or other persons who participate in the Service and, if necessary have agreed to the terms and conditions of the Global Cash Card Cardholder Agreement and Disclosure Statement (the “Cardholder Agreement”);
 
Global Cash Card will make available to the Cardholders:
 
 
1.
Automated Teller Machine (“ATM”) Services . Cardholders may use Cards at any ATM that bears the network logo that appears on the back of the Card to make cash withdrawals or to inquire about the amount of funds available to them.
 
 
2.
Merchant Point-of-Sale (“POS”) Services. Cardholders may use Cards to purchase goods and services at any retail or other establishment that displays the network logo that appears on the back of the Card.
 
 
3.
Funds Tran sfer Services. Cardholders may use the provided electronic access services to transfer funds from the bank account, corresponding to their Card, to a specified account at a financial institution.
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
1

 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
PAYRO LL   CAR D SERVICE S A G R E E M E NT
 
Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Client, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, conservatorship, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
 
 
1.2.3.
The transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the performance by the client of its obligations hereunder are in the ordinary course of the Client’s business, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein have been duty approved by resolutions of the board of Directors of the Client or an appropriate and duty authorized committee thereof, and such resolutions and this Agreement shall be maintained continuously as official records of the Client.
 
 
1.2.4.
Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Client’s articles of association, charter or by-laws or any indenture, agreement or instrument to which the Client is now a party or by which it is bound, or constitute a default (whether with notice, the lapse of time, or both) or result in an acceleration under any of the foregoing, or result in the violation of any law to which the Client is subject.
 
 
1.2.5.
There is no litigation or other proceedings pending or, to the Client’s knowledge, threatened, which seeks to enjoin or prohibit the execution, delivery or enforceability of this Agreement, or which questions the ability of the Client to perform its duties and obligations in accordance with the terms hereof, or which is likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of Client; and
 
 
1.2.6.
No consent, approval, authorization or order of any governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Client of, or compliance by the Client with, this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
2

 
GLOBAL CASH C ARD
 
P A YRO LL C ARD SE R V I C ES A G REEMEN T
 
2.
FEES AND PAYMENTS
 
 
2.1 .
Fees.   The fees (“Fees”) related to the Service are set forth in Fee Schedule, Exhibit “A” attached to this agreement.
 
 
2.2.
Payment Terms Cardholders . Global Cash Card will deduct transaction fees, as set forth in the Fee Schedule, from the Cardholder Account based upon the attached Fee Schedule upon the execution of the corresponding transaction. Global Cash Card shall not increase fees charged to Cardholders as set forth in Exhibit “A” during the term of this Agreement, however, Global Cash Card shall be entitled to increase fees and charges with thirty-days (30) notice to offset any direct cost, increases passed through to Global Cash Card by changes in operating rules imposed by networks, banks, processors or federal, state or local authorities,
 
 
2.3.
Payment Terms Client . Client shall pay to Global Cash Card on a monthly basis, net 10 days, all recurring charges for the previous month, as set forth in Fee Schedule Exhibit “A” attached to this Agreement. Global Cash Card shall not increase fees charged to client as set forth in Exhibit “A” during the term of this Agreement, however, Global Cash Card shall be entitled to increase fees and charges with thirty-days (30) notice to offset any direct cost increases passed through to Global Cash Card by changes in operating rules imposed by networks, banks, processors, federal, state or local authority.
 
3.
ENROLLMENT
 
 
3.1.
Availability of Services to Cardholders . Client shall notify all of its Cardholders, as well as any other persons to whom the Client may from time to time desire to offer participation in the Service (collectively, the “Prospective Cardholders”), of the Client’s participation in the Service, and the details of the particular Programs for which the Client has subscribed. The Client shall make available to all of the Prospective Cardholders the opportunity to enroll and participate in the Service under one or more Programs.
 
 
3.2.
Distribution of Enrollment Materials . The Client shall, if applicable, deliver to each Prospective Cardholder who enrolls in a Program a set of instructional materials (the “Enrollment Materials”) for the Program in which the Prospective Cardholder elects to participate. The Enrollment Materials may include, without limitation, the Cardholder Agreement, which includes the Cardholder Services Fee   Schedule (as defined below), a Card, A direct Deposit Authorization Form and other materials as required.
 
 
3.3 .
Client agrees to cooperate with Global Cash Card in implementation, orientation and follow-up strategies to maximize participation in the Payroll Card Program.
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
3

 
GLOBAL CASH C ARD
 
P A YRO LL C ARD SE R V I C ES A G REEMEN T
 
4 .
DEPOSIT TO THE ACCOUNT.
 
 
4.1
Regular Deposits. The Client shall promptly deposit in the designated Bank Trust Account, by timely, irrevocable wire transfer, ACH transfer or other means, all Program funds due to its Cardholders, including without limitation, wages, salaries, bonuses, reimbursements, incentives, promotional funds and estimated Client paid fees. With respect to each transfer of funds by the Client to Bank Trust Account, Client shall deliver to Global Cash Card in the specified format, as set forth in the Program Schedule, data identifying the amount of such funds attributable to each Cardholder (“Disbursement Detail”). Client acknowledges that Cardholders shall have access only to those funds held in the corresponding bank account, and that the Service under a Program will be made available to them only to the extent that adequate funds are available in the Account. Global Cash Card shall be liable to Cardholders only to the extent that Client funds for such Cardholders have been advanced to the Account and Client has provided Disbursement Detail to Global Cash Card. Global Cash Card shall have no obligation to provide the Service, or to make any funds available, to Cardholders with respect to whom inadequate funds are held in the Client Account or for whom Disbursement Detail is not delivered by Client.
 
 
4.2.
Maintenance of Sub-Account Entries for Each Cardholder. The Bank Trust Account shall be controlled by the designated bank exclusively, on behalf of all Cardholders, and Global Cash Card shall maintain individual entries in its system reconciled to amounts in the Account for each Cardholder (“Sub-Account”). It is the responsibility of the Client to provide confidential Cardholder information, such as Cardholder name and other individual Sub-Account information needed for these records. Each such Sub-Account entry shall accurately reflect the amount of funds in the Account that are attributable to, and held on behalf of, each particular Cardholder.
 
 
4.3.
Employee Payroll and Other Matters. The Client shall be solely responsible for compliance with all federal, state and local law, rules and regulations relating to payroll compensation and employment matters, including, without limitation (i) proper withholding and timely remittance of, any and all taxes related thereto, and (ii) the timely delivery of payment stubs and similar payroll information to Cardholders setting forth all required information.
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
4

 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
5.
TRANSACTION DATA PRIVACY
 
 
5.1.
Ownership of Certain Property. The Service, Programs, Cards, Card numbers, PINs, and the intellectual property related to the operation and functionality of such items and processes, as well as their relationship to, and interaction with, the Services, are the sole property of Global Cash Card. The Client shall not use, divulge, or grant any third party access to any of the foregoing intellectual and other property, except: (i) as permitted under the Client Privacy Policy Statement (as defined below, (ii) as may be necessary to conduct its internal business, (iii) as may be required by law, or (iv) with the prior express written consent of Global Cash Card.
 
The Cardholders transaction information, including, without limitation, the information presented in the statements, is the property of the respective Cardholders. Neither Global Cash Card nor the Client shall use, divulge, or grant any third party access to, any such information, except: (i) as permitted under the Global Cash Card Privacy Policy Statement (as defined below) or the Client Privacy Statement, respectively, or (ii) as may be required by law.
 
 
5.2.
Global Cash Card Privacy Policy Statement. Global Cash Card has approved and adopted a privacy policy statement, which is maintained and documented on the Global Cash Card Web Site (which may be accessed at http://www.globalcashcard.com ) (the “Global Cash Card Privacy Policy Statement”), and, in the course of performing its obligations under this Agreement, Global Cash Card shall at all times comply with the Global Cash Card Privacy Policy Statement.
 
6.
CONFIDENTIALITY; NON-COMPETITION.
 
 
6.1.
Confidentiality. Global Cash Card and the Client shall not, during the performance of this Agreement, or at any time after the termination or expiration hereof, sell or disclose to any third party, other than as may be required in the performance of their duties and obligations hereunder or as may be required by law, the terms of this Agreement or any of the procedures, practices or confidential dealings of and between each other.
 
 
6.2.
Non- Competition. All information received by Global Cash Card and the Client with respect to the business of the other (other than information which is or, not as a result of Client’s actions, becomes, a matter of public knowledge) shall not at any time be used for any business or competitive purpose or be disclosed by such person to any third parties without the prior express written consent of the other party.
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
5

 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
 
6.3.
Survival. The covenants and agreements set forth shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
7.
TERMS AND TERMINATION
 
 
7.1.
Term. The term of the Agreement shall commence as of the date first set forth above and shall continue thereafter until the second anniversary of such date. Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for consecutive, successive term of two (2) years each, unless and until either party hereto provides the other party written notice of non-renewal with ninety-day (90) notice.
 
 
7.2.
Termination. This Agreement may be terminated in any of the following manners:
 
 
7.2.1.
Mutual Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by either party upon 30 days written notice.
 
 
7.2.2.
Termination by Non-Renewal. This Agreement may be terminated by either party by written notice of non-renewal in accordance with the provisions of 7.1 hereof.
 
  7.2.3. Other
 
 
·
If at any time GLOBAL CASH Card’s membership in, participation in or access to a network in terminated, GLOBAL CASH CARD may terminate this Agreement with respect to that network without notice.
 
 
·
If at any time and for any reason GLOBAL CASH CARD or its licensors, suppliers or service providers access to networks is terminated or GLOBAL CASH CARD ceases providing its services, GLOBAL CASH CARD may terminate this Agreement upon written notice.
 
 
·
If at any time GLOBAL CASH CARD’s issuing bank or bank terminates its relationship and or sponsorship, GLOBAL CASH CARD may terminate this Agreement upon written notice.
 
 
7.2.4.
Event of Default. If any one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur and be continuing:
 
 
·
The failure of a party to remit any payment required by this Agreement, which continues un-remedied for longer than ten (10) business days after written formal notification:
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
6

 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
 
·
The failure of a party to observe or perform, in any material respect any other of the covenants, obligations or agreements set forth in this Agreement, which failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given;
 
 
·
A decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction for the appointment of a trustee, conservator, receiver, or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against party hereto and such decree or order shall have remained in force, in-discharged or un-stayed for a period of sixty-days (60);
 
 
·
The consent by a party to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency readjustment of debt marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings relating to all or substantially all of such party's property; or
 
 
·
A party admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization or statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations.
 
Then, and in each and every such case, so long as an Event of Default shall not have been remedied, the non-defaulting party, by notice in writing to the party in default, may, in addition to whatever rights the non-defaulting party may have at law or equity to damages, including injunctive relief and specific performance, terminate this Agreement.
 
8.
Unwinding Relationship. Upon termination of this Agreement, the parties shall cooperate with each other to facilitate the termination of their relationship under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties shall cooperate to notify the Cardholders and any other third parties concerning which the parties hereto may mutually agree. In the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to an Event of Default, then the party in default shall bear the coast of any conversion or other expenses related to such termination. If this Agreement is terminated for any other reason, then the parties hereto shall share the cost of any conversion or other expenses related to such termination.
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
7

 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
9.
DISPUTES
 
 
9.1.
Duty to Notify. In the event of any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the construction, interpretation, performance, breach, termination, enforceability or validity thereof (hereinafter, a “Dispute”), the party raising such Dispute shall notify the other within thirty-days (30) from the date of its discovery of the Dispute.
 
 
9.2.
Cooperation to Resolve Disputes . The parties shall cooperate and attempt in good faith to resolve any Dispute promptly by negotiating between persons who have authority to settle the Dispute and who are at a higher level of management than the persons with direct responsibility for administration and performance of the provisions or obligations of this Agreement that are the subject of the Dispute.
 
 
9.3.
Arbitration. Any Dispute which cannot otherwise be resolved as provided in 9.2 shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitration tribunal may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitration tribunal shall consist of a single arbitrator mutually agreed by the parties, or in the absence of such agreement within thirty-days (30) from the first referral of the dispute to the AAA, designated by the AAA. The place of arbitration shall be Las Vegas, Nevada, unless the parties shall have agreed to another location within fifteen-days (15) from the fist referral of the dispute to the AAA. The arbitration award shall be final and binding. The parties waive any right to appeal the arbitration award; to the extent a right to appeal may be lawfully waived. Each party retains the right to seek judicial assistance: (i) to compel arbitration; (ii) to obtain interim measures of protection prior to or pending arbitrations; (iii) to seek injunctive relief in the courts of any jurisdiction as may be necessary and appropriate to protect the unauthorized disclosure of its proprietary or confidential information, and (iv) to enforce any decision of the arbitrator, including the final award.
 
 
9.4.
Confidentiality. The arbitration proceedings contemplated by this Section shall be as confidential and private as permitted by law. To that end, the parties shall not disclose the existence, content or results of any proceedings conducted in accordance with this Section, and materials submitted in connection with such proceedings shall not be admissible in any other proceeding, provided, however, that this confidentiality provision shall not prevent a petition to vacate or enforce an arbitral award, and shall not bar disclosures required by any laws or regulations.
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
8

 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
10.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION
 
 
10.1.
Limitation of Liability. Neither Global Cash Card, the Client nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall be under any liability for any action taken, or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect Global Cash Card, the Client or any such person against any breach of their respective representations, warranties, or covenants made herein, or against any specific liability imposed pursuant hereto or against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder. Global Cash Card, the Client and any other respective directors, officers, employees or agents may rely in good faith on any document of any kind, which, prima facie, is property executed and submitted by any appropriate person respecting any matters arising hereunder.
 
 
10.2.
Indemnifications. Each party together with their respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall be indemnified and held harmless by the other party against any loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with any actions, proceedings or investigations (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all persons not regularly in its employ) arising out of the indemnifying party’s failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement, other than any loss, liability or expense incurred, in part or in whole, by reason of the indemnified party’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties hereunder or by reason of the indemnified party’s reckless disregard of its obligations or duties hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither party shall be responsible under this indemnification for consequential, incidental, special or punitive damages, even if the indemnifying party had prior knowledge of the possibility of the same.
 
11.
MISCELLANEOUS
   
 
11.1.
Warranties; Limitation on Liability. GLOBAL CASH CARD MAKES NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERVICES, PRODUCTS OR EQUIPMENT PROVIDED HEREUNDER, INCLUDING, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE GLOBAL CASH CARD’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO THE CLIENT AND THE CARDHOLDERS SHALL BE TO MAKE THE SERVICE AVAILABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE CARDHOLDER AGREEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL GLOBAL CASH CARD BE LIABLE TO THE CLIENT, ANY CARDHOLDER OR ANY OTHER FIRM OR PERSON FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, EVEN IF GLOBAL CASH CARD HAD PRIOR KNOWLEDGE OF THE POSSIBLITY OF SAME.
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
9

 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
 
11.2.
Force Majeure . Neither party hereto shall be liable for any failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement due to : (i) acts of God, such as fires, floods, electrical storms, unusually severe weather and natural catastrophes; (ii) civil disturbances such as strikes and riots; (iii) acts of aggression, direct or consequential, such as explosions, wars, and terrorism; (iv) failure of any third party service to providers to adequately provide such services, including, without limitation ATM network services, the Bank’s services, telecommunication services, and merchant POS services; (v) failures or fluctuations in electric power, heat, light, air conditioning, computer or telecommunications services or equipment; and (vi) acts of government, including, without limitation, the actions of regulatory bodies which significantly inhibit or prohibit either party from performing their obligations under this Agreement (cash, a “Force Majeure”). In such event, the performance of such party’s obligations shall be suspended during the period of existence of such force Majeure and the period reasonably required thereafter resuming the performance of the obligation. The parties shall use their best reasonable efforts to minimize the consequences of the Force Majeure.
 
 
11.3.
Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws without regard to conflicts of law of choice of law principles.
 
 
11.4.
Notices. All demands, notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered at or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to :
 
 
(a)
in the case of Global Cash Card: (b) in the case of the Client:
 
 
7 Corporate Park
9550 Flair Drive  
 
Suite 100
Suite 308  
 
Irvine, CA 92606  
El Monte, CA 91731  
 
 
Attention: Business Services
Danies Wang C.E.O.
 
Telephone: 888-220-4477
Telephone: 626-448-1793
 
Facsimile: 949-833-7999
Facsimile: 626-768-3798
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
10

 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
 
11.5.
Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, Provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be held invalid for any reason whatsoever, then such covenants, agreements, provisions, or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenant, agreements, provisions, or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.
 
 
11.6.
Waivers. No term or provision of this Agreement may be waived or modified unless such waiver or modification is in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver or modification is sought to be enforced. Any failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of such terms or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any time or times be deemed a subsequent waiver or relinquishment of such right or power.
 
 
11.7.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same agreement. An executed facsimile copy of this Agreement is sufficient to evidence this Agreement and the effectiveness hereof.
 
 
11.8.
Schedules and Exhibits. This schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement, as amended and in effect from the time of such amendment until subsequent amendment thereto, if any, are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof and are an integral part of this Agreement.
 
 
11.9.
Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior to contemporaneous agreements and understandings regarding the subject matter hereof, whether written or verbal. This Agreement may be modified or amended only in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
 
11.10.
Effect of Headings and Recitals. The Section and paragraph headings herein, as well as the recitals and preamble that precede the material provisions of this Agreement, are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
 
11.11.
No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is not intended, and shall not be construed to, confer any rights upon any shareholder, creditor, partner or joint venturer of Global Cash Card (except to the extent any such persons or entities
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
11

 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
 
11.11.
may be indemnified hereunder), or any other person or entity, whether as third party beneficiaries or otherwise, against any party hereto or their respective directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives, affiliates or controlling persons.
 
 
11.12.
Non-Exclusivity. The Client understands and agrees that Global Cash Card’s relationship with the Client under this Agreement is non-exclusive, and that Global Cash Card may at any time establish similar relationships with one or more other parties for similar or any other purposes.
 
 
11.13.
Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time only in writing signed by Global Cash Card and the Client.
 
 
11.14.
Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted assigns. Client shall not transfer or assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of Global Cash Card, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, Global Cash Card shall be entitled to assign its rights to its parent, affiliate, subsidiary or any third party.
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
12

 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Global Cash Card and the Client have caused this Agreement to be duly executed the date and year first above by their duly authorized representative.
 
CLIENT
 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
         
By:
   
By:
 
         
Name:
   
Name:
 
         
Title:
   
Title:
 
         
Date:
   
Date:
 
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
13

 
EXHIBIT A-PAYCARD
E-NUWORLD
 
CLIENT FEES
 
·
PROGRAM SET UP
     
$1500.00
·
WEB INTERFACE/API
     
FREE
·
MERCHANT INTERFACE
     
FREE
·
INTEGRATION
     
FREE
·
IMPLEMENTATION, TRAINING & FOLLOW-UP
     
FREE
·
IVR MESSAGING FEATURE*
     
FREE
·
CARD COST/ATM DEBIT CARD (1,000 CARD MINIMUM)
 
UP TO 2,500
 
$4.00
     
2,501 – 5,000
 
$3.75
     
5,001 – 10,000
 
$3.50
·
CARD COST/MASTERCARD DEBIT CARD (1,000 CARD MINIMUM)
 
UP TO 2,500
 
$5.00
     
2,501 – 5,000
 
$4.75
     
5,001 – 10,000
 
$3.50
·
LOAD FEE
     
FREE
·
MERCHANT PROCESSING (INTERNAL NETWORK)
 
2% / MINIMUM $1.25
       
 
*TELECOM AT 5.10 PER MINUTE / ANY ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT REQUIRED AT COST.
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
14

 
CARDHOLDER FEES
 
·
ENROLLMENT FEE
     
FREE
·
ANNUAL FEE
     
FREE
·
MONTHLY FEE
     
$1.00
·
ATM WITHDRAWAL (U.S.)
     
$1.50
·
ATM OTHER TRANSACTIONS (U.S.)
     
$1.00
·
ATM WITHDRAWAL (OUTSIDE U.S.)
     
$3.50
·
ATM OTHER TRANSACTIONS (OUTSIDE U.S.)
     
$3.25
·
POS SIGNATURE
     
FREE
·
POS PIN INCLUDING CASH BACK
     
$0.75
·
TRANSFER TO/FROM CHECKING
     
$1.50
·
PIN CHANGE
     
FREE
·
BALANCE INQUIRY IVR
     
FREE
·
BALANCE INQUIRY INTERNET
     
FREE
·
TRANSACTION INQUIRY INTERNET
     
FREE
·
LIVE CUSTOMER SERVICE (24X7X365)
     
FREE
·
WEBSITE LOGIN
     
FREE
·
CONVENENCE CHECK
     
$1.50
 
CARD TO CARD TRANSFER WORLDWIDE
         
$1 - $100
       
$2.00
$101- $250
       
$3.00
$251 - $500
       
$4.00
$501 - $750
       
$5.00
$751 - $1000
       
$6.00
$1001 - $1500
       
$7.00
$1501 - $2500
       
$8.00
 
               
 
CLIENT
 
DATE
 
GLOBAL CASH CARD
 
DATE
 
 
PAYROLL CARD SERVICES AGREEMENT 08/31/06
 
15

EXHIBIT 10.2
 
 
The Company has an oral agreement with Genepharm Inc. to manufacture three types of cosmetic products for the Company.  Genepharm, Inc. owns the formulations for the products. Genepharm manufactures the products and packs them with E-World USA designed packaging under an oral agreement with the Company. The Company is authorized by to sell the products worldwide under the E-World brand name with infringing any rights of Genepharm, Inc.
 
There is no formal agreement on all the payment and purchase terms. We basically agree to purchase from them. Each payment and pricing is determined when we make an order from them.

 
EXHIBIT 10.3
 
The Company has an oral agreement with Global Power Plus, Inc. to manufacture O2 Cell Product for the Company.  Global Power Plus, Inc. owns the formulations for the product. Global Power Plus, Inc. manufactures the products and packs it with E-World USA designed packaging under an oral agreement with the Company. The Company is authorized by to sell the product worldwide under the E-World brand name with infringing any rights of Global Power Plus, Inc.
 
There is no formal agreement on all the payment and purchase terms. We basically agree to purchase from them. Each payment and pricing is determined when we make an order from them.
 

 
EXHIBIT 10.4
 
 
The Company has entered into two oral loan transactions with Mr. Wang.  In 2009, the Company loaned him $1,837,975.  He repaid $1,089,209 of that amount in 2009.  In 2010, the Company loaned Mr. Wang $435,715, and he repaid $1,341,470 to the Company.  The current outstanding amount owed by Mr. Wang to the Company is $156,989.  
 
As of November 1, 2012, the loans, which bore no interest and were due upon demand, have been fully repaid.
 
The Company and Mr. Wang have agreed to discontinue this practice.

 
EXHIBIT 10.5
 
 
STANDARD MULTI-TENANT OFFICE LEASE - GROSS
AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
 
1.              Basic Provisions ("Basic Provisions") .
 
1.1            Parties : This Lease (" Lease "), dated for reference purposes only February 16, 2009 , is made by and between 9550 Flair Drive, LLC
 
(" Lessor ")

and E World USA Holdings

 

(" Lessee "),

(collectively the " Parties ", or individually a " Party ").
 
1.2(a)       Premises : That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), known as Suite Numbers(s) 211 , floor(s), consisting of approximately 480 rentable square feet and approximately useable square feet(" Premises") . The Premises are located at: 9550 Flair Drive , in the City of El Monte , County of Los Angeles , State of California , with zip code . 91731 In addition to Lessee's rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, the exterior walls, the area above the dropped ceilings, or the utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (" Building ") or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the " Project ." The Project consists of approximately 77000 rentable square feet. (See also Paragraph 2)
 
1.2(b)       Parking : 0 unreserved and 0 reserved vehicle parking spaces at a monthly cost of $                                    per unreserved space and $                                    per reserved space. (See Paragraph 2.6)
 
1.3            Term : 3 years and 0 months (" Original Term ") commencing Feb 16, 2009 (" Commencement Date ") and ending February 15, 2012 (" Expiration Date "). (See also Paragraph 3)
 
1.4            Early Possession :
(" Early Possession Date "). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)
 
1.5            Base Rent : $ 800 per month (" Base Rent )", payable on the 1st day of each month commencing February 16, 2009 . (See also Paragraph 4)
þ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph 50
 
1.6            Lessee's Share of Operating Expense Increase : Three years with fixed rate $800 per month percent ( 1 %) (" Lessee's Share "). In the event that that size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee's Share to reflect such modification.
 
 
1

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
1.7            Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution :
(a)           Base Rent : $ 800 for the period   February 2009 .
(b)           Security Deposit : $ 800 (" Security Deposit "). (See also Paragraph 5)
(c)           Parking : $ 0.00 for the period.
(d)           Other : $0.00 for 0 .
(e)           Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease : $ 1,200.00 .
 
1.8            Agreed Use : Office use Only
 

. (See also Paragraph 6)
 
1.9            Base Year; Insuring Party . The Base Year is 2009 . Lessor is the " Insuring Party ". (See also Paragraphs 4.2 and 8)
 
1.10          Real Estate Brokers : (See also Paragraph 15)
 
(a) Representation : The following real estate brokers ( the " Brokers ") and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):
þ                                                                                                                    represents Lessor exclusively (" Lessor's Broker ");
þ                                                                                                                    represents Lessee exclusively (" Lessee's Broker "); or
--                                                                                                                     represents both Lessor and Lessee (" Dual Agency ").
 
(b) Payment to Brokers : Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers the fee agreed to in the attached separate written agreement or if no such agreement is attached, the sum of                           or                             % of the total Base Rent payable for the Original Term, the sum of                           or                           of the total Base Rent payable during any period of time that the Lessee occupies the Premises subsequent to the Original Term, and/or the sum of                           or                           % of the purchase price in the event that the Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises.
 
1.11          Guarantor . The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease shall be guaranteed by Dr Ding Hua Wang
 

 (" Guarantor "). (See also Paragraph 37)
 
1.12          Business Hours for the Building: 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Mondays through Fridays (except Building Holidays) and n/a a.m. to n/a p.m. on Saturdays (except Building Holidays). " Building Holidays " shall mean the dates of observation of New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and ____________________.
 
 
2

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
1.13          Lessor Supplied Services . Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 11.1, Lessor is NOT obligated to provide the following within the Premises:
-- Janitorial services
-- Electricity
-- Other (specify):
 
1.14          Attachments . Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:
-- an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs ____________ through ___________;
-- a plot plan depicting the Premises;
-- a current set of the Rules and Regulations;
-- a Work Letter;
-- a janitorial schedule;
-- other (specify): .


 
2.             Premises .
 
2.1            Letting . Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.
 
2.2            Condition . Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee in a clean condition on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (" Start Date "), and warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (" HVAC "), and all other items which the Lessor is obligated to construct pursuant to the W ork Letter attached hereto, if any, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Premises do not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law.
 
2.3            Compliance . Lessor warrants to the best of its knowledge that the improvements com   prising the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances (" Applicable Requirements ") in effect on the Start Date. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee's use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning and other Applicable Requirements are appropriate for Lessee's intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Premises (" Capital Expenditure "), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:
 
(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months' Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee's termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months' Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Prem ises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.
 
 
3

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any tim e. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor's termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor's share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor's share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.
 
(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to nonvoluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as m ay be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.
 
2.4            Acknowledgements . Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) Lessee has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee's intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee's decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor's agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee's ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor's sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.
 
2.5            Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant . The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date, Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.
 
2.6            Vehicle Parking . So long as Lessee is not in default, and subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto, and as established by Lessor from time to time, Lessee shall be entitled to rent and use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) at the rental rate applicable from time to time for monthly parking as set by Lessor and/or its licensee.
 
(a)   If Lessee commits, permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in the Lease or the rules then in effect, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.
 
(b)  The monthly rent per parking space specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) is subject to change upon 30 days prior written notice to
Lessee. The rent for the parking is payable one month in advance prior to the first day of each calendar month.
 
2.7            Common Areas - Definition . The term " Common Areas " is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general nonexclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including, but not limited to, common entrances, lobbies, corridors, stairwells, public restrooms, elevators, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.
 
 
4

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
2.8            Common Areas - Lessee's Rights . Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the nonexclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor's designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.
 
2.9            Common Areas - Rules and Regulations . Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to adopt, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (" Rules and Regulations ") for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. The Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the noncompliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.
 
2.10          Common Areas - Changes . Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor's sole discretion, from time to time:
 
(a)          To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of the lobbies, windows, stairways, air shafts, elevators, escalators, restrooms, driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;
(b)          To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; portion thereof; and
(c)          To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;
(d)          To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;
(e)          To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvem ents, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any
(f)           To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.
 
3.             Term .
 
3.1            Term . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.
 
3.2            Early Possession . Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other term s of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee's Share of the Operating Expense Increase) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.
 
3.3            Delay In Possession . Lessor agrees to use its best com mercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any W ork Letter executed be Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee's right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.
 
 
5

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
3.4            Lessee Compliance . Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor's election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.
 
4.             Rent .
 
4.1.          Rent Defined . All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (" Rent ").
 
4.2           Operating Expense Increase. Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee's Share of the amount by which all Operating Expenses for each Comparison Year exceeds the amount of all Operating Expenses for the Base Year, such excess being hereinafter referred to as the "Operating Expense Increase" , in accordance with the following provisions:
 
(a)          " Base Year " is as specified in Paragraph 1.9.
 
(b)          " Comparison Year " is defined as each calendar year during the term of this Lease subsequent to the Base Year; provided, however, Lessee shall have no obligation to pay a share of the Operating Expense Increase applicable to the first 12 months of the Lease Term (other than such as are mandated by a governmental authority, as to which government mandated expenses Lessee shall pay Lessee's Share, notwithstanding they occur during the first twelve (12) months). Lessee's Share of the Operating Expense Increase for the first and last Comparison Years of the Lease Term shall be prorated according to that portion of such Comparison Year as to which Lessee is responsible for a share of such increase.
 
(c)          The following costs relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, calculated as if the Project was at least 95%occupied, are defined as " Operating Expenses " :
(i) Costs relating to the operation, repair, and maintenance in neat, clean, safe, good order and condition, but not the replacement (see subparagraph (g)), of the following:
(aa) The Common Areas, including their surfaces, coverings, decorative items, carpets, drapes and window coverings, and including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, stairways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, building exteriors and roofs, fences and gates;
(bb) All heating, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical systems, life safety equipment, communication systems and other equipment used in common by, or for the benefit of, tenants or occupants of the Project, including elevators and escalators, tenant directories, fire detection systems including sprinkler system maintenance and repair.
(cc) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.
(ii) The cost of trash disposal, janitorial and security services, pest control services, and the costs of any environmental inspections; "Operating Expense";
(iii) The cost of any other service to be provided by Lessor that is elsewhere in this Lease stated to be an
(iv) The cost of the prem iums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 and any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas;
(v) The amount of the Real Property Taxes payable by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 10;
(vi) The cost of water, sewer, gas, electricity, and other publicly m andated services not separately metered;
(vii) Labor, salaries, and applicable fringe benefits and costs, materials, supplies and tools, used in maintaining and/or cleaning the Project and accounting and management fees attributable to the operation of the Project;
(viii) The cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee's Share of 1/144th of the cost of such Capital Expenditure in any given month;
(ix) The cost to replace equipment or improvements that have a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or less. equipment.
(x) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and
 
(d)          Any item of Operating Expense that is specifically attributable to the Premises, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Premises, Building, or other building. However, any such item that is not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.
 
 
6

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(e)          The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(c) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.
 
(f)          Lessee's Share of Operating Expense Increase is payable m onthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor's estimate of the Operating Expense Expenses. W ithin 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee's Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee's payments during such Year exceed Lessee's Share, Lessee shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee's future payments. If Lessee's payments during such Year were less than Lessee's Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of said statement. Lessor and Lessee shall forthwith adjust between them by cash payment any balance determined to exist with respect to that portion of the last Comparison Year for which Lessee is responsible as to Operating Expense Increases, notwithstanding that the Lease term may have terminated before the end of such Comparison Year.
 
(g)          Operating Expenses shall not include the costs of replacement for equipment or capital components such as the roof, foundations, exterior walls or a Common Area capital improvement, such as the parking lot paving, elevators, fences that have a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or more.
 
(h)          Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or by insurance proceeds.
 
4.3            Payment . Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States on or before the day on which it is due, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease). All monetary am   ounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor's rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor's endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier's check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney's fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.
 
5.             Security Deposit . Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee's faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full am ount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional m onies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accomm odate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. W ithin 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.
 
6.              Use .
 
6.1            Use . Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not im pair the structural integrity of the improvements of the Building, will not adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, HVAC, and other system s of the Building, and/or will not affect the exterior appearance of the Building. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor's objections to the change in the Agreed Use.
 
 
7

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
6.2            Hazardous Substances .
 
(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term " Hazardous Substance " as used in this Lease shall m ean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, byproducts or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee's expense) with all Applicable Requirements. " Reportable Use " shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use such as ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.
 
(b) Duty to Inform Lessor . If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has com   e to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.
 
(c) Lessee Remediation . Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee's expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or m onitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.
 
(d) Lessee Indemnification . Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys' and consultants' fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee's obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.
 
(e) Lessor Indemnification . Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee's occupancy or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor's obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.
 
 
8

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(f) Investigations and Remediations . Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee's occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee's use (including "Alterations", as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor's agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor's investigative and remedial responsibilities.
 
(g) Lessor Termination Option . If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor's rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor's option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor's desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.
 
6.3            Lessee's Compliance with Applicable Requirements . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor's written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other docum ents, and other information evidencing Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim , notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall im mediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that m ight indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.
 
6.4            Inspection; Compliance . Lessor and Lessor's " Lender " (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an em ergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1e) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets ( MSDS ) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.
 
7.             Maintenance; Repairs; Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations .
 
7.1            Lessee's Obligations . Notwithstanding Lessor's obligation to keep the Premises in good condition and repair, Lessee shall be responsible for payment of the cost thereof to Lessor as additional rent for that portion of the cost of any maintenance and repair of the Premises, or any equipment (wherever located) that serves only Lessee or the Premises, to the extent such cost is attributable to abuse or misuse. Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of painting, repairing or replacing wall coverings, and to repair or replace any improvements with the Premises. Lessor may, at its option, upon reasonable notice, elect to have Lessee perform any particular such maintenance or repairs the cost of which is otherwise Lessee's responsibility hereunder.
 
7.2            Lessor's Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee's Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, and the Common Areas. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.
 
 
9

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
7.3            Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations .
 
(a) Definitions . The term " Utility Installations " refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, and plumbing in or on the Premises. The term " Trade Fixtures " shall mean Lessee's machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term " Alterations " shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. " Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations " are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).
 
(b) Consent . Lessee shall not m ake any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof, ceilings, floors or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed $2000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor m ay, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to m ake and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee's: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencem ent of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient m aterials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with asbuilt plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month's Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee's posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.
 
(c) Liens; Bonds . Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic's or materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor's attorneys' fees and costs.
 
7.4            Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration .
 
(a) Ownership . Subject to Lessor's right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.
 
(b) Removal . By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.
 
(c) Surrender; Restoration . Lessee shall surrender the Prem ises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. "Ordinary wear and tear" shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Prem ises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Premises) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.
 
 
10

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
8.              Insurance; Indemnity .
 
8.1            Insurance Premiums . The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 are included as Operating Expenses (see paragraph 4.2 (c)(iv)). Said costs shall include increases in the premiums resulting from additional coverage related to requirements of the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, Building and/or Project, increased valuation of the Premises, Building and/or Project, and/or a general premium rate increase. Said costs shall not, however, include any premium increases resulting from the nature of the occupancy of any other tenant of the Building. If the Project was not insured for the entirety of the Base Year, then the base premium shall be the lowest annual premium reasonably obtainable for the required insurance as of the Start Date, assuming the most nominal use possible of the Building and/or Project. In no event, however, shall Lessee be responsible for any portion of the premium cost attributable to liability insurance coverage in excess of $2,000,000 procured under Paragraph 8.2(b).
 
8.2            Liability Insurance .
 
(a) Carried by Lessee . Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property dam age based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by m eans of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization's "Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises" Endorsement and coverage shall also be extended to include dam age caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an " insured contract " for the performance of Lessee's indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.
 
(b) Carried by Lessor . Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.
 
8.3            Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value .
 
(a) Building and Improvements . Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Building and/or Project. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Building and/or Project, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee's personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.
 
(b) Rental Value . Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days   ("Rental Value insurance"). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.
 
(c) Adjacent Premises . Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.
 
(d) Lessee's Improvements . Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.
 
 
11

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
8.4            Lessee's Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker's Compensation Insurance.
 
(a) Property Damage . Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee's personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.
 
(b) Worker's Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and m aintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements.
 
(c) Business Interruption . Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.
 
(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage . Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee's property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.
 
8.5            Insurance Policies . Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a "General Policyholders Rating" of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide", or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to m odification except after 10 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 30 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or "insurance binders" evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.
 
8.6            Waiver of Subrogation . W ithout affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.
 
8.7            Indemnity . Except for Lessor's gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys' and consultants' fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.
 
8.8            Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability . Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee's employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee's business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee's sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.
 
 
12

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
8.9            Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee's failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.
 
9.              Damage or Destruction .
 
9.1            Definitions .
 
(a) " Premises Partial Damage " shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month's Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.
 
(b) " Premises Total Destruction " shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month's Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days fromthe date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.
 
(c) " Insured Loss " shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.
 
(d) " Replacement Cost " shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.
 
(e) " Hazardous Substance Condition " shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.
 
9.2            Partial Damage - Insured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such dam age (but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor's election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $5,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be m ade available for the repairs if made by either Party.
 
 
13

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
9.3            Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such comm itment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.
 
9.4            Total Destruction . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor's damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.
 
9.5            Damage Near End of Term . If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month's Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee's receipt of Lessor's written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor's commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee's option shall be extinguished.
 
9.6            Abatement of Rent; Lessee's Remedies .
 
(a) Abatement . In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.
 
(b) Remedies . If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not comm ence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee's election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. "Commence" shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.
 
9.7            Termination; Advance Payments . Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.
 
10.            Real Property Taxes .
 
10.1          Definitions . As used herein, the term " Real Property Taxes " shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvem ent bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor's right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor's business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located.  "Real Property Taxes" shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the im provements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.
 
 
14

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
10.2          Payment of Taxes . Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.
 
10.3          Additional Improvements . Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor's records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.
 
10.4          Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.
 
10.5          Personal Property Taxes . Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. W   hen possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee's said property shall be assessed with Lessor's real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee's property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee's property.
 
11.            Utilities and Services .
 
11.1          Services Provided by Lessor. Lessor shall provide heating, ventilation, air conditioning, reasonable amounts of electricity for normal lighting and office machines, water for reasonable and norm al drinking and lavatory use in connection with an office, and replacement light bulbs and/or fluorescent tubes and ballasts for standard overhead fixtures. Lessor shall also provide janitorial services to the Premises and Common Areas 5 times per week, excluding Building Holidays, or pursuant to the attached janitorial schedule, if any. Lessor shall not, however, be required to provide janitorial services to kitchens or storage areas included within the Premises.
 
11.2        Services Exclusive to Lessee. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, light, power, telephone and other utilities and services specially or exclusively supplied and/or metered exclusively to the Premises or to Lessee, together with any taxes thereon. If a service is deleted by Paragraph 1.13 and such service is not separately metered to the Premises, Lessee shall pay at Lessor's option, either Lessee's Share or a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of all charges for such jointly metered service.
 
11.3        Hours of Service. Said services and utilities shall be provided during times set forth in Paragraph 1.12. Utilities and services required at other times shall be subject to advance request and reimbursement by Lessee to Lessor of the cost thereof.
 
11.4          Excess Usage by Lessee. Lessee shall not make connection to the utilities except by or through existing outlets and shall not install or use machinery or equipment in or about the Premises that uses excess water, lighting or power, or suffer or permit any act that causes extra burden upon the utilities or services, including but not limited to security and trash services, over standard office usage for the Project. Lessor shall require Lessee to reimburse Lessor for any excess expenses or costs that may arise out of a breach of this subparagraph by Lessee. Lessor may, in its sole discretion, install at Lessee's expense supplemental equipment and/or separate metering applicable to Lessee's excess usage or loading.
 
 
15

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
11.5         Interruptions. There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor's reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.
 
12.           Assignment and Subletting .
 
12.1          Lessor's Consent Required .
 
(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, " assign or assignment ") or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.
 
(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cum ulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.
 
(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buyout or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee's assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net W orth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net W orth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. " Net Worth of Lessee " shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.
 
(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor's option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.
 
(e) Lessee's remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory dam ages and/or injunctive relief.
 
(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.
 
(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, i e. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.
 
12.2          Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting .
 
(a) Regardless of Lessor's consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be perform ed by Lessee.
 
(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee's obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for Lessee's Default or Breach.
 
 
16

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(c) Lessor's consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. (d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor's remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.
 
(e) Each request for consent to an assignm ent or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor's considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)
 
(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.
 
(g) Lessor's consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)
 
12.3          Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:
 
(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee's obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee's obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee's then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the perform ance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.
 
(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.
 
(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.
 
(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Prem ises without Lessor's prior written consent.
 
(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.
 
 
17

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
13.           Default; Breach; Remedies .
 
13.1          Default; Breach . A " Default " is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A " Breach " is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:
 
(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a com mercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.
 
(b) The failure of Lessee to m ake any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR'S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR'S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.
 
(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.
 
(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other docum entation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.
 
(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's Default is such that m ore than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.
 
(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a " debtor " as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointm ent of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.
 
(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.
 
(h) If the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor's liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor's becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor's refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor's breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee's failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the com bined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.
 
 
18

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
13.2          Remedies .. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:
 
(a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the am ount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees, and that portion of any leasing com mission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee's Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor's right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.
 
(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable lim itations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor's interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee's right to possession.
 
(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the Premises.
 
13.3          Inducement Recapture . Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as " Inducement Provisions ", shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee's full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be imm ediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.
 
13.4          Late Charges . Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.
 
13.5          Interest . Any m onetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for nonscheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to nonscheduled payments. The interest (" Interest ") charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.
 
 
19

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
13.6          Breach by Lessor .
 
(a) Notice of Breach . Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is comm enced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.
 
(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor . In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee's expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month's Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee's right to seek reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.
 
14.           Condemnation . If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of em inent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively " Condemnation "), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the rentable floor area of the Premises, or more than 25% of Lessee's Reserved Parking Spaces, if any, are taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee's option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Prem ises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee's relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.
 
15.           Brokerage Fees .
 
15.1          Additional Commission . If a separate brokerage fee agreement is attached then in addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule attached to such brokerage fee agreement.
 
15.2          Assumption of Obligations . Any buyer or transferee of Lessor's interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assum ed Lessor's obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee's Broker when due, Lessee's Broker m ay send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee's Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor's Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.
 
15.3          Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships . Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.
 
 
20

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
16.           Estoppel Certificates .
 
(a) Each Party (as " Responding Party ") shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the "   Requesting Party ") execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current "   Estoppel Certificate " form published by the AIRCommercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.
 
(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without m odification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party's performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not m ore than one month's rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party's Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.
 
(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee's financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.
 
17.           Definition of Lessor . The term " Lessor " as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee's interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.
 
18.           Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.
 
19.           Days . Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word " days " as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.
 
20.           Limitation on Liability . The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Project, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor's partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.
 
21.           Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.
 
22.           No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer . This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any m atter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.
 
23.           Notices .
 
23.1 Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or m ay be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party's signature on this Lease shall be that Party's address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Prem ises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee's address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.
 
 
21

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
23.2 Date of Notice . Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.
 
24.          Waivers .
 
(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.
 
(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.
 
(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN W ITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY W AIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.
 
25.           Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.
 
(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:
 
(i) Lessor's Agent. A Lessor's agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor's agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent's duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirm ative duties set forth above.
 
(ii) Lessee's Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor's agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent's duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.
 
(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lesser or the Lessee. b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an am ount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advise is desired, consult a competent professional.
 
 
22

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys' fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker's liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.
 
(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as "Confidential" any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.
 
26.           No Right To Holdover . Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.
 
27.           Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.
 
28.           Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement . All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. W henever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.
 
29.           Binding Effect; Choice of Law . This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.
 
30.           Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance .
 
30.1         Subordination . This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, " Security Device "), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as " Lender ") shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.
 
30.2          Attornment . In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Devise to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor's obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month's rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.
 
30.3          Non-Disturbance . W ith respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee's subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a com mercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a " Non-Disturbance Agreement ") from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee's possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee's option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.
 
 
23

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
30.4          Self-Executing . The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further docum ents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.
 
31.           Attorneys' Fees . If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, " Prevailing Party " shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgm ent, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys' fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).
 
32.           Lessor's Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, im provements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee's use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatem ent of rent or liability to Lessee.
 
33.           Auctions . Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.
 
34.           Signs . Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary "For Sale" signs at any time and ordinary "For Lease" signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Lessor may not place any sign on the exterior of the Building that covers any of the windows of the Premises. Except for ordinary "For Sublease" signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor's prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.
 
35.           Termination; Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor's failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor's election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.
 
36.          Consents . Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor's actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects', attorneys', engineers' and other consultants' fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor's consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.
 
 
24

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
37.           Guarantor .
 
37.1          Execution . The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.
 
37.2          Default . It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor's behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.
 
38.           Quiet Possession . Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee's part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.
 
39.           Options . If Lessee is granted an Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.
 
39.1          Definition . " Option " shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.
 
39.2          Options Personal To Original Lessee . Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.
 
39.3          Multiple Options . In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.
 
39.4          Effect of Default on Options .
 
(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.
 
(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).
 
(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.
 
40.           Security Measures . Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties. In the event, however, that Lessor should elect to provide security services, then the cost thereof shall be an Operating Expense.
 
 
25

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
41.           Reservations .
 
(a) Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessor may also: change the name, address or title of the Building or Project upon at least 90 days prior written notice; provide and install, at Lessee's expense, Building standard graphics on the door of the Premises and such portions of the Common Areas as Lessor shall reasonably deem appropriate; grant to any lessee the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive right does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein; and to place such signs, notices or displays as Lessor reasonably deems necessary or advisable upon the roof, exterior of the Building or the Project or on signs in the Common Areas. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights. The obstruction of Lessee's view, air, or light by any structure erected in the vicinity of the Building, whether by Lessor or third parties, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Lessor.
 
(b) Lessor also reserves the right to move Lessee to other space of comparable size in the Building or Project. Lessor must provide at least 45 days prior written notice of such move, and the new space must contain improvements of comparable quality to those contained within the Premises. Lessor shall pay the reasonable out of pocket costs that Lessee incurs with regard to such relocation, including the expenses of moving and necessary stationary revision costs. In no event, however, shall Lessor be required to pay an amount in excess of two months Base Rent. Lessee may not be relocated more than once during the term of this Lease.
 
(c) Lessee shall not: (i) use a representation (photographic or otherwise) of the Building or Project or their nam e(s) in connection with Lessee's business; or (ii) suffer or permit anyone, except in emergency, to go upon the roof of the Building.
 
42.           Performance Under Protest . If at any tim e a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary paym ent and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid "under protest" within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.
 
43.           Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution
 
(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.
 
(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as "Lessee", each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.
 
 
26

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
44.           Conflict . Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.
 
45.           Offer . Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and subm ission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.
 
46.           Amendments . This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee's obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable nonmonetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.
 
47.           Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.
 
48.           Arbitration of Disputes . An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease
-- is þ is not attached to this Lease.
 
49.           Americans with Disabilities Act . Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee's specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee's use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee's expense.
 
50.          Commencing April 1, 2012 through January 31, 2014, monthly base rent to be $12,350
 
51.          One of the suites in this lease is 3477B. If the premises is to be demolished for purposes of constructing a new building, lessor will give an advanced 6 month notice to lessee. Lessee will be responsible for all monthly payments at that time. This portion of the lease will be terminated upon the completion of that 6th month. In the event that this happens, lessee's rent will then change to $9,850 per month for the remainder of this lease term.
 
52.          Upon fully executed lease contract, lessee's prior leases for each of the suites listed on page 1 become null and void.
 
LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEW ED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.
 
ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:
 
1.            SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.
 
2.            RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING AND SIZE OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE'S INTENDED USE.
 
WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.
 
 
27

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.
 
Executed at:
   
Executed at:
 

On:
   
On:
 

By LESSOR:
   
By LESSEE:
 

         

         

By:
   
By:
 

Name Printed:
   
Name Printed:
 

Title:
   
Title:
 

By:
   
By:
 

Name Printed:
   
Name Printed:
 

Title:
   
Title:
 

Address:
   
Address:
 

         

         

Telephone:
(      )
 
Telephone:
(      )

Facsimile:
(      )
 
Facsimile:
(      )

Email:
   
Email:
 

Email:
   
Emai:
 

Federal ID No.
   
Federal ID No.
 

 
 
28

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
LESSOR'S BROKER:
   
LESSEE'S BROKER:
 

         

Attn:
   
Attn:
 

Address:
   
Address:
 

         

         

Telephone:
(      )
 
Telephone:
(      )

Facsimile:
(      )
 
Facsimile:
(      )

Email:
   
Email:
 

Broker/Agent DRE License #:
   
Broker/Agent DRE License #:
 
         
         
 
NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.
 
©Copyright 1999-By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.
 
All rights reserved.
No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.
 
 
29

EXHIBIT 10.6
 
 
STANDARD MULTI-TENANT OFFICE LEASE - GROSS
AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
 
1. Basic Provisions ("Basic Provisions") .
 
1.1 Parties : This Lease (" Lease "), dated for reference purposes only October 26, 2007 , is made by and between 1520 Second St Apts LLC
 
(" Lessor ")
and E World USA Holdings
 
(" Lessee "),
(collectively the " Parties ", or individually a " Party ").
 
1.2 (a) Premises : That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), known as Suite Numbers(s) 308 , floor(s), consisting of approximately 3400 rentable square feet and approximately useable square feet(" Premises") . The Premises are located at: 9550 Flair Drive , in the City of El Monte , County of Los Angeles , State of California , with zip code . 91731 In addition to Lessee's rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, the exterior walls, the area above the dropped ceilings, or the utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (" Building ") or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the " Project ." The Project consists of approximately 77000 rentable square feet. (See also Paragraph 2)
 
1.2 (b) Parking : 12 unreserved and 0 reserved vehicle parking spaces at a monthly cost of $   per unreserved space and $   per reserved space. (See Paragraph 2.6)
 
1.3 Term : 3 years and 0 months (" Original Term ") commencing February 1, 2008 (" Commencement Date ") and ending January 31, 2011 (" Expiration Date "). (See also Paragraph 3)
 
1.4 Early Possession :
(" Early Possession Date "). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)
 
1.5 Base Rent : $ 6,738.00 per month (" Base Rent )", payable on the 1 day of each month commencing February 1, 2008 . (See also Paragraph 4)
þ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.
 
1.6 Lessee's Share of Operating Expense Increase : percent ( 4.4 %) (" Lessee's Share "). In the event that that size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee's Share to reflect such modification.
 
1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution :
 
(a) Base Rent : $ 6,738.00 for the period February 1, 2008 .
(b) Security Deposit : $4600 from prior lease (" Security Deposit "). (See also Paragraph 5)
(c) Parking : $ 0.00 for the period .
(d) Other : $0 for 0 .
(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease : $ 6,738.00 .
 
1.8 Agreed Use : Office Use Only
 
. (See also Paragraph 6)
 
1.9 Base Year; Insuring Party . The Base Year is 2008 . Lessor is the " Insuring Party ". (See also Paragraphs 4.2 and 8)
 
 
1

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
1.10 Real Estate Brokers : (See also Paragraph 15)
 
(a) Representation : The following real estate brokers ( the " Brokers ") and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):
þ   represents Lessor exclusively (" Lessor's Broker ");
þ   represents Lessee exclusively (" Lessee's Broker "); or
--   represents both Lessor and Lessee (" Dual Agency ").
 
(b) Payment to Brokers : Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers the fee agreed to in the attached separate written agreement or if no such agreement is attached, the sum of or % of the total Base Rent payable for the Original Term, the sum of   or   of the total Base Rent payable during any period of time that the Lessee occupies the Premises subsequent to the Original Term, and/or the sum of or % of the purchase price in the event that the Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises.
 
1.11 Guarantor . The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease shall be guaranteed by Dr Ding Hua Wang
(" Guarantor "). (See also Paragraph 37)
 
1.12 Business Hours for the Building: 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Mondays through Fridays (except Building Holidays) and n/a a.m. to n/a p.m. on Saturdays (except Building Holidays). " Building Holidays " shall mean the dates of observation of New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and _________________.
 
 
2

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
1.13 Lessor Supplied Services . Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 11.1, Lessor is NOT obligated to provide the following within the Premises:
 
-- Janitorial services
-- Electricity
-- Other (specify):
 
1.14 Attachments . Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:
 
-- an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs ___________ through ____________;
-- a plot plan depicting the Premises;
-- a current set of the Rules and Regulations;
-- a Work Letter;
-- a janitorial schedule;
-- other (specify):
 
2. Premises .
 
2.1 Letting . Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.
 
2.2 Condition . Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee in a clean condition on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (" Start Date "), and warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (" HVAC "), and all other items which the Lessor is obligated to construct pursuant to the W ork Letter attached hereto, if any, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Premises do not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law.
 
2.3 Compliance . Lessor warrants to the best of its knowledge that the improvements com   prising the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances (" Applicable Requirements ") in effect on the Start Date. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee's use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning and other Applicable Requirements are appropriate for Lessee's intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Premises (" Capital Expenditure "), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:
 
(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months' Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee's termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months' Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Prem ises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.
 
 
3

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any tim e. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor's termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor's share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor's share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.
 
(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to nonvoluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as m ay be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.
 
2.4 Acknowledgements . Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) Lessee has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee's intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee's decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor's agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee's ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor's sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.
 
2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant . The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date, Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.
 
2.6 Vehicle Parking . So long as Lessee is not in default, and subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto, and as established by Lessor from time to time, Lessee shall be entitled to rent and use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) at the rental rate applicable from time to time for monthly parking as set by Lessor and/or its licensee.
 
(a) If Lessee commits, permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in the Lease or the rules then in effect, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.
 
(b) The monthly rent per parking space specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) is subject to change upon 30 days prior written notice to Lessee. The rent for the parking is payable one month in advance prior to the first day of each calendar month.
 
2.7 Common Areas - Definition . The term " Common Areas " is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general nonexclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including, but not limited to, common entrances, lobbies, corridors, stairwells, public restrooms, elevators, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.
 
 
4

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
2.8 Common Areas - Lessee's Rights . Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the nonexclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor's designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.
 
2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations . Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to adopt, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (" Rules and Regulations ") for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. The Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the noncompliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.
 
2.10 Common Areas - Changes . Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor's sole discretion, from time to time:
 
(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of the lobbies, windows, stairways, air shafts, elevators, escalators, restrooms, driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;
(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; portion thereof; and
(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;
(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;
(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvem ents, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any
(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.
 
3. Term .
 
3.1 Term . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.
 
3.2 Early Possession . Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other term s of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee's Share of the Operating Expense Increase) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.
 
3.3 Delay In Possession . Lessor agrees to use its best com mercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any W ork Letter executed be Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee's right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.
 
 
5

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
3.4 Lessee Compliance . Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor's election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.
 
4. Rent .
 
4.1. Rent Defined . All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (" Rent ").
 
4.2 Operating Expense Increase. Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee's Share of the amount by which all Operating Expenses for each Comparison Year exceeds the amount of all Operating Expenses for the Base Year, such excess being hereinafter referred to as the "Operating Expense Increase" , in accordance with the following provisions:
 
(a) " Base Year " is as specified in Paragraph 1.9.
 
(b) " Comparison Year " is defined as each calendar year during the term of this Lease subsequent to the Base Year; provided, however, Lessee shall have no obligation to pay a share of the Operating Expense Increase applicable to the first 12 months of the Lease Term (other than such as are mandated by a governmental authority, as to which government mandated expenses Lessee shall pay Lessee's Share, notwithstanding they occur during the first twelve (12) months). Lessee's Share of the Operating Expense Increase for the first and last Comparison Years of the Lease Term shall be prorated according to that portion of such Comparison Year as to which Lessee is responsible for a share of such increase.
 
(c) The following costs relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, calculated as if the Project was at least 95%occupied, are defined as " Operating Expenses " :
(i) Costs relating to the operation, repair, and maintenance in neat, clean, safe, good order and condition, but not the replacement (see subparagraph (g)), of the following:
(aa) The Common Areas, including their surfaces, coverings, decorative items, carpets, drapes and window coverings, and including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, stairways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, building exteriors and roofs, fences and gates;
(bb) All heating, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical systems, life safety equipment, communication systems and other equipment used in common by, or for the benefit of, tenants or occupants of the Project, including elevators and escalators, tenant directories, fire detection systems including sprinkler system maintenance and repair.
(cc) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.
(ii) The cost of trash disposal, janitorial and security services, pest control services, and the costs of any environmental inspections; "Operating Expense";
(iii) The cost of any other service to be provided by Lessor that is elsewhere in this Lease stated to be an
(iv) The cost of the prem iums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 and any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas;
(v) The amount of the Real Property Taxes payable by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 10;
(vi) The cost of water, sewer, gas, electricity, and other publicly m andated services not separately metered;
(vii) Labor, salaries, and applicable fringe benefits and costs, materials, supplies and tools, used in maintaining and/or cleaning the Project and accounting and management fees attributable to the operation of the Project;
(viii) The cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee's Share of 1/144th of the cost of such Capital Expenditure in any given month;
(ix) The cost to replace equipment or improvements that have a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or less. equipment.
(x) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and
 
 
6

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(d) Any item of Operating Expense that is specifically attributable to the Premises, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Premises, Building, or other building. However, any such item that is not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.
 
(e) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(c) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.
 
(f) Lessee's Share of Operating Expense Increase is payable m onthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor's estimate of the Operating Expense Expenses. W ithin 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee's Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee's payments during such Year exceed Lessee's Share, Lessee shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee's future payments. If Lessee's payments during such Year were less than Lessee's Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of said statement. Lessor and Lessee shall forthwith adjust between them by cash payment any balance determined to exist with respect to that portion of the last Comparison Year for which Lessee is responsible as to Operating Expense Increases, notwithstanding that the Lease term may have terminated before the end of such Comparison Year.
 
(g) Operating Expenses shall not include the costs of replacement for equipment or capital components such as the roof, foundations, exterior walls or a Common Area capital improvement, such as the parking lot paving, elevators, fences that have a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or more.
 
(h) Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or by insurance proceeds.
 
4.3 Payment . Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States on or before the day on which it is due, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease). All monetary am   ounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor's rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor's endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier's check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney's fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.
 
5. Security Deposit . Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee's faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full am ount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional m onies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accomm odate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. W ithin 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.
 
 
7

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
6. Use .
 
6.1 Use . Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not im pair the structural integrity of the improvements of the Building, will not adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, HVAC, and other system s of the Building, and/or will not affect the exterior appearance of the Building. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor's objections to the change in the Agreed Use.
 
6.2 Hazardous Substances .
 
(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term " Hazardous Substance " as used in this Lease shall m ean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, byproducts or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee's expense) with all Applicable Requirements. " Reportable Use " shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use such as ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.
 
(b) Duty to Inform Lessor . If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has com   e to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.
 
(c) Lessee Remediation . Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee's expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or m onitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.
 
(d) Lessee Indemnification . Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys' and consultants' fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee's obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.
 
 
8

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(e) Lessor Indemnification . Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee's occupancy or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor's obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.
 
(f) Investigations and Remediations . Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee's occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee's use (including "Alterations", as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor's agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor's investigative and remedial responsibilities.
 
(g) Lessor Termination Option . If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor's rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor's option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor's desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.
 
6.3 Lessee's Compliance with Applicable Requirements . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor's written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other docum ents, and other information evidencing Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim , notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall im mediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that m ight indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.
 
6.4 Inspection; Compliance . Lessor and Lessor's " Lender " (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an em ergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1e) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets ( MSDS ) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.
 
 
9

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
7. Maintenance; Repairs; Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations .
 
7.1 Lessee's Obligations . Notwithstanding Lessor's obligation to keep the Premises in good condition and repair, Lessee shall be responsible for payment of the cost thereof to Lessor as additional rent for that portion of the cost of any maintenance and repair of the Premises, or any equipment (wherever located) that serves only Lessee or the Premises, to the extent such cost is attributable to abuse or misuse. Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of painting, repairing or replacing wall coverings, and to repair or replace any improvements with the Premises. Lessor may, at its option, upon reasonable notice, elect to have Lessee perform any particular such maintenance or repairs the cost of which is otherwise Lessee's responsibility hereunder.
 
7.2 Lessor's Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee's Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, and the Common Areas. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.
 
7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations .
 
(a) Definitions . The term " Utility Installations " refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, and plumbing in or on the Premises. The term " Trade Fixtures " shall mean Lessee's machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term " Alterations " shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. " Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations " are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).
 
(b) Consent . Lessee shall not m ake any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof, ceilings, floors or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed $2000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor m ay, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to m ake and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee's: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencem ent of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient m aterials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with asbuilt plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month's Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee's posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.
 
(c) Liens; Bonds . Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic's or materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor's attorneys' fees and costs.
 
 
10

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration .
 
(a) Ownership . Subject to Lessor's right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.
 
(b) Removal . By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.
 
(c) Surrender; Restoration . Lessee shall surrender the Prem ises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. "Ordinary wear and tear" shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Prem ises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Premises) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.
 
8. Insurance; Indemnity .
 
8.1 Insurance Premiums . The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 are included as Operating Expenses (see paragraph 4.2 (c)(iv)). Said costs shall include increases in the premiums resulting from additional coverage related to requirements of the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, Building and/or Project, increased valuation of the Premises, Building and/or Project, and/or a general premium rate increase. Said costs shall not, however, include any premium increases resulting from the nature of the occupancy of any other tenant of the Building. If the Project was not insured for the entirety of the Base Year, then the base premium shall be the lowest annual premium reasonably obtainable for the required insurance as of the Start Date, assuming the most nominal use possible of the Building and/or Project. In no event, however, shall Lessee be responsible for any portion of the premium cost attributable to liability insurance coverage in excess of $2,000,000 procured under Paragraph 8.2(b).
 
8.2 Liability Insurance .
 
(a) Carried by Lessee . Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property dam age based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by m eans of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization's "Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises" Endorsement and coverage shall also be extended to include dam age caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an " insured contract " for the performance of Lessee's indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.
 
 
11

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(b) Carried by Lessor . Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.
 
8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value .
 
(a) Building and Improvements . Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Building and/or Project. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Building and/or Project, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee's personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.
 
(b) Rental Value . Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days   ("Rental Value insurance"). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.
 
(c) Adjacent Premises . Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.
 
(d) Lessee's Improvements . Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.
 
8.4 Lessee's Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker's Compensation Insurance.
 
(a) Property Damage . Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee's personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.
 
(b) Worker's Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and m aintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements.
 
(c) Business Interruption . Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.
 
(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage . Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee's property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.
 
 
12

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
8.5 Insurance Policies . Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a "General Policyholders Rating" of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide", or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to m odification except after 10 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 30 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or "insurance binders" evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.
 
8.6 Waiver of Subrogation . W ithout affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.
 
8.7 Indemnity . Except for Lessor's gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys' and consultants' fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.
 
8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability . Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee's employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee's business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee's sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.
 
8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee's failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.
 
9. Damage or Destruction .
 
9.1 Definitions .
 
(a) " Premises Partial Damage " shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month's Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.
 
 
13

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(b) " Premises Total Destruction " shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month's Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days fromthe date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.
 
(c) " Insured Loss " shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.
 
(d) " Replacement Cost " shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.
 
(e) " Hazardous Substance Condition " shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.
 
9.2 Partial Damage - Insured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such dam age (but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor's election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $5,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be m ade available for the repairs if made by either Party.
 
9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such comm itment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.
 
9.4 Total Destruction . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor's damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.
 
9.5 Damage Near End of Term . If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month's Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee's receipt of Lessor's written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor's commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee's option shall be extinguished.
 
 
14

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee's Remedies .
 
(a) Abatement . In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.
 
(b) Remedies . If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not comm ence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee's election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. "Commence" shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.
 
9.7 Termination; Advance Payments . Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.
 
10. Real Property Taxes .
 
10.1 Definitions . As used herein, the term " Real Property Taxes " shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvem ent bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor's right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor's business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. "Real Property Taxes" shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the im provements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.
 
10.2 Payment of Taxes . Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.
 
10.3 Additional Improvements . Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor's records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.
 
 
15

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
10.4 Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.
 
10.5 Personal Property Taxes . Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. W   hen possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee's said property shall be assessed with Lessor's real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee's property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee's property.
 
11. Utilities and Services .
 
11.1 Services Provided by Lessor. Lessor shall provide heating, ventilation, air conditioning, reasonable amounts of electricity for normal lighting and office machines, water for reasonable and norm al drinking and lavatory use in connection with an office, and replacement light bulbs and/or fluorescent tubes and ballasts for standard overhead fixtures. Lessor shall also provide janitorial services to the Premises and Common Areas 5 times per week, excluding Building Holidays, or pursuant to the attached janitorial schedule, if any. Lessor shall not, however, be required to provide janitorial services to kitchens or storage areas included within the Premises.
 
11.2 Services Exclusive to Lessee. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, light, power, telephone and other utilities and services specially or exclusively supplied and/or metered exclusively to the Premises or to Lessee, together with any taxes thereon. If a service is deleted by Paragraph
 
1.13 and such service is not separately metered to the Premises, Lessee shall pay at Lessor's option, either Lessee's Share or a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of all charges for such jointly metered service.
 
11.3 Hours of Service. Said services and utilities shall be provided during times set forth in Paragraph 1.12. Utilities and services required at other times shall be subject to advance request and reimbursement by Lessee to Lessor of the cost thereof.
 
11.4 Excess Usage by Lessee. Lessee shall not make connection to the utilities except by or through existing outlets and shall not install or use machinery or equipment in or about the Premises that uses excess water, lighting or power, or suffer or permit any act that causes extra burden upon the utilities or services, including but not limited to security and trash services, over standard office usage for the Project. Lessor shall require Lessee to reimburse Lessor for any excess expenses or costs that may arise out of a breach of this subparagraph by Lessee. Lessor may, in its sole discretion, install at Lessee's expense supplemental equipment and/or separate metering applicable to Lessee's excess usage or loading.
 
11.5 Interruptions. There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor's reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.
 
12. Assignment and Subletting .
 
12.1 Lessor's Consent Required .
 
(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, " assign or assignment ") or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.
 
 
16

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cum ulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.
 
(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buyout or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee's assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net W orth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net W orth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. " Net Worth of Lessee " shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.
 
(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor's option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignm ent or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.
 
(e) Lessee's remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory dam ages and/or injunctive relief.
 
(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.
 
(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, i e. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.
 
12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting .
 
(a) Regardless of Lessor's consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be perform ed by Lessee.
 
(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee's obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for Lessee's Default or Breach.
 
(c) Lessor's consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. (d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor's remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.
 
(e) Each request for consent to an assignm ent or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor's considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)
 
(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.
 
 
17

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(g) Lessor's consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)
 
12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:
 
(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee's obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee's obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee's then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the perform ance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.
 
(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.
 
(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.
 
(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Prem ises without Lessor's prior written consent.
 
(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.
 
13. Default; Breach; Remedies .
 
13.1 Default; Breach . A " Default " is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A " Breach " is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:
 
(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.
 
(b) The failure of Lessee to m ake any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR'S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR'S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.
 
(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.
 
 
18

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other docum entation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.
 
(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's Default is such that m ore than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.
 
(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a " debtor " as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointm ent of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.
 
(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.
 
(h) If the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor's liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor's becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor's refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor's breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee's failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the com bined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.
 
13.2 Remedies .. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:
 
(a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the am ount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees, and that portion of any leasing com mission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee's Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor's right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.
 
 
19

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable lim itations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor's interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee's right to possession.
 
(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the Premises.
 
13.3 Inducement Recapture . Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as " Inducement Provisions ", shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee's full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be imm ediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.
 
13.4 Late Charges . Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.
 
13.5 Interest . Any m onetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for nonscheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to nonscheduled payments. The interest (" Interest ") charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.
 
13.6 Breach by Lessor .
 
(a) Notice of Breach . Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is comm enced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.
 
(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor . In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee's expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month's Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee's right to seek reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.
 
 
20

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
14. Condemnation . If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of em inent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively " Condemnation "), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the rentable floor area of the Premises, or more than 25% of Lessee's Reserved Parking Spaces, if any, are taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee's option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Prem ises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee's relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.
 
15. Brokerage Fees .
 
15.1 Additional Commission . If a separate brokerage fee agreement is attached then in addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule attached to such brokerage fee agreement.
 
15.2 Assumption of Obligations . Any buyer or transferee of Lessor's interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assum ed Lessor's obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee's Broker when due, Lessee's Broker m ay send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee's Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor's Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.
 
15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships . Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.
16. Estoppel Certificates .
 
(a) Each Party (as " Responding Party ") shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the "   Requesting Party ") execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current "   Estoppel Certificate " form published by the AIRCommercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.
 
(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without m odification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party's performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not m ore than one month's rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party's Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.
 
 
21

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as m ay be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee's financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.
 
17. Definition of Lessor . The term " Lessor " as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee's interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.
 
18. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.
 
19. Days . Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word " days " as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.
 
20. Limitation on Liability . The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Project, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor's partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.
 
21. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.
 
22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer . This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any m atter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.
 
23. Notices .
 
23.1 Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or m ay be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party's signature on this Lease shall be that Party's address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Prem ises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee's address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.
 
23.2 Date of Notice . Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.
 
 
22

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
24. Waivers .
 
(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.
 
(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.
 
(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN W ITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY W AIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.
 
25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.
 
(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:
 
(i) Lessor's Agent. A Lessor's agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor's agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations:   To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent's duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirm ative duties set forth above.
 
(ii) Lessee's Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor's agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent's duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.
 
(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lesser or the Lessee. b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an am ount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advise is desired, consult a competent professional.
 
(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys' fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker's liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.
 
 
23

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as "Confidential" any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.
 
26. No Right To Holdover . Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.
 
27. Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.
 
28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement . All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. W henever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.
 
29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law . This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.
 
30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance .
 
30.1 Subordination . This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, " Security Device "), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as " Lender ") shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.
 
30.2 Attornment . In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Devise to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor's obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month's rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.
 
30.3 Non-Disturbance . W ith respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee's subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a com mercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a " Non-Disturbance Agreement ") from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee's possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee's option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.
 
30.4 Self-Executing . The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further docum ents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.
 
 
24

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
31. Attorneys' Fees . If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, " Prevailing Party " shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgm ent, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys' fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).
 
32. Lessor's Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, im provements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee's use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatem ent of rent or liability to Lessee.
 
33. Auctions . Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.
 
34. Signs . Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary "For Sale" signs at any time and ordinary "For Lease" signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Lessor may not place any sign on the exterior of the Building that covers any of the windows of the Premises. Except for ordinary "For Sublease" signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor's prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.
 
35. Termination; Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor's failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor's election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.
 
36. Consents . Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor's actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects', attorneys', engineers' and other consultants' fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor's consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.
 
37. Guarantor .
 
37.1 Execution . The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.
 
37.2 Default . It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor's behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.
 
 
25

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
38. Quiet Possession . Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee's part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.
 
39. Options . If Lessee is granted an Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.
 
39.1 Definition . " Option " shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.
 
39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee . Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.
 
39.3 Multiple Options . In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.
 
39.4 Effect of Default on Options .
 
(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.
 
(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).
 
(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.
 
40. Security Measures . Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties. In the event, however, that Lessor should elect to provide security services, then the cost thereof shall be an Operating Expense.
 
41. Reservations .
 
(a) Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessor may also: change the name, address or title of the Building or Project upon at least 90 days prior written notice; provide and install, at Lessee's expense, Building standard graphics on the door of the Premises and such portions of the Common Areas as Lessor shall reasonably deem appropriate; grant to any lessee the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive right does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein; and to place such signs, notices or displays as Lessor reasonably deems necessary or advisable upon the roof, exterior of the Building or the Project or on signs in the Common Areas. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights. The obstruction of Lessee's view, air, or light by any structure erected in the vicinity of the Building, whether by Lessor or third parties, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Lessor.
 
(b) Lessor also reserves the right to move Lessee to other space of comparable size in the Building or Project. Lessor must provide at least 45 days prior written notice of such move, and the new space must contain improvements of comparable quality to those contained within the Premises. Lessor shall pay the reasonable out of pocket costs that Lessee incurs with regard to such relocation, including the expenses of moving and necessary stationary revision costs. In no event, however, shall Lessor be required to pay an amount in excess of two months Base Rent. Lessee may not be relocated more than once during the term of this Lease.
 
 
26

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
(c) Lessee shall not: (i) use a representation (photographic or otherwise) of the Building or Project or their nam e(s) in connection with Lessee's business; or (ii) suffer or permit anyone, except in emergency, to go upon the roof of the Building.
 
42. Performance Under Protest . If at any tim e a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary paym ent and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid "under protest" within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.
 
43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution
 
(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.
 
(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as "Lessee", each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.
 
(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
44. Conflict . Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.
 
45. Offer . Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and subm ission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.
 
46. Amendments . This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee's obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable nonmonetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.
 
47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.
 
48. Arbitration of Disputes . An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease -- is þ is not attached to this Lease.
 
49. Americans with Disabilities Act . Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee's specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee's use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee's expense.
 
50. Commencing April 1, 2012 through January 31, 2014, monthly base rent to be $12,350
 
 
27

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
51. One of the suites in this lease is 3477B. If the premises is to be demolished for purposes of constructing a new building, lessor will give an advanced 6 month notice to lessee. Lessee will be responsible for all monthly payments at that time. This portion of the lease will be terminated upon the completion of that 6th month. In the event that this happens, lessee's rent will then change to $9,850 per month for the remainder of this lease term.
 
52. Upon fully executed lease contract, lessee's prior leases for each of the suites listed on page 1 become null and void.
 
LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEW ED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.
 
ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:
 
1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.
 
2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING AND SIZE OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE'S INTENDED USE.
 
WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.
 
The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.
 
Executed at:
   
Executed at:
 

On:
   
On:
 

By LESSOR:
   
By LESSEE:
 

         

         

By:
   
By:
 

Name Printed:
   
Name Printed:
 

Title:
   
Title:
 

By:
   
By:
 

Name Printed:
   
Name Printed:
 

Title:
   
Title:
 

Address:
   
Address:
 

         

         

Telephone:
(      )
 
Telephone:
(      )

Facsimile:
(      )
 
Facsimile:
(      )

Email:
   
Email:
 

Email:
   
Emai:
 

Federal ID No.
   
Federal ID No.
 

 
 
28

 
INITIALS
 
INITIALS
 
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM OFG-9-3/10E
 
LESSOR'S BROKER:
   
LESSEE'S BROKER:
 

         

Attn:
   
Attn:
 

Address:
   
Address:
 

         

         

Telephone: (
(      )
 
Telephone:
(      )

Facsimile: (
(      )
 
Facsimile:
(      )

Email:
   
Email:
 

Broker/Agent DRE License #:
   
Broker/Agent DRE License #:
 
         
         
 
 
NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.
©Copyright 1999-By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.
All rights reserved.
No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.
 
 
 
 
29

 
 
EXHIBIT 10.7
 
Ref: HWPL/20 12/kk 122
 
11th June, 2012
 
Mr Hung, San Kiu
Unit 04, 11/F
9 Chong Yip Street,
Kwun Tong, Kowloon
 
Dear Sirs,
 
Re: Unit No. 04 on 11/F, 9 Chong Yip Street, Kwun Tong, Kowloon (;'the Premises")
 
We act on behalf of Clifton Properties Limited, the Landlord of the Premises.
 
We refer to the recent discussion between your Mr. Sum Wong and our Ms. Kim Lee and are pleased to offer your company a new tenancy in respect of the Premises, subject to our obtaining vacant possession of the Premises from the existing tenant, on the following terms and conditions:-
 
1.
The Premises
Unit No. 04 on I 1/F, 9 Chong Yip Street, Kwun Tong, Kowloon as shown coloured pink on the attached floor plan with gross area of approximately 1,381 sq. ft.
 
2.
Landlord
Clifton Properties Limited.
 
3.
Tenant
Mr. Hung, San Kiu trading as "E-World USA"
 
Please note that sub-letting, lending, underletting or assigning of the Premises will not be permitted.
 
4.
Usage
For office use only.
 
5.
Government Regulations
It is the Tenant's responsibility to obtain all necessary consents or licences, if any, from the relevant government authorities related to the use of the Premises and the Tenant shall ensure that all appropriate approvals, licences or permits of any government authorities are obtained prior to the use of the Premises.
 
 
1

 
 
6.
Term of Tenancy
Two (2) years commencing on Tenancy Commencement Date as Stipulated in Clause 7.
 
7.
Tenancy Commencement Date
22"d July, 2012
 
The tenant understands that the Premises is currently occupied by the existing tenant. In the event that the existing tenant fails to deliver vacant possession before 22 nd July, 2012, the Tenancy Commencement Date shall be postponed to the date when vacant possession is obtained and the Premises is ready for handover
 
 
 
Hutchison Estate Agents Limited
 
3/F, One Harbourfront. 18 Tak Fung Street
 
Hung hom, Kowloon, Hong Kong
 
Tel +852 2128 7500 Fax +852 2128 7888
 
www.hwpg.com
   
 
A membef of Hutchison Whampoa Property Group
 
A Hutchison Whampoa Company
 
 
2

 
Ref: HWPL/20121kkl22
 
11 th June, 2012
 
8.
Monthly Rental
HK$20,500 per calendar month. The said rental is exclusive of Rates, Government Rent, Management Fee and other outgoings.
 
If you shall fail promptly to pay the rent and I or other charges and I or other moneys payable under the tenancy, we shall be entitled, inter alia, to recover from you as a debt interest calculated at the rate of 1.25% per month on the rent and I or other charges in arrears and I or other moneys unpaid or any part thereof from the date due for payment to the date of actual payment.
 
9.
Rates and Government Rent
To be borne by the Tenant.
 
10.
Rent-Free Period
A total of two (2) month's rent free period will be given to the Tenant in the following manner:
(i) 1 month from 22 nd July, 2012 to 21 st August, 20 12; and
(ii) 1 month from 22 nd July, 2013 to 21 st August, 2013
 
11.
Management Fee
To be borne by the Tenant; the fee will be at HK$2,623.90 per calendar month. The Landlord reserves the right to adjust the Management Fee as and when necessary.
 
12.
Landlord's Provision and Handing Over
The Premises will be handed over to the Tenant in "as is" condition. The Tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance of the split type air-conditioners (both indoor and outdoor units), and the Tenant shall appoint the Landlord's nominated contractor(s) for maintenance of the sprinkler system. Any alteration and addition to the Landlord's standard fitting and equipment to suit the Tenant's requirements will be subject to the Landlord's approval and all the related costs will be to the Tenant's account.
 
At the expiration or sooner determination of the tenancy, the Tenant shall be required to reinstate the Premises into "bare shell" condition and on an open plan layout, provided with the Landlord's standard provision such as suspended ceiling system with light fittings, ceiling tiles, sprinkler system and split type air-conditioners to the satisfaction of the Landlord.
 
13.
Internal Layout
In the event of your acceptance of this offer, detailed floor plan in quadruplicate showing your proposed internal layout for the Premises including electrical wiring diagram must be submitted to the Landlord for approval before commencement of such works. Any alteration and addition to the existing fire services must be carried out by the Landlord's nominated contractor(s) at the Tenant's own cost.
 
 
3

 
Ref: HWPL/20121kkl22
 
11 th June, 2012
 
14.
Special Conditions

 
a)
The Landlord shall have the right to terminate the tenancy of the Premises at any time during the term by giving to the Tenant six months' prior written notice in the event the Landlord resolves to sell or re-develop or reconstruct the Premises or 9 Chong Yip Street (the "Building") or any part thereof whether wholly by demolition and rebuilding or otherwise, or partially by renovation, refurbishment or otherwise or to amend change or alter the layout or configuration of the Building or any part thereof either alone or jointly with the owner or owners of the other premises of the Building. Please refer to Appendix A attached. The clause which provides that Landlord shall have the right to terminate the tenancy as aforesaid to be inserted in the Tenancy Agreement of the Premises shall follow the Landlord's standard clause to such effect applicable at the time immediately before the commencement of the term.
 
 
 
b)
If the Tenant fails for whatsoever reason to sign and return the Formal Tenancy Agreement (in which respect time shall be of the essence) or to comply with any of the terms of this letter, the Landlord shall have the right to terminate the tenancy and to re-enter upon the Premises or any part thereof whereupon the tenancy deposit paid hereunder shall be absolutely forfeited to the Landlord (as liquidated damages and not as penalty) without prejudice to the right of the Landlord to claim from the Tenant any further damage it may suffer over and above the said deposit and the Landlord shall be at liberty to relet the Premises to any third party without further notice to the Tenant.
 
 
 
c)
Notwithstanding anything whatsoever contained in this letter (including Clause 14(d)), if the Tenant fails promptly to pay the rent and I or other charges and I or other moneys payable under the tenancy, the Landlord shall be entitled, inter alia, to disconnect or discontinue the supply of services to the Premises and I or to the Tenant such as water and electric power forthwith without prior notice to the Tenant.
 
 
 
d)
Subject to and without prejudice to the Landlord's rights under this letter (including Clause 14(c)) and provided that the Tenant promptly pays the rent and other charges payable under the tenancy and complies with all the terms of this letter, the Tenant shall peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the term of the tenancy without interruption by the Landlord or any person lawfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord.
 
 
15.
Tenant's Share of the Fee for the Preparation of the Tenancy Agreement
HK$1,000.00
 
16.
Legal Cost
Each party to bear its own costs, if any.
 
17.
Stamp Duty, Registration Fee and Other Disbursement
To be shared equally between the Landlord and the Tenant.
 
18.
Tenancy Deposit
HK$69,371.70 equivalent to three (3) months' rental and management fee. The Tenant shall be required to top up the tenancy deposit to an equivalent of three (3) months' rental and management fee when such charges are increased pursuant to the terms and provision of the Formal Tenancy Agreement.
 
 
4

 
Ref: HWPU2012/kkl22
 
11 th June, 2012
 
19.
Tenancy Agreement
The Tenant shall sign a formal Tenancy Agreement in respect of the Premises within 14 days from the date of receiving the Tenancy Agreement from the Landlord. The Tenant shall use the standard form of the Tenancy Agreement prepared by the Landlord as per the specimen attached. Upon signing of the formal Tenancy Agreement, this offer letter shall be superseded by the Tenancy Agreement.
 
20.
Hutchison Estate Agents Limited as the Landlord's Agent
The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord's agent, Hutchison Estate Agents Limited ("HEAL"), all deposits, rents, other charges and all other monies payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this tenancy. The receipt by HEAL from the Tenant of any monies as aforesaid shall be a sufficient discharge of the Tenant's obligation in respect of the payment of such monies.
 
We also enclose herewith our Company's Personal Data Statement to Customers for your reference and information.
 
Please confirm your acceptance of the above offer by signing and returning to us the attached copy of this letter together with your cheque in the amount of HK$70.371.70 being payment of the tenancy deposit (HK$69 ,3 71. 70) and tenant's share of the fee for the preparation of the tenancy agreement (HK$1 ,000.00) payable to "Hutchison Estate Agents Limited" on or before 12 th June, 2012 . Upon receiving your confirmation, we shall prepare the Tenancy Agreement for your execution.
 
Should you have any queries, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned at 2128-7249 or our Ms. Kim Lee at 2128-7472.
 
Yours faithfully,
 
Acceptance confirmed by:
   
For and on behalf of
         
HUTCHISON ESTATE AGENTS LIMITED
         
           
Raymond Kan
         
Senior Marketing Manager
 
Signature
     
   
Hung, San Kiu
     
RK KL/kk
 
HKID Card No.
     
           
Encl.
 
Date:
12/7/2012
   
 
 
5

 
 
Appendix A
 
It is hereby agreed that notwithstanding anything hereinbefore contained to the contrary at any1time during the Term if the Landlord shall resolve to sell or re-develop or reconstruct the Premises or the Building or any part thereof whether wholly by demolition and rebuilding or otherwise, or partially by renovation, refurbishment or otherwise or to amend change or alter the layout or configuration of the Building or any part thereof including the Premises either alone or jointly with the owner or owners of the other premises of the Building then in any of such events the Landlord shall have the right upon giving six months' prior notice in writing to the Tenant to terminate this Agreement and this Tenancy shall determine upon the expiration of such notice but without prejudice to the right and remedies of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent claim or breach of any of the agreements or stipulations herein set out. The Tenant shall deliver vacant possession of the Premises to the Landlord upon the expiration of the said notice and shall not be entitled to claim any damages or compensation in respect of such early determination.
 
For the purpose of this clause and Agreement the Landlord is deemed to have resolved to sell or re-develop or reconstruct or to amend change or alter the layout or configuration of the Building or any part thereof if the Landlord has passed a resolution by its Board of Directors to the effect that the Landlord intends to sell or re-develop or reconstruct or to amend change or alter the layout or configuration of the Building or any part thereof as aforesaid.
 
It is also agreed and declared notwithstanding any other provision herein and notwithstanding any law to the contrary the Tenant's optional right(s) (if any) shall extinguish and determine upon the service of the said notice of termination (whether the same shall have been exercised by the Tenant or not) and the Tenant shall not be entitled to any claim against the Landlord for any damages or compensation or any relief against such early determination of optional right(s).
 
 
 
 
 
6

 
EXHIBIT 10.8
 
 
Strategic Joint Venture Agreement
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc.
&
Hong Kong Baoying Investment Holdings Limited
 
Party A: E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC. (“E-World”)
 
Representative: Dinghua Wang
 
Address: 9550 Flair Dr #308. El Monte, CA91731, USA
Tel: 001-626-448-3737 Fax: 001-626-448-2163
 
Party B: HONG KONG BAOYING INVESTMENT HOLDINGS LIMITED (Baoying)
 
Representative: Qi Long Chen
 
Address: Suite 3711-12, Office Tower Langham Place,8 Argyle Street
Mongkok, Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel:(852) 2117-0478 Fax: (852)2117-9609
 
After numerous discussions, both parties have agreed upon the following strategic joint venture agreement to obtain best benefit for both parties:
 
 
1)
Hong Kong Baoying Investment Holdings Limited and E-World USA Holding, Inc. cooperative operations based on investments, securities, and joint ventures.
 
 
2)
E-World: Small molecule nutritional supplements through e-commerce and direct marketing, soft gel production plant, waste recycling technology. As well as the products of Baoying entering United States’ e-commerce market’s cooperative operations.
 
Details of the cooperative operations are secretive information of the companies.
 
/s/ Dinghua Wang
Party A representative: Dinghua Wang
 
/s/ Qi Long Chen
Party B representative: Qi Long Chen
 
 
1

 
 
Stock Options
 
Strategic Joint Venture Agreement
Detailed Agreement
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc.
&
Hong Kong Baoying Investment Holdings Limited
 
Party A: E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC. (“E-World”)
 
Representative: Dinghua Wang
 
Address: 9550 Flair Dr #308. El Monte, CA91731, USA
Tel: 001-626-448-3737 Fax: 001-626-448-2163
 
Party B: HONG KONG BAOYING INVESTMENT HOLDINGS LIMITED (Baoying)
 
Representative: Qi Long Chen
 
Address: Suite 3711-12, Office Tower Langham Place,8 Argyle Street
Mongkok, Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel:(852) 2117-0478 Fax: (852)2117-9609
 
Both parties agreed upon the following agreements based on self willingness, fair, mutual benefit and trust. The purchase, ownership, and exercise of Party A’s options are as follows:
 
 
1)
Party A has completed its initial audit and filed S-1 with U.S. Security Exchange Commission (SEC). The filing can be found on SEC website. It is currently working to be approved by SEC for public trading. With cooperative operation between Party A and B will help promote Party A to be traded in NASDAQ stock market. Party A will then issue Options to party B during 3 phases prior to going public with 3 billion options. Phase 1: 300,000,000 shares, Phase 2: 700,000,000 shares, Phase 3: 2,000,000,000 shares. The options will be granted by Party A to Party B with cooperate seal.
 
 
2)
Party B’s option exercisable price: Phase 1: US$2 per share. Phase 2: US$5 per share. Phase 3: US$9 per share. We are aiming to have our shares’ public trading price to be between US$25 and US$35. Public trading price is aiming to rise up to US$80 to US$150 per share after 5 years.
 
 
3)
Party A will target to be traded in NASDAQ, which required minimum US$5 per share’s trading price. Initial joint venture involves Party’s B’s investment f US$10 million to establish soft gel production plant, which will have 4 production lines with gross margin of US$500,000 per month. Profit is shared 50% each party. Party B is responsible for investment. First investment will occur 10 days after signing of this contract of US$5 million to be wired to Party A’s Hong Kong or USA bank account. Party A will initiate purchase of production plant and equipment. Upon completion of the production plant, second investment of US$5 million will be wired to Party A’s account within 10 days. The establishment of the production plant from purchase of plant to completion is planned to take one year. Party A will be responsible for establishing the plant, production, skill set, and marketing.
 
Once the soft gel production has initialized, with annual revenue of more than US$30,000,000, then the qualification of entering NASDAQ will be met. Also see “soft gel production plant investment plan.”
 
 
2

 
 
 
4)
Upon approval to go public, Party A will immediately file for granting 3 billion options. 3X9=27 billion US dollars. This can be useful in promoting the garbage recycle project.
 
 
5)
Qualification review and termination

 
a.
Party B will start service to Party A starting August 16 th , 2012 to focus on Party A’s development. Evaluation by the board was based the options’ regulation to confirm that Party B has the qualification.

 
b.
Issuance of options:
Party A promises to grant 3 billion options to be exercised by Party B within 3 years starting August 6 th , 2012. The options issuance will be reported to SEC and made available upon approval. Party B can exercise the options into common stocks on designated dates.

 
c.
Exercise period:
Options held by Party B can be exercised after 3 years’ from grant date. The warrants cannot be exercise pass three years of the effective date. First period’s options is for 0.3 billion shares, second period-0.7 billion shares, and third period for 20 billion shares. Options no exercised from the previous period can be exercised in the following period.

 
d.
Limitation of transfer:
Options held by Party B cannot be transferred, sold, exchange, held collateral, levied, or used to repay liabilities. If option holder has engaged in activities described, Party A has the right to terminate the validity of the options and cancel Party B’s future rights to the options.
 
 
6)
Disclaimers:
Both Party A and B are not responsible for breach of contract upon occurrence of following events

 
a.
The options agreed upon the signed contract are based on the laws and regulations during signing of the contract. If state laws or policies changes after the signing of the contract hindering Party A from following the terms defined in the contract, Party A will not be held liable.

 
b.
After signing the contract, if Party B has not exercised the options and the company has been dissolved due to bankruptcy or termination by the government, the contract will no longer need to be carried out.

 
c.
After signing the contract, if Party B has no exercised the options and Party A loses the right to claim ownership of the stocks, the contract will no longer need to be carried out.
 
 
7)
Resolving dispute:
If any disputes incurred, both parties should attempt to find a mutually agreed resolution. If no resolution can be reached, each party can seek for its highest arbitrary agent locally for assistant.
 
 
8)
Additions:

 
a.
The contract is valid upon signing of both parties. Documents provided by either parties should be legal and valid. If any document is not legal and valid, the provider will be held responsible for any legal liability.

 
b.
Additional agreement can be signed on addendum, which will have same validity.

 
c.
If the contents of this contract have conflict with Party A’s article of incorporation, the agreed content should be followed.

 
d.
This contract shall have four originals and each party will have two. All four copies shall be equally valid.
 
/s/ Dinghua Wang
Party A representative: Dinghua Wang
 
/s/ Qi Long Chen
Party B representative: Qi Long Chen
 
 
3

 
EXHIBIT 10.9
 

 
 
 E-World USA Holding, Inc.
 
 
 
<<Regulations and Clauses>>
 
1.
Notice to members and application regulations
 
 
1-1.
Shipping and handling term:
After members submit the application with successful payment, the products and GlobalCashCard (Optional) will be shipped within 15 days.
 
 
1-2.
Auto order:
All the auto order for current month and its payment must be submitted and processed before the fifteenth day of each month.
 
 
1-3.
BV points maintenance
Members must make 20 BV purchase or more each month to maintain their member hierarchy. Up to 320,000 BV points can be retained at the end of each month.
 
 
1-4.
Commission distribution and BV points display
 
 
1-4.1.
E-World USA referral bonus and rebate bonuses will be distributed by monthly, binary bonus will be calculated by weekly, matching bonus will be calculated by monthly.
 
 
1-4.2.
Bonus is distributed twice a month, on 10th and 24th of each month. It will be deposited in Members Global cash card which can be used on ATM machines anywhere in the world or members can have bonus balance remained on their accounts for payments of future purchases.
 
 
1-4.3.
Members may check all their compensation records, weekly BV points, and remaining BV points and etc.
 
 
1-4.4.
If Members find mistakes and discrepancies, they shall inquire and appeal within thirty days from the first day they receive commission.
 
 
Page 1 of 21

 
 
 
1-4.5.
Losing rights to receive compensation To be qualified to receive commission, members must be consistently active on selling and abide < New rules of bonus>.
 
 
1-5.
The application of changing sponsor
The application of changing sponsor or downline member must be submitted within 15 days on the premise and the membership has not been activated. The original sponsor must agree the change in writing. A charge of $120.00 processing fee must be paid upon change.
 
 
1-6.
Membership maintenance
It requires members to make at least 100BV auto order in order to renew the membership every year since enrollment date. Those members who lost their membership status can reactive their accounts by making purchase of at least 100BV.
 
 
1-7.
Membership ownership
One member can hold or manage one membership account, and one membership account can be managed by more than one member. But for those managing many accounts and occupying different positions, even if they use different names (like their parents, children and relatives’ names) as members, the computer program will cancel the membership and it will be expelled as soon as we found out above circumstances; meanwhile, all their bonus and products converted shares will be cancelled.
 
 
1-8.
Product package adjustment
Our company reserves the right to adjust the product package. We will adjust it periodically by our business development or any promotions. We will notify members by e-mails and/or post on our website if there are any changes. Please always take the new notice as the standard.
 
 
1-9.
Terms Violation
The account will be shut down for the members who malign our company, cause damage to our interests, take the other’s membership fee as own, steal the other’s information and disseminate rumors. And those members cannot re-enroll at all. The violators will be reported to their local judicial administrations by our ministry of law.
 
 
1-10.
Membership of violator
The membership cannot be sold or transferred to the other people for Members who violated terms and conditions. All its BV points will be clear and the membership will be cancelled.
 
 
Page 2 of 21

 
 
2.
Regulation of Payment
 
 
2.1
Method of payment:
Members must physically sign all forms and authorization letters. E- World accepts money wire, business check, personal check, credit card, cash card transfer, electronic transfer and cash payment.
 
 
2.2
Money wire and checks
Please fill in “E-World USA Holding, Inc.” as the payee to pay any amount. The amount should include product costs, website costs and shipping and handling charge. Members are responsible for returned checks plus all related bank charges and managing fees.
 
 
2.3
Personal check
E-World will accept personal check or electronic transfer payment. If any problems occur in the money transfer processing, E-World will immediately stop shipping products. Members must change payment to cash or money wire to re-apply for enrollment or purchasing products.
 
 
2.4
Credit card
E-World accepts Visa, Master Card, Bank Card, Diners Club Card and American Express. The other countries and areas outside of America are only accepted Visa and Master Card, cash card. Orders will be cancelled when credit amount is short. If members use other people’s credit card, the cardholder must authorize E-World in writing form. Without the agreement of cardholder or imitate other people’s signature will result in termination of membership and the member will be fully responsible for all other consequences.
 
 
2.5
Administration fee on returned check, remittance shortage and credit amount shortage
Members have to pay $25.00 administration fee regarding any returned check and credit amount shortage. Money order or cashier’s check must be attached to these member’s future orders. Cash or money wire must be paid for all default payments to E-World within 7 days. Members who are in arrears with payment to E-World will result in the termination of membership.
 
 
2.6
Auto order applications
Once E-World receives auto orders authorization, auto order applications will be activated. It will be continuously effective until E-World receiving member’s personal cancellation notice in written form. Any changing or cancellation notice must be mailed to E-World before the fifteenth day of each month. Joining the auto order applications is a member’s personal choice. It will be resolved in the member’s reward.
 
 
Page 3 of 21

 
 
 
2.7
Product shipping and the risk of lost
E-World will properly deliver products to your designated places through express services or USPS. Members need to agree to pay shipping fee, handling fee and some other related charge from the warehouse to your designated address. When members receive the product from the fast delivery service, first, members must sign for acceptance on the premise that the package is no problem. E-World will not be responsible for any product shortage problem once you signed and accepted the product.
 
3.
Regulation of Product Orders
 
 
3.1
Method of order
Member can order products both through fax, mail, e-mail, and internet and auto order applications. If member plans to order through website, please indicate the orders in the section of auto order application or the section of extra ordering.
 
Fax order: Please fill in the related information in the order form clearly. Then fax the original copy to E-World. Electronic transfer and credit card can be used for the payment.
 
Order by phone: 626-448-3737
Order by fax: 626-448-2163
Order by e-mail: usaeworld@gmail.com
Order by Mail: Please mail the original order form copy with the payment to the following address:
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc
9550 Flair Dr. # 308
El Monte, CA 91731
USA
 
Member should keep copies of the order form for verification. Credit card, cashier’s check, money wire, electric transfer and personal check can be used as payment.
 
 
3.2
Order regulations
If any problem or mistake happens in payment through mail order, E-World will contact you to inform the corrected information by phone or mail. The order will be canceled if E-World is unable to contact the member in 5 business days. E-World will not accept cash payment at the products delivery time. There is no minimum requirement to limit product order. Member can make a combination of order for up to a few months or a year.
 
 
Page 4 of 21

 
 
 
3.3
Supply shortage
The general rule is: E-World will not keep the orders which offers when the products are out of stock. But if necessary, E-World may keep auto orders offers when the products are out of stock.
 
 
3.4
Shipping error and damage of product
If there is any flaws or damage in shipping and delivery, member must informs the E-World marketing department to make an exchange within 30 days. Otherwise, it will deem that members waive their rights of ]=correction. Please follow the process of < Member Product Change and Return Clause> to make the exchange.
 
4.
Products exchange and refund policy
 
 
A)
Products Exchange Guarantee
 
 
4.1
E-World USA guarantees the quality of its products, and will exchange any product found to be defective.
 
 
4.2
A written exchange request must be submitted when member returns defective or damaged product.
 
 
B)
Returning regulation and Policy
 
 
 
4.3
E-World USA Holding., Inc (simplified as “E-World USA” in the following content) requests all the members keep abide to the relevant regulation regarding returning.
 
 
 
4.4
Members and retail customers can apply for refund in full amount of purchased products within 30 days since purchased.
 
 
 
4.5
4.5 Disregard any reasons, if the members are not satisfied with the E-World products, they can return products and request for exchange or refund.
 
 
 
4.6
All shipping fee for product exchanging or returning must be fully responsible by members. E-World will not be responsible for any shipping cost.
 
 
Page 5 of 21

 
 
 
C)
Refund & membership termination policy
 
 
 
4.7
The company can refund full amount to member in premise that their membership has not been activated and the products have not been mailed within 30 days since they enrolled.
 
 
 
4.8
The company will strictly follow the law of American consumer association, and we dared to any threat or lawsuit. If there is lawsuit, the loser side must in charge of all relative lawsuit fees for both sides and must compensate for the loss of winner.
 
 
 
4.9
E-world will charge the process fee and shipping fee for any exchange (processing according to the regulations of American consumers association.)
 
 
 
D)
Process for return and repurchase
 
 
 
4.10
All return products must indicate Member’s ID.
 
 
 
4.11
All return products must attach the original purchase order for confirmation
 
 
 
4.12
Proper shipping and packing materials need to be used in packaging the products and send back to E-World USA shipping department.
 
 
 
4.13
If necessary, members have obligation to follow up the products that were returned to the Company.
 
 
Page 6 of 21

 
 
 
E)
If the returned product from the retail customer, members must:
 
 
 
4.14
The returned products need to be shipped back to E-World USA shipping department within 10 days since purchase.
 
 
 
4.15
To send the customer returned product to E-World USA, there must be with a copy of signed <Member return product form>, a copy of original detail sales receipt and the unopened portion of the products in its original container.
 
 
 
4.16
Only those retail customers, who purchased product originally from E-World USA, may return product to E-World USA shipping department.
 
 
 
4.17
E-World USA will not be responsible for any lost product during the shipping.
 
 
5.
Regulation of Publicity
 
 
 
5.1
Member cannot publish anything in literary or digital medias; names, photograph and similar materials, copyright data and member’s personal intellectual property without getting the authorization in written form from the E-World USA.
 
 
 
5.2
The usage of member’s name and photograph
In order to develop our business, members agree to advertise their name, experience, photograph and other related information on E-World USA event column on E-World USA Holding Inc. These personal experiences are simply towards the product and opportunity of E-World USA. The statements will be disseminated through printing, video and audio recording, which include translation, repeat experience, making digital product and so on. Member’s photograph will be made into pictures and advertised by digital, electronic and audio products.
 
 
 
5.3
Product Claim
Except for the product descriptions provided directly from E-World, members cannot claim that the product of E-World contains special curing efficacy. Here, E-World specially emphasize that member shall not claim that E-World product will cure, diagnose, relieve and prevent a disease. This kind of statement will give people an illusion that the product is a medical product.
 
 
 
5.4
Income claim
Except those descriptions in the E-World official brochure, members cannot make an income proposal or claim and reveal their income from E-World when they explain the bonus plan, which including showing check, check copy, bank statement and the money amount in cash card.
 
 
Page 7 of 21

 
 
6.
Illegal recruiting practice:
 
E-World members cannot participate any illegal recruiting activity. Illegal recruiting activities included as following:
 
 
6.1
Members are prohibited from directly or indirectly recruiting E-World members and customer for other network marketing opportunities through a third party. It includes (but not restricted) directly selling, displaying, and assisting other business, directly or indirectly encouraging E-World customers becoming member of other network marketing company. Even recruiter does not know the person who tries to recruit is an E-World customer or member; it is against the regulation.
 
 
6.2
Members are prohibited from making any type of promoting material, tape recording, videotape and other advertising material for recruiting E-World member.
 
 
6.3
Members are prohibited from promoting or selling to E-World members and customers any other network marketing company’s product that is competitive with E-World product. Any product and service that is similar to E-World product and service will be considered competitive to E-World product and service (For example: similar supplementary product, no matter if its cost, quality, ingredient and nutrition).
 
 
6.4
Members are prohibited from selling E-World product or bonus distribution plan combined with non E-World business plan, opportunity, products or bonus plan.
 
 
6.5
Members are prohibited from combining other non E-World products with E-World and selling their product in any E-World meeting, seminar, presentation, annual meeting and other E-World activities.
 
 
6.6
Members attending other network marketing opportunities are prohibited from attending E-World leader’s dividend bonuses plan. These members will not be invited to attend E-World leaders meetings and activities.
 
 
6.7
Prohibiting tempting activities after termination of network marketing agreement. The former E-World members are not allowed to directly or indirectly or through the third party to persuade the other E-World members and customers to join other network marketing opportunities less than a year beginning from the termination of network marketing agreement. Members have the obligation to follow the regulation during the whole year since the member’s termination
 
 
Page 8 of 21

 
 
 
6.8
E-World down line organization report is strictly confidential. It contains business trading confidential information. Unless using its contents as the purpose of developing E-World business for down line organization, no members are allowed to use it. Members who joined in other network marketing are not qualified to view this report.
 
 
6.9
E-World has the right to refuse offering the down line organized report unless both members and E-World agree to keep secret to that report. All members are forbidden to do all the following activities personally or represent within the five year beginning from the agreement termination or cancelation.
 
A) Revealing information to the third party
B) Using information on the report to Compete with E-World
C) Recruiting or persuading customers and members in the report to join other network marketing
After termination of the agreement, these terms are still effective.
 
 
6.10
Within 14 days, members are prohibited from recruiting potential customers who were accompanied by E-world’s another member during E-world Event to join their organization.
 
 
6.11
E-World will immediately terminate membership of the member who violates the regulation. Violators in this is deems as doing harm and obstructing E-World business development.
 
7.
Corporation, partnership, trust organization
 
 
 
7.1
Corporate, partnership or trusts organization (named entity) shall provide articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or trust documents (named entity document) to apply and become E-World USA members. Members can exchange their personal name to their cooperation, company, or trust organization if they have the same sponsor. And membership may also exchange the membership by different modes. In such case, Members must provide a registration form and document endorsed by directors and officers, shareholders, special business permit and beneficiaries and trustees.
 
 
Page 9 of 21

 
 
 
7.2
To set up entity, people involved in the entity are responsible to comply with the law of the countries concerning the operation of their business. E-World USA remains rights to approve or deny any agreements and member applications and E-World USA will give awards to maximum of two people in each entity.
 
 
8.
Cheating and Fraudulence
 
Members must explain E-World opportunity, compensation plan <Regulations and Clauses> to potential members in fairness and honesty. They are including as following:
 
 
8.1
Members should honestly explain E-World reward plan in detail.
 
 
 
8.2
Members should clearly state that members are compensated on business volume, and not just on enrolling additional participants into the program.
 
 
 
8.3
Members should make reasonable profit estimation, which is based on member’s average profit in common circumstance.
 
 
 
8.4
Members should point out that previous incomes in certain circumstances will not represent future incomes.
 
 
 
8.5
Members should not provide any wrong information about the average probable costs when they are conducting business operation.
 
 
 
8.6
Members should not provide any wrong information about the average time paid for getting relevant profit in operating business.
 
 
 
8.7
Members cannot make promises for future profit and income.
 
 
 
8.8
In any circumstance, member cannot state or imply that you will set up down lines for anyone.
 
 
 
8.9
In any circumstance, member cannot clearly state that individual profit or incomes will be guaranteed.
 
 
 
8.10
Member cannot state that E-World USA product or bonus distribution plan is agreed and recognized by any consumer, business organization, or government organization in any circumstance.
 
 
Page 10 of 21

 
 
 
8.12
If a upline member contraries to company policy, develops the marketing by misleading & cheating on the downline members, and is complained by downline members. When we receive such complaint, we have the right to exchange the downline to other active leaders after we verified the validity of the complaints and proportion of the complaint beyond 50%.
 
 
 
8.13
If an upline member never does counseling, traning and conveying the company's information to his downline members, ignores his team and is complained by his downline members.,we have the right to exchange the downline to other active leaders after we verified the validity of the complaints.
 
 
9.
International Business
 
 
9.1
Members can only conduct business, promote E-World products, make opportunities and service, enroll new partners and customers in the countries or areas where E-World business are permitted.
 
 
 
9.2
Those countries list is in the E-World information publication website.
 
 
 
9.3
If the member wants to start E-World business in other countries; he or she must comply with the law and regulation of that country.
 
 
10.
Repackaging and re-label prohibited
 
 
 
10.1
members cannot change or add other labels on E-World USA product, company literature, or labeling on other things.
 
 
 
10.3
Any new label and new packaging are violating management rule. It will result in a serious criminal punishment.
 
 
 
10.4
It will cause injury and lead to civil dispute when consumers are harmed by taking these re-packed or re-marked product.
 
 
Page 11 of 21

 
 
11.
Selling, transferring Membership
 
 
 
11.1
Without any written approval from E-World USA, members are not allowed to sale or transfer his or her memberships to any individual or organization. To get approval from E-World USA, Members must be qualified for the regulations and clauses of transferring the membership.
 
 
 
11.2
E-World USA will determine if the member has a good reputation to be transferred to membership.
 
 
 
11.3
All remaining fees must be paid by member to E-World USA before transferring.
 
 
 
11.4
No memberships can be combined together. E-World will not approve to transfer a membership to other current members of individual or group. And E-World USA will not approve to transfer a membership to an E-World USA former member or group.
 
 
 
11.5
Member’s personal multi business centers shall not be transferred separately. They must be transferred at once.
 
 
 
11.6
Members who plan to transfer his or her membership need to notify E-World USA administration department and marketing department, and filling out and signing membership transferring application. During the transaction, member’s position will not change in the network marketing.
 
 
 
11.7
The party who accept the transferring membership must meet E-World USA Member Regulation’s requirement and be accepted by E-World USA.
 
 
 
11.8
The purchaser must be never enrolled with us and must be the downline member when she/he wants to purchase the membership and ID.
 
 
 
11.9:
All the qualified members may transfer the membership to others, on the condition that
 
(1). the membership is over three years
(2). the membership must have auto order for each month in twelve months before transferring.
(3). the total bonus must be over USD 20 thousand in six months before transferring.
 
 
Page 12 of 21

 
 
12.
Separation of joint Membership
   
 
12.1
If members want to dismiss a membership which is possessed by himself /herself and the other member, they must make sure that no interests and rights of his/her upline and downline are infringed. Before members make decision of dismissing joint business, members shall consider the following facts:
 
 
 
12.2
If members decided to dismiss partnership, any member in the partnership could manage network-marketing business alone. Other partners of this partnership must give up their rights and interests in this membership.
 
 
 
12.3
E-World USA will not separate their downline positions. And E-World USA will not distribute compensation and bonus to each partnership separately.
 
 
 
12.4
After partnership was dismissed, if a partner gave up his/her ownership and original membership, he/she may be sponsored by any sponsors to rejoin E-World USA member team. But he/she shall not purchase or join current membership.
 
 
13.
Succession
   
 
13.1
If a member passed away or lost his/her capability of operating his/her membership, the entitlement to the membership’s compensation and bonus, down lines, rights and obligations will be entitled by a successor.
 
 
 
13.2
When member died or lost his/her capability of working, the successor must present the certificate of death or certificate of incapable managing daily activities to E-World USA marketing and administration department. The successor must also provide certificate of successor in interest such as will or in testate succession, and properly filling out application and <Members Agreement>.
 
 
 
13.3
Even though the successor has taken over the management of a network business, he/she is still able to entitle to keep another member’s sales.
 
 
14.
Taxes
 
 
 
A)
Individual Tax
 
 
14.1
Every year E-World USA will provide a copy of IRS form 1099(compensation for people without employment) for U.S residents whose income is over $600 or products purchasing value is over $5000.
     
 
14.2
If member’s income is under $600 or products purchasing value is less than $5000, then member needs to apply for IRS form 1099. With application, E-World USA will properly prepare and provide other relevant forms.
 
 
Page 13 of 21

 
 
 
14.3
Member will be responsible for collecting and paying the tax from his/her retail customer and remit it to the proper federal, state, county and local taxing authority.
 
 
 
B)
Sales Tax (U.S. Sales Tax, Canada GST and PST)
 
 
14.4
For purchased made from the Company, E-World USA will collect and remit applicable state tax which is due on the suggested selling price of the products and/or materials which are subject to tax. (Customers shall not resale E-World products. Retail customers shall sell E-World products according to the registered regulations.)
 
 
 
14.5
The applicable tax rate is based on the address of which the product and/or material is shipped.
 
 
 
14.6
Member who requests a tax-exempt purchase for resale from E-World must need to provide their valid resale exemption certificate and the copy of tax-exempt agreement (change to Member’s Form). Once they have been accepted by E-World USA, sales tax will not be listed on invoices.
 
 
 
14.8
Any E-World USA tax-exempt application has no power of trace back.
 
 
 
14.11
Tax will not be added in the member’s compensation and bonus.
 
 
 
14.12
Canadians will not be affected by ACM rule if they are not members. 14-15-13. If annual compensation is over $30,000 Canadian dollars, members need to register to GST. They will pay tax to GST due to their product sales, product packing and shipping fee. These products are tax-exempt under the definition of ACM.
 
 
15.
Telephone and E-mail sales
 
 
 
15.1
Members are prohibited from using automated phone equipment to sell E-World products or income opportunity.
 
 
 
15.2
Members are prohibited from selling products and providing service, or enrolling Members through telemarketing.
 
 
 
15.3
Members are prohibited from selling products providing service, or enrolling Members through emails automated response.
 
 
 
15.4
Members should be familiar with the relevant privacy regulations.
 
 
Page 14 of 21

 
 
16.
Marketing Territories
 
There are no exclusive territories for marketing or enrolling purposes, nor shall any Members imply or state that he/she does have an exclusive territory.
 
17.
Products Display
 
 
 
17.1
Members may display and promote E-World USA products at trade show and exhibition. But no members shall display and sell E-World USA products in swap meets, garage sale, flea market and farmers market. These places will damage the professional image of E-World USA products.
 
 
 
17.2
In trade show and exhibition, E-World USA will not provide inventory to sell.
 
 
 
17.3
The literature explanation appears in the show and exhibition must be official E-World literature, which must clearly claim that he/she is an independent member.
 
 
18.
Changing Sponsor
 
 
 
18.1
Each participant has final right to choose his/her sponsor.
 
 
 
18.2
The member who is the first one to do substantial work for participants is the prime sponsor.
 
 
 
18.3
Basic principal of common sense and to respecting people shall be used to deal with some possible argument.
 
 
 
18.4
When participants or members who represent participant submit multiple <Members Application and Agreement>, the Company only considers the first effective <Members Application and Agreement>.
 
 
 
18.5
The final decision will be made by E-World USA if there is any dispute on sponsor.
 
 
 
18.6
E-World USA does not agree to change sponsor in general, except member was misled to join E-World USA by unethical tricky way, or due to member’s faults, new member was arranged to an improper position.
 
 
 
18.7
The request of changing sponsor must be applied within first 15 days after member joined E-World USA.
 
 
 
18.8
If change needs to be made, you must provide your sponsor’s permission in writing notice, and pay proper fee of $120 U.S dollars.
 
 
Page 15 of 21

 
 
 
18.9
If new member has had down line when he/she asked for a change, then his/her application will not be permitted.
 
 
 
18.10
After the amendment of an application is approved, member’s bonus and commission will be adjusted correspondingly.
 
 
 
18.11
Before having received any signed application; E-World USA will not take any correction on position.
 
 
 
18.12
If member applied to terminate his or her membership by submitting a written notice, he or she may reapply under the sponsor whom he/she wish to after a period of six months from termination.
 
 
 
18.14
Once a member terminates < Members Agreement>, he or she will lose all rights to commissions, bonuses and all other benefits from his or her down line.
 
 
 
18.15
If a member shows no sales activity for 12 consecutive months, for example, if there is no any purchase or sales of E-World products, his/her membership will be terminated by E-World USA.
 
 
 
18.16
After member activates his/her account, no matter under any circumstances such as mistakenly enrolled, change sponsor or etc. E-World USA will not credit back the original commission and BV. Commission and BV will be calculated from the beginning after the change that has been made.
 
 
 
18.17
After member activates his/her account, if putting the wrong sponsor by mistake, after change is made, the commission of the wrong sponsor will be deducted and give it back to the correct one but exclude BV and other compensation.
 
 
19.
Scrambling over limit line in sales
 
 
 
19.1
Scrambling over limit line in sales shall be strictly prohibited.
 
 
 
19.2
Using trading name, fake name and other business organization, or avoiding policy control shall be prohibited.
 
 
 
19.3
Using trading name, fake name and other business organization, partnership, trust fund organization, Tax ID, fake ID to avoid policy control shall be prohibited.
 
 
Page 16 of 21

 
 
 
19.4
No members shall ruin, defame and paralyze other members in order to mislead the down line to join his/her own down line.
 
 
 
19.5
To report any scrambling behavior must provide evidence as following
 
(1). The account is valid.
(2). The second invoice provided from scrambling lines and sponsors. (Verified by department of justice)
(3). Member’s application of sponsor’s name (scrambling lines and sponsor), or use telemarketing to scramble lines while recording. (Provided by reporter)
(4). Provide photograph of people who do scrambling lines and sponsors and digital photo that shows date and time as an evidence. If members attend any activities which involve scrambling lines and sponsors’ down line, down line will not be considered member’s sponsor. (Provided by reporter and Verified by department of justice).
 
 
 
19.6
If the reporter provides false evidence, make up stories or do not have enough evidence, reporters will be responsible for any consequences that may include by law or litigation.
 
 
20.
Obligations of Member and Sponsor
 
 
 
A)
Training, Sales, Supervision
 
 
 
20.1
Members are responsible for providing adequate training of their enrolled members. Adequate training includes product information, sales strategies, commission plan and education regarding E-World rules and regulations.
 
 
 
20.2
Members must supervise and instruct their down line members to make sure that they perform business based on E-World rules and regulations lawfully and properly.
 
 
 
20.3
Members need to provide high quality service to consumers.
 
 
 
20.4
With Members continuously reputations raise in Internet and web; his/her obligations of sales training and driving will increase.
 
 
 
B)
No defamation towards company and Member
 
 
20.5
Members shall perform as a bona fide sales mentor to their enrolled Members. Members shall not defame E-World USA and other members, products, compensation plan, the Company management and employees.
 
 
Page 17 of 21

 
 
 
20.6
Any kind of defamation is against E-World USA regulation and policy.
 
 
 
C)
Excessive products order prohibited
 
 
20.7
E-World USA strictly prohibits all forms of purchases of products in unreasonable amounts solely in an attempt to qualify for advancement in the commission plan, bonuses and upgraded purposes.
 
 
 
20.8
Members shall not order quantities more than the sum of his/her personal consumption amount.
 
 
 
20.9
Members cannot encourage others to make excessive orders.
 
 
21.
Global Cash Card usage/limitation
 
 
 
21.1
The user manual attached in each Global Cash Card has detailed stipulates and Security/Limitations.
 
 
 
21.2
ATM withdrawals cannot exceed one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) in a 24-hour period.
 
 
 
21.3
Purchases cannot exceed two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00) in a 24-hour period.
 
 
 
21.4
ATM withdrawals limit is five hundred dollars ($500.00) per transaction (if ATM allows it).
 
 
 
21.5
You may not exceed five (5) ATM transactions daily (24-hour period).
 
 
 
21.6
Members may apply to withdraw $2,500.00 in a 34-hour period if his/her compensation is over $10,000.00.
 
 
22.
Dispute between Members
 
 
 
22.1
When handling E-World USA electronic business, if a member disagree with another Member’s behavior, he/she shall discuss the issue with the other member before taking any further action.
 
 
 
22.2
If the problem cannot be solved, he/she shall seek helps from their uplines for reconciliation.
 
 
 
22.3
If the problem is still unsolved, he/she must report it in written to the E-World USA administration department. The administration department will investigate the dispute.
 
 
Page 18 of 21

 
 
 
22.4
If the dispute cannot be solved among members, up lines and administration department, the dispute will be hand in to E-World justice department.
 
 
 
22.5
The justice department will make a final decision and have the right to take any further legal action.
 
 
23.
Dispute between E-World USA and Members
 
 
 
A)
Mediation and Arbitration
 
 
 
23.1
All disputes and claims related to E-World USA, E-World compensation plan or its products, the rights and obligation of a ember and E-World, or any other claims or causes of action relating to the performance of either a member or E-World USA under the <Members Agreement> or the rules and regulations, and/or Members purchase of products shall be governed by and constructed, enforced and performed in accordance with the laws of California.
 
 
 
23.2
An lawyer who is specialized in contract, will be selected from the lawyers list provided by the U.S. Arbitration Bureau (especially someone who is very familiar with electronic trade and direct selling) to take part in the arbitrating process.
 
 
 
23.3
Both sides need to be responsible for own expenses resulted from the arbitration, which includes lawyer’s cost and documentation fee.
 
 
 
23.4
In case member files a judicatory or law suit claim against E-World USA, he or she can only take the action individually. Member cannot file lawsuit with other members or group.
 
 
 
23.5
Arbitration can be a judgment at any court that has legal status.
 
 
 
23.6
The agreement about arbitration will be discussed with Members to withdraw. Or it will remain effective after the expiration date of the lawsuit.
 
 
 
23.7
Before the arbitration was reached, during the process of legal procedure, or waiting period of the judgment, the <Regulations and Clauses> will not limit E-World USA applying temporary restriction order, advanced restriction order and permanent restriction order to protect flu interests of E-World USA.
 
 
 
23.8
The claim and lawsuit between the Member and E-World USA will not stop E-World USA performing regulations of <Members Agreement>.
 
 
Page 19 of 21

 
 
 
B)
Jurisdiction, Location of Prosecution
 
 
23.9
Jurisdiction and any case that does not have to go through arbitration are in the state local court, which is assigned by California Arbitration Bureau. Except the state and county where the Member lives has different requirement in regarding jurisdiction and location.
 
 
 
23.10
After the agreement was signed, which means members agree that law action will be go on at the above two courts.
 
 
 
23.11
California law has the right to judge for the agreement of members.
 
 
24.
Punishment against the violation of the regulation Members violate the regulation of <Members Agreement>, violate law, deception, and unethical sales may be punished by the following single or multiple rules made by E-World USA independently:
 
 
 
24.1
Warning in writing, which will indicate his/her improper performance related regulation he/she breached. If he/she violates the regulation again, further punishment will be considered.
 
 
 
24.2
Suspending punishment, which includes asking the Member to correct his/her wrong behave, E-World USA will supervise his/her behavior to make sure the Member will abide by the agreement.
 
 
 
24.3
Rescinding compensation, which will restrict he/she from attending E-World trainings and promotions in a certain period of time until he/she corrects the mistakes.
 
 
 
24.4
In a certain period of time until (Member corrects the mistakes), stop some Member’s preferential policies, these policies include (but is not limited to) purchasing, taking part in E-World plan, sponsorship (including international sponsorship).
 
 
 
24.5
Suspending compensation plan until the Member makes a perfectly correction. The Company will stop compensation and terminate those Members who seriously violated rules.
 
 
 
24.6
Under the lawful condition, the Company will impose a fine to compensate E-World USA losses.
 
 
Page 20 of 21

 
 
 
24.7
Obtaining others’ application fee without submitting to the Company accounting department through deception (including those who keep the application fee over 15 days). At the First time, E-World USA will give him/her a warning in writing, suspend the Member’s ID and stop compensation plan. And at the second time, E-World USA will terminate his/her <Members Agreement>; cancel the Membership, prohibit him/her becoming E-World USA Member, and publish his/her Member ID, name, country and location, his/her mistakes and offences.
 
 
25.
Particular return policy in US
 
 
 
25.1
The members may apply for a full refund after payment within 60 days.
 
 
 
25.2
Members can apply for 90% buy-back policy within one year. The commission and the related shipping costs will be deducted.
 
 
 
25.3
All of the returned products must be no damage and be within the validity period.
 
 
(E-World USA reserves the right to amend these regulations. Terms and Conditions are subjected to change without notice.)
 
E-World USA Holding, Inc
 
07/12/2012
 
 
 
 
 
Page 21 of 21

EXHIBIT 10.10
 
 
April 17, 2013
 
Qi Long Chen
Hong Kong Baoying Investment Holdings Limited
Suite 3711-12, Office Tower Langham Place,8 Argyle Street
Mongkok, Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel:(852) 2117-0478 Fax: (852)2117-9609
 
Mr. Chen,
 
This is to advise you that the Strategic Joint Venture Agreement (the “Agreement”) between E-World USA Holding, Inc. and Hong Kong Baoying Investment Holdings Limited, dated and signed on August 6, 2012, is formally terminated.
 
Paragraph 3 of the Agreement provides as follows: Party B is responsible for investment. First investment will occur 10 days after signing of this contract of US$5 million to be wired to Party A’s Hong Kong or USA bank account.
 
As you know, no such payment was received within 10 days of the signing of the Agreement and in fact no such payment has been received to date.
 
On September 7, 2012, we wrote you as follows: If your company is unable to fulfil the contract, please cancel it and inform us — as early as possible.
 
The next day you replied: [W]e are temporarily unable to make fund available for that plant. We can, however, continue to negotiate with you when the conditions are met.
 
We have heard nothing further from you in this regard and given the passage of time and your continued breach of the terms of the Agreement without any further attempt at negotiations on your part, you have abandoned the Agreement of which you are in breach and the Agreement is formally terminated as of the date of this letter.
 
Regards,
 
Dinghua Wang
CEO and President
E-WORLD USA HOLDING, INC.
 
EXHIBIT 10.11
 
生物高科技 - 細胞小分子營養食品 Bio-tech Micro Molecules Nutrition Supplement
 
OPCSpa
 
A. OPCSpa Characteristics
 
1. Made from Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins (OPC), 100% herbal extracts;
2. 20 times more efficient than Vitamin C and 60 times more efficient than Vitamin E;
3. Small molecule structure fights the lipid oxidation of cell membranes;
4. Helps fight oxidation and free radicals;
5. Strengthens the human immune system and cell metabolism against cell mutation;
 
B.OPCSpa Ingredients
 
Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins (OPCs),Lycopene, Grape Seed Extract, Pycogenol, Green Tea Polyphenols(GTP), Red Wine Extract, HPM (Veg- giecap) , 500mg / capsule.
 
C.OPCSpa Functions and Effects
 
As a natural nutrition substance, the product has the following functions:
● Improves the resistance and functions of mi - cro-vessels;
● Improves the resistance of the immune sys - tem;
● Improves the recycling operation of the retina and improves sight;
● Mollifies adverse reactions to inflammations;
● Slows down the aging process and loss of elasticity process of the skin;
● Participates in the prevention of cancer , aller gy, aging, inflammation and ulceration.
 
D . Helpful for the following symptoms
 
Helps with allergic illnesses, cancer, aging, wrin- kled skin, persistent prostatitis, prostate hyper- trophy,  arthritis,  cataract,  heart  diseases,  se- nile dementia, hypertension, arteriosclerosis, gastric ulcer, athletes trauma, poor immunity, cataract,macular degeneration, nyctalopia, retina
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
diseases, varicosity; vessel diseases, scurvy and urinary system inflammation in chronic diabetes patients, kidney stone and arteriosclerosis.
 
Target group: students, teachers, computer work- ers, banking staff, drivers, pilots, policemen and computer game fans.
 
E. Dosage
 
General dosage: 1-2 capsules each time, two times per day
Intensive dosage: 2-3 capsules each time, three times per day
It has no side effects even after long-term admin- istration. Can be taken during meals.
 
Understanding the Anti-oxidation Effect of OPCSpa
 
OPCSpa consists of Pycnogenol and 95% original anthocyanin, which is the most effective antioxi- dant for human cell metabolism and in removing free radicals.  It can be absorbed quickly in the human body.  Researches proved that 80% of the diseases are caused by excessive amount of free radicals, such as allergy and allergic asthma.  Be- ing   a   difficult   problem   in   modern   medical   science,
     
 
 
1

 
 
Bio-tech Micro Molecules Nutrition Supplement  生物高科技 - 細胞小分子營養食品
 
allergy is troubling many patients. Out of 50 years study , scientists from Europe and America found that the cause to allergy is free radicals, which crack up mast cells and alkali cells, and release genes that cause allergy.  Below is an analysis to the ingredients and effects of OPCSpa:
 
A.E f f ec t s   o f   O ligomeri c   P roan t hocyanidin s   ( OP Cs )   :
 
Oligomeric   Proanthocyanidins  sight-improving and anti-oxidation capsule is a powerful antioxi dant, and is helpful for heart diseases, hardened blood vessels, cancer , glaucoma, cataract, venous tumor , diabetes, and nyctalopia.  It is a perennial shrub that grew originally in North Europe, North America and Canada.  The blackish purple color- ed fruit of Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins, which is often called the “blueberry of Europe,” is easily confused with the blueberry from American.
 
Research showed that Oligomeric Proanthocyani- dins has a more valuable effective ingredient than the blueberry , i.e. the anthocyanin.  It is because of this reason that the former is extensively used to treat nyctalopia and sight improvement, rather than be made into jam or food materials as the blueberry . The market price of genuine Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins is 25 times the price of its likes. Many anti-oxidation products on the market claim to contain  Oligomeric  Proanthocyanidins,  but  it is only replacements of Oligomeric Proanthocya- nidins.  The composition and effects of these re- placements are quite different from Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins.
 
Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins is said to be a se- cret weapon among the pilots!  The topic “Oligo- meric Proanthocyanidins improves sight” caught the attention of the scientists was because during the WWII, before the pilots from the Royal British Airforce executed bombing tasks during nights, they would be given drinks containing Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins jam. Research showed that Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins accelerate the re- generation ability of rhodopsin, thus improving the sharpness of sight.  This helped the pilots much, who are expected to judge flying conditions with their eye and to have very good eye sight.
 
Research on Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins has expanded to the protection of blood vessels and
  other   fields.   People   now   extensively   use   the   an - thocyanin that is rich in the ripened fruits of Oli- gomeric Proanthocyanidins to treat many condi- tions, including bloodpoisoning, urinary system infections, kidney stone, arteriosclerosis, cataract, macular degeneration, nyctalopia, pathological change in the retina, varicosity, and blood vessel conditions in chronic diabetes patients.
 
Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins and healthy eyes: First, scientists noticed that most of the eye-related problems are caused by conditions in the retina, bone glue or intraocular pressure, all of which can be traced to the blood circulation within the eye. With the increase in age, the metabolism process gets down, and the overuse of the eye causes free radical damages, poor blood circulation and ab- normalities in the smoothness of capillary circula- tion.  Therefore, when the eyeball, being one of the nerve ends, does not receive enough nutrition, the bone glue substances within the eyeball will drop, which affects the elasticity of the eye ball so that it is prone to be distorted or become inelas- tic.  Because of the poor blood circulation, some fluid tends to gather in the eye and causes abnor - mal pressure so that the eye pressure increases, and causes irritation, soreness, or even damages in the eye tissue and the occurrence of glaucoma and cataract.  Therefore, the anthocyanin content in Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins is widely used to maintain the intactness of blood vessels, the elas- ticity in capillaries, as well as normal blood circula- tion and normal eye pressure.  The extract of Oli- gomeric Proanthocyanidins does not produce any side effect, and will not interfere with the general drugs. No side effect is found in pregnant patients or patients in lactation.

B. Effects of Lycopene :
 
L ycopene   fights oxidation   and   cell   tumorigenesis. In March, 1997, during an international academic forum held by American Health Fund in New York, the effects of Lycopene and tomato products in fighting   cancer   were   extensively   discussed.   Ex - perts and scholars from all over the world dis- cussed intensively the of tomato and carotenoid, which is also called Lycopene, to the health of the human body . The research teams led by many ex- perts and scholars have proven out of epidemio- logicstudies and experiments that Lycopene helps
     
 
 
2

 
 
生物高科技 - 細胞小分子營養食品 Bio-tech Micro Molecules Nutrition Supplement
 
the human body fight many cancers, including prostate cancer, breast cancer and cancer in the alimentary canal (such as large intestine cancer, rectum cancer and stomach cancer), as well as reduces the risk of cardio blood vessel conditions.
 
Lycopene is one of the more than six hundred types of carotene in nature.  It is not in a loop structure, but its ability to remove the singlet oxy- gen   free radicals   is two times stronger than theβ- carotene, and 100 times stronger than Vitamin E.   Since Lycopene cannot be produced within the human body, we can only get it from our diet. Many fruits contain Lycopene, especially red- colored fruits, such as the pin grapefruit, almond, guava, papaya, and water melon.  However , to- mato remains the best source. Studies show that a hundred kilograms of fresh tomatoes contains about 0.88-4.2mg Lycopene.  The more ripened and red a tomato is, the more Lycopene it con- tains.   This   figure   for   pink   grapefruit   is   3.36mg,   for guava 5.4mg, and water melon 4.9mg.
 
The content of Lycopene depends on the type, growth method, harvesting ripeness and storage conditions of tomatoes. Overseas studies show that the content of Lycopene in the type called Flavourtop is about 4950ug /100g, and in Gold Sunrise only about 21ug /100g.  Tomatoes grown on soils treated with 300kg ammonium nitrate per hectare contain more Lycopene than those grown on soils treated with 100kg ammonium nitrate per hectare.  Red and ripened tomatoes contain 2.5 times more Lycopene than pinkish tomatoes. If stored under 18 o C, the pinkish Sunny type toma- toes contain more Lycopene than those stored under 0 o C.  Therefore, farmers could choose the right type and fertilization method to increase the content of Lycopene in tomatoes.  As a general customer , you may choose red and ripened toma- toes stored under a temperature of above 0 o C.
 
The research team led by Dr. Giovanucci from Harvard Medical School found that a diet rich of tomato  products  contains  powerful  antioxidant and can thus remove redundant free radicals with- in the body and reduce the risk of prostate cancer. During the six years between 1986 and 1992, re- searchers studied on more than 47 thousand men between the age of 40 and 75, observing their health conditions and dietary habits.  They found
  that the risk to get prostate cancer for those who took tomato-related products every week was 21% to 34% less than the rest.
 
Other studies show that the anticancer ability of Lycopene goes beyond the prostate cancer.  Vitro experiments carried out by the Israeli BenGurion University  and  Seroka  Medical  Center  showed that Lycopene also prevents the growth of breast cancer, lung cancer and endothelial cancer cells. Many medical studies from overseas countries also report that Lycopene not only removes free radicals, but reduces the risk of cancer , protects low-concentration lipoproteins from free radicals, lowers the concentration of cholesterol in blood, thus preventing cardio blood vessel conditions.
 
Researchers from India show that Lycopene helps in improving the sterility in males.  The Lycopene in water melon, grapefruit, tomato and other fruits and some of the shellfishes can increase the quantity of sperms.  The National Medical Asso- ciation of India made a study on 30 sterile men aged between 23 and 45. Researchers found that the content of Lycopene in these men were low, so that they were administered 2mg Lycopene twice daily for three months. After three months, the quantity and activity of sperms produced by them increased evidently.  There was also a case that six sterile men successfully impregnated their spouses after treatment, which proved the direc- tion effect Lycopene has on sterility.   Research- ers report that the oral administration of Lycopene indeed helps to treat sterility caused by uncertain reasons.
 
C. E f fects   of   Green   T ea   Polyphenols (GTP)   :
 
Green   T ea   Polyphenols   (GTP)   is   a   general   name for Catechins, flavonoids, phenolic acids, Anthocy an and other chemical compounds.  It accounts for 15% to 25% of the total dry weight of tea. The most important content in GTP is catechins. The multiple active –OH base in the molecules of GTP can stop the chain reaction of free radicals within the human body , thus removing the O2-.  It has similar effects of SOD. GTP can remove as much as more than 98% OH- and over-oxidized free radicals, which is more effective than Vitamin E and Vitamin C. GTP protects cell membranes and cell walls, and removes very effectively the over-
     
 
 
3

 
 
Bio-tech Micro Molecules Nutrition Supplement  生物高科技 - 細胞小分子營養食品
 
oxidized free radicals in lipids.  GTP restrains and kills bacteria. It can effectively lower the absorp- tion of cholesterol by the large intestine, and pre- vent arteriosclerosis. It is a powerful restraint for HIV reversion enzyme. It improves the immunity, prevents tumo r , fights radiation,   and slows   down the aging process. Toxicological studies show that GTP is safe and toxic-free. Below are some of the ways GTP (primarily catechins) can be used:
 
1) Anti-oxidation for lipid :
GTP is a natural anti-oxidant for lipid. Its anti- oxidation   activeness   is better than the artificially synthesized BHA and BHT as well as Vitamin E. It is widely used in the food industry to prevent and delay the oxidation and decay of lipids.
 
2) Pigment protection :
GTP prevents the degeneration and bleaching of natural   pigments   and   β-   carotene.   It   is   said   that   its effect is 20 times higher than Vitamin C.
 
3) Deodorant :
As GTP is very effective in removing the odor of methyl mercaptan, it is used in Japan in the mak- ing of deodorant gums and cigarette filters to pre - vent the bad breath of smokers. Researchers have done tests on the excrements of hogs, chicken and human. After two-weeks dietary intake of GTP , the odor of the excrements moderates, because GTP can kill and restrain many stinky bacteria within the intestine.
 
4) Prevents oxidation and delays aging :
GTP can remove the redundant free radicals with the body , protect the structure of cell membranes, and delay the aging process. A number of experi- ments show that GTP has stronger anti-oxidation activeness than Vitamin E. This effect becomes even more stronger when administered together with Vitamin C and Vitamin E.
 
5) Anti-cavity :
The anti-cavity effect of tea used to be considered the   e f fect   of   fluorine   in   the   tea   wate r Fluorine can replace the hydroxyl in the hydroxylapatite of teeth and become fluorapatite, to give protection to the teeth enamel against the corrosion of acid substances. It is clinically proven that GTP is pow- erful in restraining bacteria that cause cavity , and in reducing tooth plaque and pericoronitis risks,
  while producing no adverse effects on beneficial microbes in the oral cavity .
 
6) Antiseptic and anti-virus :
Green tea and scented tea are more antiseptic than red tea.  This has something to do with the amount of GTP in them. Some people believe that the antiseptic effect of GTP comes from the ability of polyphenols to deposit bacterial proteins, which will be denaturalized and deactivated. Modern sci- ence believes that the effect of tea primarily comes from catechin.  Catechin restrains many microbes that are detrimental to human health, such as bot- ulinum toxin, while having no bad effects on the reproduction   of microbes   that are beneficial   to the intestines, such as lactobacillus.  There are clini- cal reports of cases in which tea water is used to treat Shigellosis and to restrain the reproduction of pathogenic bacteria.
 
7) Lowers blood fat   and relieves arteriosclerosis :
GTP plays an important role in fat metabolism of an organism. It e f fectively restrains the increase of cholesterol content in blood plasma and live r , and helps discharge lipid compounds in excrements. Therefore, it not only prevents arteriosclerosis, but reduces weight and fat. A study team from a medi- cal university gave away GTP medicines to 200 people in 4 groups. After a ten-month administra- tion, the team conducted a double blind control ex- periment, and found that GTP lowered the content of cholesterol and triglyceride in blood serum by about 19%. They also noticed that the di f ference of ratios between high-concentration lipid protein and low-concentration lipid protein before and af- ter the experiment was 36.1%, which indicated that GTP has a potential e f fect to prevent high blood fat, coronary heart disease and arteriosclerosis.
 
8) Multiple medicinal effects :
GTP, and especially its catechin derivatives re- strain tumor cells and mutation. Moreover, cate- chin derivatives can also alleviate the detriment of heavy metals to human health, and protect the hu- man body from radiation. A prestigious American company developed foundation liquids containing catechins, and indicates in the description of the cosmetic that it can prevent skin cancer caused by ultraviolet radiation and the pre-aging of the skin.
     
 
 
4

 
 
生物高科技 - 細胞小分子營養食品 Bio-tech Micro Molecules Nutrition Supplement
 
D. Health protection effects of grape seed extract:
 
Grape Seed Extract Proanthocyanidin (GSPE) is the most popular antioxidant on the market to remove free radicals. The absorption rate is over 95%. In Europe, grape seed is called the “cos- metic for the skin that is taken orally.” It is one of the most effective antioxidants that nature gives us. It does not only prevent the early wrinkling of the skin, but nurtures the skin and removes free radicals. 95% contents in clean and pollution-free grape seed extracts are a group of natural substances called Oligomeric Proanthocyanidins.
 
GSPE is also a natural polyphenol compound that is one of the flavone. [1~4]These compounds are the polymerization of flavanols of di f ferent num - bers, heated in acid solutions to produce leucoan- thocyanins or proanthocyanidin, which is also called pycnogenols. [5, 6]The most extensively studied are 5,7,3’,4’-tetrahydroxyflavan-3-o1 in grape seed, i.e. compounds that are polymeriza- tions of (+)-catechin and (-)-epicatechin, which is also called leucocyanidins or procyanidins. [7] is a powerful antioxidant and is usually found in fruit skin or plant stems. It primarily protects the contents in plants that are easily oxidized. As ear- ly as in 1950s, scientists in France were able to extract large amounts of proanthocyanidin from pine barks. As high as 85% of these extracts was proanthocyanidin. In 1970s, it was found that grape seed is a better resource for proanthocyani- din, in which the content of proanthocyanidin is as high as 95%. Studies in the latest decades found that proanthocyanidin is beneficial to the human body in many ways:
 
A) Prevents the early wrinkling of the skin :
 
In Europe and America, grape seed extract is con- sidered the “vitamin for skin” and the “cosmetic orally taken.” Skin is a connective tissue, the col- lagen and elastin in the skin play an important role to build its structure. The moderate crosslinking of collagen maintains the intactness of the skin. However, free radicals can cause collagens to over-crosslink, so that wrinkles and cysts appear on the skin. The grape seed extract can help col- lagens to crosslink moderately and remove free radicals, so as to keep the skin smooth and sup- ple. In addition, elastins can be degenerated by
  free radicals and elastasees, whereas grape seed extract can eliminate free radicals, stop the repro- duction of elastasees or reduce their activeness so as to improve the conditions of the skin.
 
Researchers [2] have conducted epidemiologic re- sistant studies on grape seed extract, which indi- cated that the ratio of GSPE against IC50 (μmol/L) xanthine oxidase, elastasee, collagenase, hy- aluronidase, and β-Glycuronic acid sugar gluco - side enzyme are respectively 2.4, 4.24, 38, 80 and 1.1. GSPE is very effective in restraining the above-mentioned enzymes.
 
The grape seed contained in OPCSpa is a natu- ral sun block that protects the skin from ultraviolet harms. Dr . A. H. Arstilla from Finland found in his experiments that the sun can kill 50% human skin cells; but when protected by grape seed, 85% skin cells will survive. Free radical is one of the most important causes for the aging process and many other conditions. It is estimated that 80% to 90% age-related conditions have something to do with free radicals, including cancer, senile dementia, Parkinson’s Disease, skin pigment, cataract and heart diseases. The proanthocyanidin in grape seed repairs the damaged collagen and elastin fibers. Therefore, grape seed protects both from within and from without: preventing the early ap- pearance of wrinkles, and keeping the skin smooth and elastic forever .
 
B) Removes detrimental free radicals in the body :
 
In 1980s the e f fects of free radicals on human health was gradually learned.According to mod ern medicine and nutriology, free radicals cause many diseases directly or indirectly . The Gradu- ate Student College of France Science Academy conducted an experiment on the effect of GSPE in removing free radicals, and found that GSPE is one of the most effective remover of free radi- cals found by far. Its activeness within the body is incomparable by other antioxidants. Bagchi.D[3] conducted an experiment on mice, comparing the effect of GSPE of protecting TPA-induced liver and brain tissues from the over-oxidation with that of VC, VE and β- carotene. It was found that at a dosage of 100mg/kg B W , GSPE, VC, VE and β- carotene all reduced the amount of reactive oxy- gen produced out of TPA induction, the ratio being
     
 
 
5

 
 
Bio-tech Micro Molecules Nutrition Supplement  生物高科技 - 細胞小分子營養食品
 
respectively 70%, 18%, 47% and 16% with the peritoneal macrophage luminescent method, and 65%, 15%, 37% and 19% respectively with the cytochrome restoration method.  Also found was a dosage reaction relationship between GEPS and the production of reactive oxygen in perito- neal macrophage.  The result of the experiment showed that GSPE gives a better protection than other antioxidants against damages caused by oxidization. The epidemiologic studies conducted by Bagchi.D[10] also found similar results.

Free radical is one of the most important causes for aging and many other related diseases. It is estimated that around 80% to 90% age-related conditions have something to do with free radi- cals, including including cancer, senile dementia, Parkinson’s Disease, skin pigment, cataract and heart diseases. Therefore, removing free radi- cals helps much with a healthy body and youthful- ness. Proanthocyanidin in OPCSpa is more than 50 times stronger than Vitamin E and more than 20 times stronger than Vitamin C in fighting free radicals.
 
Control experiment examining the anti-oxida- tion abilities: Researchers examined the abil- ity of GSPE, VC, VE, β - carotene, superoxide dismutase, catalase and mannitol in removing OH- free radicals and –OH free radicals with the chemical luminescent method and cytochrome C restoration method. The results showed a con- centration reaction relationship between GSPE and its restriction on free radicals. With a concen- tration of 10mg/L, the restriction ability of GSPE over OH- free radicals and –OH free radicals were 78% and 81% respectively . Under the same conditions, these figures for Vc were 12% and 19% respectively , for Ve 50% and 75%, and for superoxide dismutase and catalase when acted jointly about 83% against OH- free radicals, and for mannitol 87% for –OH free radicals. In conclu- sion, GSPE is a much more powerful free radical eliminator than Vc and Ve.

C) Reduces the risk of inflammations in tissues:

Proanthocyanidin in OPCSpa is more than 50 times stronger than Vitamin E and more than 20 times   stronger   than   V itamin   C   in   fighting   free   radi - cals.  Proanthocyanidin in OPCSpa reduces the
 
risk   of   inflammations   in   tissues   by   restraining   pros - tate gland, cytokinin, histamine, lipoxygenase and cyclooxygenase.
 
This effect of Proanthocyanidin in GSPE caught the attention of scientists as early as in 1950s. its anti-oxidation ability restrains the synthesis and release of inflammation genes such as histamine, -hydroxytrypamine, prostaglandin, and leukot- riene, and restrains basophilic cell and mast cells in releasing allergic particles, thus improving skin allergy and allergic asthma symptoms effectively. In addition, it can also restrain the activity of HDC, and restrain the effects of hyaluronidase, [21] thus helping with the treatment of arthritis, gastric ulcer and duodenum ulcer .
 
D) Relieves allergy and allergic reactions :
 
Proanthocyanidin in GSPE can reduce the release of histamine, and help the redundant histamine within the body to reenter cells. It can also re- strain the degranulation of mast cells, thus allevi- ating conditions such as allergy, asthma and hay fever. OPCSpa is the ideal nutrition supplement recommended by clinicians.
 
E) Strengthens blood vessels and improves circu- lation :

Proanthocyanidin in GSPE is used to improve the immunity of blood vessels and reduce the perme- ability of capillaries.  Several experiments on cap- illary permeability have proved its anti-oxidation effect and anti-enzyme effect.  [11, 12] With the increase in age, elastin fibers in arteries become hardened because of oxidization, and arterioscle- rosis is a key cause for cerebral and cardio blood vessel diseases among the elderly.  Another key cause for arteriosclerosis and heart diseases is the increase of low-concentration lipid proteins and cholesterol within the body .
 
Animal tests and clinical tests showed that the proanthocyanidin in GSPE can effectively lower the level of cholesterol and low-concentration lipid protein, prevents the formation of thrombus, and prevents the occurrence of cerebral and cardio blood vessel diseases.  [13]Preuss HG[14] stud- ies also indicated that proanthocyanidin in GSPE, when acting together with cadmium and zinc, can
     
   
 
6

 
 
生物高科技 - 細胞小分子營養食品 Bio-tech Micro Molecules Nutrition Supplement
 
 
 
 
lower the increase of systolic pressure caused by increase of age among normal rats. In the tests, rats in the control group were given basic feed- stuff, while 5 mg/kg Gr , 18 mg/kg Zn, 260 mg/ kg proanthocyanidin were given into the feed- stuff for rats in the test group. The initial blood pressure of the two groups was both 122mmHg. Seven months later , the ystolic pressure of rats in the control group raised to 140mmHg, whereas in contrast that of the rats in the test group lowered to between 1 10~ 1 14 mmHg during the first few months, and then raised to 120mmHg, which was much lower than in the control group.
 
Researchers believe that aging and age-related chronic disease have something to do with the glycation of protein/nucleic acid and tissue trau- mas caused by the increase of free radicals.  The resistance of insulin that appears with the increase in age might be the foundation for glycation and the formation of free radicals.  In researches re- garding the effect of GSPE and cadmium and zinc on insulin sensitivity , it is noticed that the effect comes into play be reducing the formation of free radicals.  In addition, with the increase in age, the elastin fibers harden from the oxidization process, which is a main cause of hypertension among the elderly.  Proanthocyanidin in GSPE can lower the blood pressure by improving the elasticity of blood vessels.  Animal tests and clinical studies show that it lowers the blood pressure by lowering the level of cholesterol, reducing the cholesterol sedi- ment on vessel walls and restraining the activity of vessel tension enzymes.
 
The Proanthocyanidin in OPCSpa can improve blood circulation, restore the capillary functions lost, and strengthen up fragile blood vessels, mak- ing them more elastic. Proanthocyanidin is called the Atherosclerosis Antidote. For those suffering from insufficient artery and vein functions, Proan - thocyanidin could help to ease pain, edema and nocturnal spasm, so that many clinicians recom- mend OPCSpa to their varicosity patients.
 
F) Improves eyesight :
 
Researchers conducted experiments on men to examine the effect of Proanthocyanidin on eye fatigue, [22] administering GSPE Proanthocya- nidin 300mg daily to 75 cases those who work
 
permanently before a computer screen. After two months, the relative sensitivity and subjec- tive symptoms evidently improved. In clinical ex- periments on short-sighted cases, 150mg GSPE Proanthocyanidin is administered to 200 cases who su f fer from non-inflammation retina changes. After two months, it is reported that the sight of these cases improve greatly [23, 24].
 
Now , GSPE Proanthocyanidin is used extensively. Its health protection function comes from its abil- ity to remove free radicals.  Besides, it also has great biological potentials.  When combined with collagens, it can stabilize the activity of cell mem- branes and resistant enzymes, which will make it a popular health supplement.
 
Proanthocyanidin in OPCSpa improves the sight. A clinical research conducted in Europe on 100 cases with no eye conditions discovered that Proanthocyanidin can improve sight under dim light, which means it will be helpful for night driv- ers and computer workers. Doctors in Europe and America also recommend it to their patients who suffer from retina conditions caused by diabetes.
 
G) Fights cancer :
 
The   cancer-fighting   ability   of Proanthocyanidin   in GSPE has been extensively covered.  The epi- demiologic study by S. S Joshi et al [15] noticed the cytotoxicity of proanthocyanidin on some tu- mor cells.  Used in the study were MCF-7 human breast cancer cells, A-427 human lung cancer cells, CRL1739 human stomach cancer cells and K562 chronic leukemia cells, and the concentra- tion of proanthocyanidin used was 25, 50 mg/L. The observation time point was 0 – 72 h.  When compared with the normal stomach mucous mem- brane and the normal J774A1 urethra epithelium cells, it was found that 25mg/L proanthocyanidin has cytotoxicity against MCF-7 human breast cancer cells, A-427 human lung cancer cells, and CRL1739 human stomach cancer cells. Its restric- tion of cancer cell growth at 24, 48 and 72 h was respectively 7%, 30%, and 43%; at 50mg/L and some time points its restriction against MCF-7 hu- man breast cancer cells was 1%, 30% and 47% respectively; similar effects on A-427 human lung cancer cells and CRL1739 human stomach can- cer cells were observed, but not on K562 chronic
     
 
 
7

 
 
Bio-tech Micro Molecules Nutrition Supplement  生物高科技 - 細胞小分子營養食品
 
 
leukemia cells.  In addition, Proanthocyanidin in GSPE facilitates the growth and survival of normal human stomach mucous membrane and the nor- mal J774A1 urethra epithelium cells.
 
In studies about the relationship between tobacco and cancer , M.Bagchi et al [16] also explored the protective effect proanthocyanidin has on oxidiza- tion restriction and cell apoptosis of keratinocytes of the human oral cavity induced by smokable to- bacco extracts (STE).  Statistics show that in the US 1/3 of all tumors are tobacco related, oral cav- ity cancer accounting for 3% of all tumors.  In their experiment, they studied the effect of STE on lipid peroxidation (LP), cytochromes restoration (CCR), DNA fraction and cell apoptosis, and evaluated the protective effect of various antioxidants. [Separate and culture cells from the human oral cavity tissue, treat them with STE (0~300 μg/mL) for 24 hours, examine the generation of superoxide anions with CCR, examine tissue oxidization and trauma with LP and DF , and examine the programmed cell ap- optosis with Flow Cytometer.]
 
The   protective   e f fect   of   75   μmol/L VC,   75   μmol/L VE,   VC+VE   and   100   μmol/L GSPE   proanthocya - nidin on the above-mentioned traumas were then compared.  After the cells are treated with 300 μg/mL STE,   it   was   observed   that   LP   and   DF   in - creased by 3.5 to 6 times. When treated with anti- oxidants, the protection was between 34% to 69%. After   treated   with   100,200,   and   300   μg/mL STE, the programmed cell apoptosis increased respec- tively by 9%, 29% and 35%.  After the treatment with antioxidants, the protection increased by 40% to 72%.  Similar results were noticed in LP , CCR and DF experiments.  Results showed that GSPE proanthocyanidin is the most effective antioxidants among all.
 
H) Prevents radiation :
 
The free radical theory is a basis for trauma caused by radiation. After radiated, an organism produces from within, which causes lipid peroxidation and other damages.  GSPE proanthocyanidin is ef- fective in eliminating free radicals and restraining damages resulted from oxidization.
 
According to a test report, [17] mice loaded S180 sarcoma were given 60 Co γ local radiation, oral
 
intake of GSPE proanthocyanidin, and local radiation plus oral intake of GSPE proanthocyanidin. 12 days after the loading of tumor cells, the tumor weight, white blood cell amount, spleen lymphocyte conversion and other indices were examined. The result showed that the average tumor weight of the control group was the high- est; the restriction on tumor in the group treated with radiation plus high-dosage proanthocyanidin administration was found higher than the other two groups; the amount of white blood cells in the group singularly treated with radiation was lower than the other two groups. The statistical t and χ 2 examinations found great disparity (P<0.05).
 
The result also showed that compared with the group that did not receive radiation, the MDA lev- els of the other two groups were higher , which ap- parently had something to do with the intensified reaction of lipid peroxidization and the accumula- tion of oxidization products within the body.  The administration of GSPE proanthocyanidin lowered the MDA level, the bigger the dosage, the greater the decrease, which indicated that proanthocya- nidin  restricted  the  lipid  peroxidization  caused by radiation.  This might be the main reason that proanthocyanidin prevents damages caused by radiation.
 
Russians have long realized the protection proan- thocyanidin has over damages caused by radia- tion.  Russian astronauts have been given a veg- etarian drink rich in proanthocyanidin, which helps them avoid damages from radiation when flying in a spaceship. The explosion of Chernobyl Nuclear Power Station in the Soviet Union resulted in se- rious nuclear pollutions, and many people living nearby were traumatized.  Then a red wine called Crimean was suggested to them – one that rich in proanthocyanidin to alleviate the adverse effects nuclear leakage caused to the human body .
 
All in all, the protection of proanthocyanidin on ra- diation is drawing more attention.  While bringing people   great   benefit   in   their   lives   and   work,   such   as TV , computer , microwave oven and mobile phone, the development of modern technology is also jeopardizing human health with a bigger exposure to electromagnetic radiation.  Health supplements containing   proanthocyanidin   to   fight   against   radia - tion damages will have a great future.
     
 
 
8

 
 
生物高科技 - 細胞小分子營養食品 Bio-tech Micro Molecules Nutrition Supplement
 
I) Prevents mutation :
 
1) Test on mitochondrion mutation :
Used Saccharomyces cerevisiae S228C(α- prototroph)cells, and regarded the mutant   of Respiratory Deficient as the manifestation of mi - tochondrion mutation. The occurrence of mutants was recorded. The result shoed that at 0, 0.25 and 0.5mg/L GSPE proanthocyanidin, the occurrence of mutation was respectively 1.7×10-2, 0.9×10-2, and 0.6×10-2, with the ratio between the control group and the test group being respectively 1, 0.5 and 0.35.  It is obvious that GSPE proanthocyani- din can effectively lower the occurrence of mito- chondrion mutation [18].
 
2) Test on nucleus mutation:
Used Saccharomyces cerevisiae S228C(α - pro - totroph )cells. The number of L - canvanine sen- sitive mutated as L-canvanine tolerant was re- corded. The result showed that at 0, 0.25 and 0.5mg / L GSPE proanthocyanidin, the occurrence of nucleus mutation was respectively 1.95×10-8, 0.25×10-8, and0.15×10-8, with the ratio between the control group and the test group being respec- tively 1, 0.12 and 0.08. The occurrence of nucleus mutation in the test group reduced by 88% to 92% [19, 20].
 
E.   Health e f fect   of   pine bark (Pycnogenol) :
 
Pycogenol   is   an   antioxidant   extracted   from   the bark of the rare Conifer Pinus Pinaster growing along the south coast of France.  Pycogenol is a water - solvent biological   flavone extract contain - ing many organic acides, including catechins, pro- cyanidis, taxifolins and phenolic acids. It’s a pow- erful antioxidant that fights against   free radicals that damage cells.
 
Pycogenol strengthens blood vessels, facilitates blood circulation, restrains inflammation, helps bruises to heal, and prevents cells from mutation. It also has the following effects:

1) Makes the skin healthier :
Pycogenol protects the collagen of the skin, keep- ing it elastic and supple. It prevents the early signs of wrinkles, protects the skin against suntan, and prevents acnes and eczema.
 
2) Mollifies chronic fatigue syndrome :
Pycogenol improves blood circulation within the brain, preventing headache, irritation, difficulty in concentration, insomnia and other chronic fatigue symptoms.

3) Eases premenstrual syndrome :
Pycogenol regulates hormone secretion, balanc- ing the level of free radicals within the body and al- leviating premenstrual conditions, such as anxiety, depression, ache, fatigue and insomnia.
 
Pycogenol also relieves pains in arthroses.  It re- stores the collagen in the damaged connective tis- sues, improves the activity of the joints, thus eas- ing pains in the arthroses, neck and back.
 

4) Prevents senile dementia :
After death, cerebral nerve cells will not revive, and free radical is the cause for cerebral cell death. Pycogenol can fight against damages caused by free radicals and delay the aging process.

It is recorded that pine bark was used medically as early as in the thirteenth century.  In the winter of 1534, the French adventurer Jacques Cartier ex- plored Canada in a boat.  On his way , most of his crew died from blood poisoning, and it was lucky for him to meet an Indian who taught them pre- paring tea with pine bark.  This saved many lives. Four hundred years later , pine bark was studied in colleges and was found rich in biological   flavo - noids.
 
F . Heath effects of red wine extract :
 
Past studies indicated that red wine prevented the attack of heart diseases.  Recently, a research re- sulted published by an American scientist proved that grape skin and grape seed contain a natural chemical substance that prevents cancer .
 
Scientists extracted a dimmer called β -prccycli - dine from grape skin and seed, and applied it on mice loaded breast cancer.   The result showed that the chemical caused the tumor to shrink.
 
According to the researchers, presently there are some medicines on the market that can control the development of conditions in estrogen-reliant
     
 
 
9

 
 
Bio-tech Micro Molecules Nutrition Supplement  生物高科技 - 細胞小分子營養食品
 
breast cancer cases.  The natural chemical they refined has the same function on restraining the development of breast cancer.  Researchers also indicated that they were quite astounded that they could extract this chemical from natural resources. In addition, the test proved that the extract greatly reduced the size of the breast cancer within the body of all mice tested.  It is even more astonish- ing to know that the tumors in some mice totally disappeared.
 
Researchers believe that this natural extract is more effective when used for prevention than for treatment, because the cancer-fighting medicines currently existing are quite effective. Therefore, it is suggested that mature females take in this natural compound in their diet, such as red wine [containing 25% to 45% red wine extract], so as to prevent breast cancer when in the future their estrogen level drops.
 
According to the researchers, amongst females in menopause who suffer breast cancer , 70% cases are caused by a high level of estrogen. There is a treatment to reduce the generation of estrogen by reducing the activity of aromatase, so that breast cancer is forced to stop growing because of the lack of continued supply of estrogen.  The natural substance they extracted from grape functions in much the same way .
 
Researchers clarified that they recommend red wine to females for the prevention of breast cancer. This does not mean that females are encouraged to drink excessively.  The dosage on mice is half a bottle wine daily.  For healthy females, a glass of wine or some grapes (with the skin and seeds) a day is enough to lower the amount of estrogen in circulation.  When asked why white wine does not have the same effect, researchers said that the materials used in red wine making are intact grapes, i.e. grapes with the skin and seeds, and after the fermenting process the liquid is no longer simply grape juice. In contrast, white wine is often made from grape juice, and without the skin and seeds it does not have the cancer-fighting e f fect.
 
G.  How to take OPCSpa :
 
Take one pill morning and evening. It produces no side effects even after long-term use.
 
Take continuously ten days for healthy people, and 25 days for those that have any conditions for pronounced health-improving effect.
 
The dosage can be adjusted according to the physics and health conditions of different people. The dosage can be increased for those who have greater exposure to the sun.
 
It is normal if you experience headache.  Please be assured that there is no problem in continuing the administration.
 
H. OPCSpa FAQ
 
1) What is proanthocyanidin?
All vegetables in nature that have various colors contain proanthocyanidins, therefore it is benefi - cial to our skin and body to eat more fruits and vegetables. However , the proanthocyanidin we take daily is very limited. Scientists discovered that the content of proanthocyanidin in grape seed is as high as 95%. The natural OPCSpa benefits our health greatly .
 
2) What is free radical?
The free radical theory is an age theory commonly accepted in the science circle. The oxygen we take in has an oxidization effect which produces the detrimental free radicals. Environment pol lution, ultraviolet radiation, smoking, pesticide, ozone, alcohol and many chemical drugs will also increase the amount of free radicals within our body , and aging and ailments are thus caused.
 
3) How does OPCSpa fight free radicals?
Free radical is one of the key causes for aging and many conditions.  It is estimated that around 80% to 90% age or degeneration related diseases have something to do with free radicals, including senile dementia, Parkinson’s Disease, skin spot, cataract, heart disease, and cancer . Therefore, to remove free radicals is key to maintain a healthy and young body .
 
4) How does OPCSpa protects the skin?
The  proanthocyanidin  in  OPCSpa  restores  the damaged collagens and elastin fibers, and the damage of these two substances is a key factor that causes wrinkles and slackened muscles on the face. Many high-end cosmetics on the market, such as eye creams and sun blocks contain proan- thocyanidin in order to protect the skin against ul- traviolet radiation and the formation of wrinkles.
 
5) Is it safe to take OPCSpa?
OPCSpa is a safe diet supplement for your health and is free from any toxic effect.  The Pasteur In-
     
 
 
10

 
 
生物高科技 - 細胞小分子營養食品 Bio-tech Micro Molecules Nutrition Supplement
 
stitute of France and the Cytotest Cell Research of Germany both conducted a thorough study on proanthocyanidin, and proved it is as safe as Vi- tamin C.
 
6) Is it enough to eat grape seeds?
Grape seed is not tasty and is difficult for the di gestion system. Most will be discharged from the body with the excrement, so experts suggest that the grape seeds be grounded, boiled with water for ten minutes and taken. But you will only see the effects after taking in large amounts of such grape seed water .
 
7) How long will the OPCSpa e f fects   show up?
Most customers see pronounced e f fects of OPC- Spa in preventing allergy and improving immunit y . Howeve r , to improve your skin conditions, it re- quires a continued administration of three to six months to see a good result (the period may di f fer depending on di f ferent conditions of individuals).
 
8) What benefits can OPCSpa bring?
OPCSpa delays aging, improves sight, helps bruises to heal, prevents cancer , reduces the risk of phlebitis and arthritis, prevents prostate con- ditions, alleviates inflammations resulted from sports activities, improves the sexual functions, energizes, improves the functions of the circula- tion system, prevents the worsening of psycholog- ical conditions, reduces the risk of heart diseases, prevents strokes, improves the immunity system, improves allergic conditions, eases fatigue, and prevents cold and flu.   Use it before your aging process begins, so that it will help remove your wrinkles and keep your skin supple and smooth. In addition, OPCSpa is also effective in prevent- ing and improving conditions associated with hay fever .
 
Based on reports by Researcher Proto F,Carloni C.Meucci B,et al information from other research- ers.
 
[1] Haslam E.Plant polyphenols [J] .Cambridge University Press.1989,14~15
[2] Masquelier J,Michaud J,Laparra J,et al.Intrenat [J] .J Vit Nutr Res,1979,49:30
[3] D.Bagchi,et al.Protection effects of grape seed proan- thocyanidins and selected antioxidant against TPA-Induced
  hepatic and brain lipid peroxidation and DNA fragmentation, and peritoneal macrophage activation in mice [J]. Gen. Phar- mac, 1998,30(5):771~776
[4] Bombardelli E. [Z] GB-1,541,549
[5] Indena.S P A.Internal Report(Data on file) [Z]
[6] DA siva R J M,Rigaud J,Cheynier V,et al. [J]. Phytochem- istry,1991,30:1259
[7] Lawrence J P,Liana N.Hrstich and bock G [J].Chan Phyto- chemistry,1986,25:223
[8] D Bagchi,et al.Oxygen free radical scavenging abilities of Vitamins C and Vitamins E,and a grape seed proanthocyani- dins extract in vitro research [J].Communications in Molecular Pathology and Pharmacolog y , 1997, 95 ( 2 ):179~189
[9] Barbier A,Maffrand J P.Savi P . in: Endotelonet unite circu latoire [M].John Libbey (Ed.) Paris - London,1988,39~41
[10] Doutremepuich J D,Baibier A,Lacheretz F . [Z].Lymphol- ogy,1991,24:135
[11] Ross R. [J].Nature,1993,362:801
[12] Preuss HG,et al.Chromium,Zinc,and Grape seed extract(Flavonoids) can overcome age-related increases in SPB normotensive rats [J] .Journal of the American College of Nutrition,1997,16(5):43
[13] S S Joshi,et al.Cytotoxicity of a novel grape seed proan- thocyanidins extract against elected human cancer cells [R] . Second International conference on Natural Antioxidant and Disease June 24~27,1998,Helsinki, Finland
[14] M Bagchi,et al.Comparative protective abilities of Vitamins C and E and a grape seed proanthocyanidins extract(GSPE) on smokeless tobacco-induced oxidative stress and apop- topic cell death in Human Oral keratinocytes [J] . Toxicological Sciences, 1998,922:187
[15] Marmiroli A,Restivo F M,Donnini C,et al. [Z] Molec.Gen. Genet.177,581,1980
[16] Magni G E,von Borstel R C. [Z] . Genetics. 47,1097,1962 [17] Puglisi P P . [Z] Molec. Gen. Genet. 103,248,1968
[18] Godeau R G,Gavignet-jeannin G,Groult N,et al. [J] . Path. Biol,38,608,1990
[19]  Fusi  L,Czimeg  F,Pesce  F,et  al.  [Z]  .Ann  Ott  Clin Ocul.114,575,1998
[20]   Moriconi   S,Bellezza   P   G.   [Z]   .Ann   Ott   Clin Ocul.114,585,1998
[21]  Proto  F,Carloni  C.Meucci  B,et  al.  [Z]  Ann  Ott  Clin Ocul.114,85,1998
 
Manufacturer Made in U.S.A
Specification 60 capsules/bottle, 500mg/capsule
Shelf life 2 years
Caution   This product cannot replace medication
 
*These statements have not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. This product is not in- tended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease.
 
This   product   shall   be   stored   at   a   room   temperature   (below   26°C   or   80°F).   The   shelf   life   for   this   product   is   two   years.
Other   matters   requiring   attention:
˙ Not to expose to high temperature. ˙ Not to be placed under the sun or in the overheated trunk. ˙ Not to store it in the refrigerato r . ˙ T o tighten the lid after opening, and to finish using the bottle within 45 days. ˙ Please check the product before purchasing.
 
 
11

EXHIBIT 10.12
 
SmartWage/RedWage Payroll Card Services Agreement

This Agreement is made and entered into by and between RedWage, LLC (“ RedWage ”) and the business entity listed in the Customer Application (“ Customer ”) and sets forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which RedWage will provide the SmartWage Payroll Card service to Customer as provided for herein.
 
1.
Introduction .
 
 
1.1
Review. Customer promises to read this Agreement carefully, and to understand the terms and conditions of this Agreement prior to submitting it to RedWage. In addition, Customer acknowledges and agrees to review the RedWage Privacy Policy and the RedWage Site Terms of Use(collectively referred to as the “ Website Terms of Use ”) the current versions of which are posted on the RedWage website, prior to entering into this Agreement. By submitting and entering into this Agreement, the Customer acknowledges that it has reviewed and agrees with the terms of this Agreement and that the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Website Terms of Use will govern all aspects of the relationship between RedWage, the Customer and the Cardholder in connection with the provision of the RedWage Payroll Card Solution services. If Customer has any questions about any of the provisions in this Agreement, an authorized representative of the Customer with the legal power and authority to bind Customer (an “ Authorized Representative ”) must contact RedWage via telephone or email prior to submitting this Agreement and accepting such terms. Customer agrees to refer frequently to the RedWage website for regular updated information about the Payroll Card Solution services, the associated fees, charges, features and benefits of such service, and the Website Terms of Use. If Customer determines that it is unwilling to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Customer agrees that it will not submit and enter into this Agreement. RedWage reserves the right to accept or decline the Agreement, in RedWage’s sole discretion.

 
1.2
Revisions by RedWage. CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT CLICKING “I AGREE” IS THE LEGAL EQUIVALENT OF THE AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE CUSTOMER MANUALLY SIGNING AND SUBMITTING THIS AGREEMENT, AND CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT, SUBJECT TO THE ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT BY REDWAGE, UPON CUSTOMER’S CLICKING ACCEPT, CUSTOMER WILL BE LEGALLY BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. CUSTOMER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT AND THE WEBSITE TERMS OF USE MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND AT ANY TIME, BY REDWAGE, WITH REVISED TERMS POSTED ON THE REDWAGE CUSTOMER PORTAL AND PUBLIC WEBSITE. REDWAGE WILL NOTIFY CUSTOMER OF CHANGES TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE WEBSITE TERMS OF USE AT LEAST THIRTY (30) DAYS PRIOR TO SUCH CHANGES BECOMING EFFECTIVE, WHICH MAY BE VIA EMAIL, A NOTICE ON THE CUSTOMER PORTAL, OR OTHER COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE METHODS. CUSTOMER UNDERSTANDS THAT BY CONTINUING TO MAINTAIN A REDWAGE ACCOUNT AFTER ANY APPLICABLE CHANGE(S) WITHOUT PROMPTLY OBJECTING TO SUCH REVISED TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT OR WEBSITE TERMS OF USE I N WRITING, CUSTOMER IS ACCEPTING THE TERMS OF THE REVISED AGREEMENT AND/OR WEBSITE TERMS OF USE AND CUSTOMER WILL BE LEGALLY BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AS SO REVISED.

2.
Scope of Agreement.

 
2.1.
SmartWage Payroll Card Solution. The SmartWage Payroll Card Solution service (“ Service ”) is a funds distribution service whereby RedWage enables its Customers to distribute wages, salaries, expense reimbursements, prepaid travel funds and other funds to such Customer’s employees. Funds are distributed by Customer by means of RedWage cards (the “ Card(s) ”), which access certain card networks (“ Networks ”). The Cards are issued by The Bancorp Bank, or applicable future subsequent bank (the “ Issuing Bank ”), and the Issuing Bank is a member of the Networks. RedWage provides the Service in accordance with the Issuing Bank and Networks’ rules, and Customer’s use of the Service is subject to approval for conformance with such rules. As such, the Service may be modified from time to time as necessary to remain in compliance with the Issuing Bank and Networks’ rules, as well as applicable laws. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Customer hereby subscribes to the Service, and RedWage shall make the Service available to Customer. During the term of this Agreement, Customer agrees that RedWage shall be the exclusive provider to Customer of services that are the same as or similar to the Service provided under this Agreement.
 
 
1

 

 
2.2.
Customer Application. RedWage is required under Issuing Bank rules, Networks’ rules and federal law to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each business that opens an account and the personal information of its owners and/or representatives. The information regarding Customer that is required by RedWage includes, but is not limited to: company name, physical address, federal tax ID, bank account, business owner’s social security number, date of birth, driver’s license, and/or other identifying information. Such information will be treated as confidential information of the Customer. RedWage reserves the right to decline to open an account for Customer, for any reason in its sole discretion.

 
2.3.
Employee Enrollment. RedWage is also required under Issuing Bank rules, Networks’ rules and federal law to obtain, verify and record the personal information of each Cardholder (as defined in Section 2.4 below). The information regarding Cardholders that is required by RedWage includes, but is not limited to: such Cardholder’s name, physical address, date of birth, and social security number or other acceptable government-issued ID. Where the information provided cannot be verified, RedWage will contact Customer and Employee directly to obtain additional information. All such personal information will be treated as confidential information of the Employee. RedWage reserves the right to decline any Employee enrollment, for any reason, in each case in its sole discretion.
 
 
2.4.
Employee Enrollment. RedWage is also required under Issuing Bank rules, Networks’ rules and federal law to obtain, verify and record the personal information of each Cardholder (as defined in Section 2.4 below). The information regarding Cardholders that is required by RedWage includes, but is not limited to: such Cardholder’s name, physical address, date of birth, and social security number or other acceptable government-issued ID. Where the information provided cannot be verified, RedWage will contact Customer and Employee directly to obtain additional information. All such personal information will be treated as confidential information of the Employee. RedWage reserves the right to decline any Employee enrollment, for any reason, in each case in its sole discretion.
 
Establishment of Account; Use of Account. (a) After obtaining and verifying the necessary information as detailed above, RedWage will establish an account for Customer (“ Account ”). Customer will determine which of its employees it desires to be issued a Card and will provide the required information for each such employee (“ Employee Application ”). RedWage shall verify the information provided and approve or decline each individual Employee Application subject to the Issuing Bank’s and the Networks’ rules, and applicable laws. For each approved employee, RedWage will provide Customer with a bank routing number and direct deposit account number. RedWage will ship Cards directly to the mailing address of approved employees (“ Cardholders ”).Each Cardholder and Card will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Cardholder Agreement directly between the Cardholder and the Issuing Bank (the “ Cardholder Agreement ”), which will be delivered to the Cardholder along with the Card.
 
(b) Customer may periodically transfer funds owed or otherwise due to a Cardholder by depositing such funds to the Cardholder’s account through electronic funds transfer (“ ETF ”) via an Automated Clearing House (“ ACH ”). Customer is solely responsible for any and all funds transfers, including, but not limited to a determination of the amount, timing, recipients and compliance with tax and other applicable laws related thereto. After any such transfer, each Cardholder will have the ability to access its funds through designated ATMs, at merchants participating in the applicable Networks, and by other approved methods. Customer may enroll additional employees at any time upon verification and compliance with the terms and conditions of employee enrollment set forth herein. Customer agrees to comply with RedWage’s instructions for the implementation and usage of the Service, which operational instructions may be modified by RedWage from time to time.
 
 
2.5.
Removal of Enrolled Employee(s). Customer may, at any time and for any reason, such as employee termination or employee request, remove individual Cardholders from the Customer’s account. Customer understands and acknowledges that removal of Cardholder from the Customer Account does not constitute cancellation of the Cardholder’s card, and the Cardholder has the right to continued usage of the Card subject to the Card terms and conditions and the Cardholder Agreement.

 
2.6.
Ownership of Cards. Customer acknowledges that the Cards are the property of the Issuing Bank, and shall be subject to cancellation at any time by the Issuing Bank, in accordance with this Agreement, the Cardholder Agreement or as required by applicable law, or, on a case-by-case basis, where the Issuing bank reasonably believes a Cardholder is using the Card for fraudulent or illegal purposes. Upon receipt of such notice from the Issuing Bank, RedWage shall notify the Customer via email and on the Customer Portal (as defined in Section 2.7 below).

 
2.7.
Customer Portal. RedWage will provide Customer access to an electronic customer portal (“Customer Portal”), which may be utilized by the Customer for administration of Customer’s Account, to enroll new employees, to remove employees and to receive help electronically. Customer must use its own computer to access the Customer Portal. The Customer Portal shall provide Customer with access to Account information and employees enrolled in the Card program. Access IDs and passwords to the Customer Portal will only be issued to Authorized Representatives of Customer who have been designated in writing to access Customer’s Account. The Customer or its designated Authorized Representative may voluntarily change the Customer’s Access ID and password at any time. Customer is responsible for keeping the Access ID and passwords confidential and RedWage shall have no responsibility or liability for Customer maintaining the confidentiality or restricted use of the Access ID’s and passwords. The Customer Portal for the administration of the Customer’s Account can be found at www.pbprepaid.com.
 
 
2

 

 
2.8.
Cardholder Privacy. Customer understands and acknowledges that the transaction activity of each Cardholder account is sensitive customer information protected under the law. RedWage and Customer represent and warrant that they each have a legal responsibility to keep sensitive customer information strictly confidential and to comply with applicable law with regard to privacy of sensitive customer information.

 
2.9.
Compliance. For purposes of this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Card accounts are “payroll card accounts” as defined in Regulation E (12 CFR Part 205). RedWage will comply with Regulation E as it applies to RedWage and the payroll cards. To assist RedWage’s compliance efforts and to comply with applicable laws, Customer represents, warrants and covenants as follows: Customer will not distribute payroll to its employees via Cards without first obtaining each employee’s written consent to the use of the payroll Card using the Pay Card Consent Form, a copy of which is provided via the Customer Portal (or as an alternative, Customer may use a Customer created consent form that includes the content of the RedWage form). The Customer shall retain all original signed Consent Forms and provide copies to its employee’s. The Customer will also provide copies to RedWage upon RedWage’s request.

3.
Term; Termination; Remedies
 
 
3.1.
Term. This Agreement will become effective on the date this Agreement is accepted by RedWage (as documented via a written acceptance communication from RedWage, including but not limited to via email) and will continue for a period of three (3) years from such date (the “ Initial Term ”), unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. This Agreement shall automatically renew at the end of the Initial Term for consecutive, successive renewal terms of one (1) year each unless and until one party provides written notice of non-renewal to the other party not less than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the then-existing renewal term.

 
3.2.
Immediate Termination. (a) This Agreement may be terminated immediately by either party in the event that the Networks prohibit the Service, the Issuing Bank ceases to be a Network member, the Issuing Bank ceases to be the Card issuer, or the Issuing Bank requires that the Agreement be terminated pursuant to the terms of RedWage’s Card Issuance Agreement with the Issuing Bank or if required by law; provided that, to the extent practical, RedWage shall endeavor to provide Customer with advance notice of any such event.
 
(b) Additionally, this Agreement may be terminated immediately by either party, upon written notice to the other party, in the event that the other Party (i) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or a petition seeking any reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any applicable law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or relief for debtors, or the admission by such other party of its inability to pay debts as they mature, or the making by such other party of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the taking of similar action for the benefit of creditors, or (ii) the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of an order, judgment, or decree approving a petition filed against such other party seeking any reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any applicable law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or other relief for debtors and the expiration of the period, if any, allowed by applicable law in which to appeal there from or (iii) materially violates any applicable law, rule, or regulation in connection with exercising its rights or meeting its obligations under this Agreement.
 
(c) Further, this agreement may be terminated immediately by RedWage if there has been no activity on Customer’s Account for a period of one year or longer.
 
 
3.3.
Cooperation upon Termination. Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, the parties agree to cooperate in good faith to wind down the program in a commercially reasonable way. Customer’s obligation to pay for all outstanding amounts incurred before the effective date of termination shall survive termination. Customer acknowledges that upon termination for any reason, the Customer can no longer order Cards, and the existing Cards stay in effect, unless the Cardholder makes a cancellation election pursuant to the terms of the Cardholder Agreement.
 
 
3

 

 
3.4.
Termination Rights for Payment Default. In the event of Customer’s failure to make any payment(s) when due under this Agreement, RedWage shall have the right to suspend further Service until payment is made in full, and if payment is not made in full within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 45 days, then RedWage may thereafter terminate this Agreement, and be entitled to all rights and remedies hereunder.

 
3.5.
Termination Rights - Other Defaults. In the event of any default under this Agreement by either party (other than those permitting immediate termination, or a payment default or jurisdictional termination covered elsewhere in this Agreement), the non-defaulting party shall provide the defaulting party written notice of the nature of the default. The defaulting party shall have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of the written default notice to cure the default, and if the default is not cured within such time period, then the non-defaulting party may thereafter terminate this Agreement, without further elapsed time.

 
3.6.
Termination in a Jurisdiction. In addition to any other rights of termination, either party may terminate this Agreement upon prior written notice to the other party with respect to any individual state or jurisdiction if the terminating party can demonstrate, with documentary support, that changes in applicable laws or regulations or the interpretation thereof will make the performance of such party’s obligations hereunder not commercially feasible; and provided, further, that the parties have previously discussed the issues in a good faith attempt to find a resolution that would permit the Agreement to remain in effect with respect to the state or jurisdiction in question. The effective date of a termination under this Section 3.6 will be ninety (90) days from the date notice is delivered, or upon the effective date of the new law or regulation, whichever occurs sooner.

 
3.7.
Remedies. Termination or expiration of this Agreement will not limit any other remedies available to either party, including injunctive relief, and will not relieve the Customer of its obligation to pay all fees and expenses that have accrued prior to termination or expiration or are otherwise owed by Customer to RedWage pursuant to this Agreement.

 
3.8.
Survival Rights. All rights and obligations that by their nature are continuing, including but not limited to each party’s confidentiality and indemnification obligations, shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

4.
Fees and Payment. In connection with the submission of this Agreement Customer is required to pay a one-time, non-refundable application fee as detailed in Exhibit A to this Agreement. In addition, upon acceptance of this Agreement by RedWage, Customer agrees to pay RedWage for the Service as set forth in Exhibit A and payment of such fees shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A. RedWage may change the fees set forth in Exhibit A or add fees by providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to Customer. Customer acknowledges that in connection with entering into this Agreement (including payment of the applicable one-time, non-refundable application fee), Customer is providing valid credit card information and the related authorization. If any of Customer’s payments to RedWage, regardless of the form, are rejected for any reason, or are late or are returned, then Customer shall pay RedWage’s standard late payment and return payment fee in addition to any other rights or remedies RedWage may have under this Agreement.
 
 
4

 

5.
Customer Responsibilities.

 
5.1.
Employee Verification. Customer is responsible for, and hereby represents, warrants and covenants that it has verified the legal identity of each prospective Cardholder (or will prior to requesting a Card for such employee and delivering an employee application).

 
5.2.
Employee Education. Customer is responsible for providing each prospective Cardholder with the “About Your Card” information sheet and the schedule of the fees that the Cardholder may incur in connection with the Card prior to enrollment of the prospective Cardholder. Such information and additional informational materials can be found at www.smartwage.com, or at www.pbprepaid.com, or on the Customer Portal found at www.pbprepaid.com.

 
5.3.
Illegal Activities. Customer may not use the Services for any activity that violates any applicable federal, state or local law, statute, ordinance or regulation or for any purposes other than for what the Service is intended.

 
5.4.
Compliance with Laws Relating to Payroll and Related Matters. The Customer is solely responsible for compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations relating to payroll, compensation and employment matters, including, without limitation, proper withholding, and timely remittance of, any and all taxes related thereto (e.g., local, state and federal income, payroll or social security taxes) as applicable, and Customer agrees to indemnify and hold RedWage and its employees, agents and representatives harmless from any and all liabilities, including interest and penalties, which are or may be imposed on RedWage or any of its employees, agents and representatives pursuant to any such laws. Customer’s obligations under this Section 5.4 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, regardless of whether any such liabilities arise before or after the effective date of any such termination or expiration.

 
5.5.
Security. Customer accepts full responsibility for maintaining the confidentiality of all login and/or Access IDs, passwords or other security codes and procedures (to access RedWage’s systems) that are in Customer’s or its employees, agent’s or representative’s possession or control. Customer shall notify RedWage immediately by telephone of any loss, theft, unauthorized use or fraudulent use of, login and/or Access IDs, passwords or other security codes or procedures and shall be fully responsible for the unauthorized or fraudulent use thereof; provided that any such fraud or misuse is not directly caused by RedWage. Additionally, Customer may not access RedWage’s system, including the Customer Portal, for any purposes other than administration of the Services and shall remain liable for any unauthorized access by any of its employees, agents or representatives. Customer is also solely responsible for the set-up, maintenance and security of Customer’s systems, including, but not limited to those used to access the Customer Portal or any other permissible online services of RedWage.

6. 
Representations and Warranties; Limitation of Liability.

 
6.1.
Representations and Warranties of the Parties. Each of RedWage and Customer represents and warrants to the other that: (i) it has the right and authority to enter into and perform all of its respective obligations under this Agreement; (ii) it is and will remain during the term of this Agreement in material compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations with respect to its performance under this Agreement; (iii) no authorization or approval from any third party is or will be required in connection with such party’s entering into, delivery or performance of this Agreement; and (iv) neither entering into this Agreement, nor the performance of this Agreement violate or conflict with the terms or conditions of any other agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound. In addition, Customer represents and warrants to RedWage that it is not engaged in any criminal activity such as money laundering, illegal trafficking or other activity.
 
 
5

 

 
6.2.
Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH INTHIS AGREEMENT, REDWAGE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THAT THE OPERATION OF THE PRODUCTS, SERVICES OR SYSTEMS WILL BE UNINTERUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, OR THAT ALL ERRORS WILL BE CORRECTED, OR ANY WARRANTY OF MARKETABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INGRINGEMENT, AND IMPLIED WARANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, EACH OF WHICH IS HEREBY EXCLUDED BY AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES.

 
6.3.
No Special Damages. IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS KNOWLEDGE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY.

 
6.4.
Limitation of Liability. EXCEPT FOR ANY LIABILITY FOR MATERIAL BREACH OF SECTION 6.5 HEREOF, IN NO EVENT WILL REDWAGE BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER FOR AGGREGATE DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE FEES PAID TO REDWAGE DURING THE MOST RECENT TWELVE CALENDAR MONTH PERIOD.

 
6.5.
Confidentiality. RedWage and Customer agree and covenant to each other that they shall not, during the performance of this Agreement or at any time after the termination or expiration hereof, use or disclose to any third party other than during the proper performance of their duties hereunder, (a) the rates, terms and conditions of this Agreement, and (b) the Confidential and Proprietary Information of the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential and Proprietary Information ” shall include, but not be limited to technical information, procedures, practices, confidential dealings of the other party hereto, all RedWage reports provided to Customer, and other confidential, non-public business information of a party provided by such party to the other pursuant to this Agreement. The parties agree to use the same degree of care in protecting the other party’s Confidential and Proprietary Information as they do their own such information, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care. The obligations of this Section shall not apply to information that (a) is or becomes publicly known through legal means without fault by the other party, (b) was known to, or in the rightful possession of the other party prior to its disclosure and such prior knowledge or rightful possession can be documented, or (c) is independently developed by a party without use or reference to the other party’s Confidential and Proprietary Information, or is rightly obtained from a source other than the other party. The restrictions in this Section 6.5 regarding disclosure shall not apply to those disclosures required by law (i.e. subpoena or other court order); provided, however that the party required to disclose pursuant to applicable law shall provide the other party prompt written notice of its obligation to disclose in order to permit such other party to take whatever steps it deems necessary to protect the confidentiality of its information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, RedWage is permitted to solicit, market and provide other products and services to the Cardholders and use of Cardholder information (excluding sensitive customer information as defined by law) for such purposes is specifically permitted and does not violate the restrictions in this Section 6.5.

 
6.6.
Liability for Acts of Employees and Agents. Each party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other party and its employees, agents and representatives from any and all claims for damages, losses or liabilities (including reasonable attorneys fees and court costs) arising out of or relating to disputes or legal actions with third parties concerning the willful acts or omissions of any employees, agents or representatives of such party, or from the material breach by such party of its obligations under this Agreement. For purposes hereof, any person who is given authorization by Customer to use Cards, codes, passwords or other security codes or procedures shall be deemed an employee, agent or representative of Customer.

 
6.7.
Force Majeure. In no event shall either party be liable for failure to fulfill its obligations hereunder due to causes beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, acts or omissions of government or military authority, acts of God (including earthquakes and floods), acts of terrorism, fires, explosions, strikes, riots, actions of the Networks or regulatory bodies controlling the Networks which significantly inhibit or prohibit the Services, third party telecommunications failures (including any systemic Internet failures and any interruptions in services of Internet service providers, but not any failures or interruptions that could have been avoided by the exercise of reasonable care), transportation delays, or wars.
 
 
6

 

7.
General Provisions.

 
7.1.
  Independent Contractors. None of the provisions of this Agreement are intended to create nor shall be deemed or construed to create any relationship between the parties hereto other than that of independent entities contracting with each other hereunder solely for the purpose of effecting the provisions of this Agreement. Neither of the parties hereto, nor any of their respective employees, shall be construed to be the employer of the other. Customer and RedWage agree that RedWage is only providing services under this Agreement as an independent contractor.

 
7.2.
Compliance with Laws. Each party shall comply in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations in the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 
7.3.
Notices. All written notices required to be given by this Agreement shall be deemed to be duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified U.S. mail, facsimile (with return confirmation of receipt via one of the other methods) or reputable overnight courier to (a) RedWage at RedWage PO Box 1214, Summit, NJ 07902, attn: Legal, or to (b) Customer at such address provided to RedWage in its Customer Application. Such notice shall be deemed duly given the day of personal delivery, three (3) days after being sent via registered or certified mail, the business day of facsimile if return confirmation of receipt is given via one of the other methods within 3 days of such facsimile transmission, or the business day after deposit with such reputable overnight courier. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if another means of providing notice is specifically set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, such method and time period for notice shall apply to that particular section.

 
7.4.
Press Releases, Publicity, Etc. Neither party shall issue any press release or disseminate similar publicity or other information regarding this Agreement or the Service for Customer or utilizing the trademarks, service marks, trade names or logos of Customer, RedWage, Issuing Bank or the Networks, including, without limitation, web site information instructional or marketing materials or brochures, without the express prior written approval of Customer, RedWage, Issuing Bank or the Networks, as appropriate.

 
7.5.
Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey, without regard to the choice of law rules of such state. Customer agrees and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of New Jersey in connection with any action or proceeding regarding or relating to this Agreement, and the Customer hereby waives any objections to such jurisdiction or venue. Should any part of this Agreement be held invalid or unenforceable, in any respect, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such provision(s) had never been contained herein, provided, that such provision(s) shall be curtailed, limited or eliminated only to the extent necessary to remove the invalidity or unenforceability. The prevailing party in any action or proceeding to interpret or enforce this Agreement shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and expenses. Upon RedWage’s reasonable request, Customer agrees to promptly complete and deliver such further documents as necessary or appropriate related to providing the Service. Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of such term or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any time or times be deemed a subsequent waiver or relinquishment of such right or power. The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement, together with the exhibits hereto which are incorporated herein by reference, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings regarding the subject matter hereof, whether written or verbal. In the event of any future changes to laws, regulations or the interpretation thereof or changes in RedWage’s operational procedures, which changes impact RedWage’s provision of Services, RedWage will notify Customer in writing via email, a notice on the Customer Portal, or other commercially reasonable methods, of the changes as well as any modifications required as a result thereof. Unless Customer objects to such modifications in writing within 30 days of receipt of notice thereof, Customer will be deemed to have accepted such modifications. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement may only be modified by a writing signed by both parties. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be assigned, in whole or in part, by Customer without the prior written consent of RedWage, and any attempted assignment without such prior consent shall be null and void.

 
7.6.
Electronic Execution. Customer acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is being entered into and submitted electronically and that no separate hard copy will be provided. In addition, Customer and RedWage agree that electronic records and signatures and facsimile copies of signatures shall have the full legal effect of a writing.

By clicking “Submit”, Customer hereby acknowledges and agrees that it will be legally bound to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, subject to the acceptance by RedWage.
 
 
7

 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
·
SmartWage Payroll Program One-Time, Non-Refundable Application Fee: $25.00 USD
 
·
Card Acquisition Fee: $5.00 USD per card

The SmartWage Payroll Program One-Time, Non-Refundable Application Fee is due upon submission of this Agreement and the Customer Application. This Fee is non-refundable, regardless of whether this Agreement is accepted or rejected by RedWage.

The SmartWage Payroll Program Enrollment Fee is due upon acceptance of this Agreement by RedWage.

The Card Acquisition Fee is due upon each individual Card issuance for new employee enrollment.

All Fees are to be paid by use of Customer’s credit card. Upon submission of this Agreement, Customer must also provide valid credit card information and related authorization(s). All Fees will be paid via the Customer credit card, and will be made simultaneously with the election of Services under this Agreement through the Customer Portal or otherwise.
 
 
8

EXHIBIT 10.13
 
 
Canada Revenue Agency
 
www.cra.gc.ca
 
Skip to content | Skip to institutional links
 
Common menu bar links
 
·  
Français
·  
Home
·  
Contact Us
·  
Help
·  
Search
·  
canada.gc.ca
 
Institutional links
 
·  
Forms and publications
·  
GST/HST Policy Statements
·  
P-051R2 - Carrying on Business in Canada
o  
Other formats
 
GST/HST Policy Statement P-051R2
 
Carrying on business in Canada
 
Please note that the following policy statement, although correct at the time of issue, may not have been updated to reflect any subsequent legislative changes.
 
Date of Revision
 
April 29, 2005. This policy statement cancels P-051R1, dated March 8, 1999.
 
Legislative Reference
 
Definition of “business” in subsection 123(1); subsections 143(1), 240(1) and 240(4) of the Excise Tax Act  (the Act)
 
National Coding System File Number
 
11635-3
 
Effective Date
 
January 1, 1991 for GST and April 1, 1997 for HST
 
 
1

 
 
Table of Contents
 
·  
Issue
·  
Decision
·  
Discussion
o  
Carrying on a business
o  
Carrying on business in Canada
o  
Guidelines
·  
Examples
o  
Example No. 1 – Lease of Tangible Personal Property
o  
Example No. 2 – Lease of Tangible Personal Property
o  
Example No. 3 – Lease of Tangible Personal Property
o  
Example No. 4 – Assignment of Lease
o  
Example No. 5 – Renewal of Lease
o  
Example No. 6 – Lease of Real Property
o  
Example No. 7 – Supply of Goods By Way of Sale
o  
Example No. 8 – Supply of Goods By Way of Sale
o  
Example No. 9 – Supply of Goods By Way of Sale
o  
Example No. 10 – Supply of Goods By Way of Sale
o  
Example No. 11 – Supply of Goods By Way of Sale
o  
Example No. 12 – Supply of Goods By Way of Sale
o  
Example No. 13 – Supply of Goods By Way of Sale
o  
Example No. 14 – Electronic Commerce – Digitized Products
o  
Example No. 15 – Electronic Commerce – Software Applications
o  
Example No. 16 – Electronic Commerce – Application Hosting
o  
Example No. 17 – Electronic Commerce – Web Site Hosting
o  
Example No. 18 – Supply of Services
o  
Example No. 19 – Supply of Services
o  
Example No. 20 – Supply of Services
o  
Example No. 21 – Supply of Services
 
 
2

 
 
Issue
 
At issue is whether or not a non-resident person is carrying on business in Canada for GST/HST purposes. This is important in determining if the non-resident is required to register for GST/HST purposes and collect GST/HST on its taxable supplies.
 
Decision
 
The phrase "carrying on business in Canada" is not defined in the Act. Whether a person is carrying on business in Canada for GST/HST purposes is a question of fact requiring consideration of all relevant facts. This policy statement sets out factors and principles to be considered in making such a determination, be it in a traditional or electronic commerce environment.
 
Discussion
 
Every non-resident person who carries on business in Canada, other than a small supplier, must register for GST/HST purposes if the non-resident person makes a taxable supply in Canada Footnote 1 .
 
If a non-resident person does not carry on business in Canada and has not registered voluntarily for GST/HST purposes, any supplies made in Canada by the non-resident are deemed to be made outside Canada Footnote 2 and the non-resident is consequently not required to collect tax on those supplies. Tax may nevertheless have to be paid on the taxable importation of goods Footnote 3 or self-assessed by Canadian residents on imported taxable supplies of intangible personal property and services Footnote 4 . When an unregistered non-resident person purchases goods in Canada from a registrant for subsequent supply to recipients in Canada, the registrant may be liable to collect tax from the non-resident generally calculated on the fair market value of the goods under the GST/HST drop-shipment rules Footnote 5 .
 
Even if a non-resident person is not carrying on business in Canada, the non-resident may register voluntarily for GST/HST if in the ordinary course of carrying on business outside Canada, the non-resident regularly solicits orders for the supply by the non-resident of tangible personal property for export to, or delivery in, Canada, or has entered into an agreement for the supply by the person of services to be performed in Canada or of intangible personal property to be used in Canada Footnote 6 .
 
Prior to considering whether a non-resident person is "carrying on business in Canada", it is necessary to establish whether that non-resident is engaged in a "business", and whether that business is "carried on".
 
It should first be noted that the definition of "business" in the Act as set out below differs from the definition of that term in the Income Tax Act Footnote 7 . The Act does not have the extended definition of "carrying on business" that is contained in the Income Tax Act Footnote 8 . Therefore, a non-resident person considered to be carrying on business for income tax purposes is not necessarily considered to be carrying on business for GST/HST purposes. On the other hand, unlike the definition in the Income Tax Act , the definition of “business” in the Act also includes any activity engaged in on a regular or continuous basis that involves the supply of property by way of lease, licence or similar arrangement. Therefore, where it is determined that a non-resident person is carrying on business in Canada for GST/HST purposes, this does not necessarily mean that the non-resident is considered to be carrying on business in Canada for income tax purposes.
 
It is also important to note that there are specific provisions in the Act that make it unnecessary to determine whether certain persons are carrying on business in Canada in accordance with this policy. For instance, every person who enters Canada for the purpose of making taxable supplies of admissions in respect of a place of amusement, a seminar, an activity, or an event, is automatically required to register for GST/HST and must apply for registration before making such supplies Footnote 9 . Similarly, any person (other than a small supplier) who in Canada, be it through an employee or agent or by means of advertising directed at the Canadian market, solicits orders for the supply of prescribed property (such as magazines, books or periodicals) that is to be sent by mail or courier to the recipient at an address in Canada, is deemed to be carrying on business in Canada and is required to be registered Footnote 10 .
 
 
3

 
 
Carrying on a business
 
As defined in the Act, "business" Footnote 11 :
 
"includes a profession, calling, trade, manufacture or undertaking of any kind whatever, whether the activity or undertaking is engaged in for profit, and any activity engaged in on a regular or continuous basis that involves the supply of property by way of lease, licence or similar arrangement, but does not include an office or employment".
 
The definition of "business" explicitly includes any activity engaged in on a regular or continuous basis that involves the supply of property by way of lease, licence or similar arrangement. In determining whether a person who supplies property by way of lease is considered to be carrying on business for GST/HST purposes, it is important to take into account this aspect of the definition together with the presence of any of the factors in the Guidelines section.
 
The definition only makes reference to what the term business includes. Accordingly, what constitutes a business for GST/HST purposes is not limited by the definition, but also encompasses the commonly accepted meaning of "business" set out in jurisprudence as anything which occupies the time and attention and labour of a man for the purpose of profit is business. As indicated above, the expanded definition of business in the Act provides that a business can exist "whether the activity or undertaking is engaged in for profit".
 
The courts have held that to be carrying on business, the activities in question must be considered to occur on a regular or continuous basis. There are no definitive criteria or thresholds to establish how many activities constitute "regular", or how long a period is necessary to be "continuous". Each case must be determined based on its particular facts, including the history of the person's activities and the person's intention.
 
Carrying on business in Canada
 
The mere fact that a non-resident person undertakes an activity that falls within the definition of a "business" does not mean that the business is being carried on in Canada.
 
It is important to note that a non-resident person may be considered to be carrying on business in Canada even though that person may not have a permanent establishment Footnote 12 in Canada Footnote 13 . For more information on the CRA's interpretation of the term permanent establishment, reference should be made to GST/HST Policy Statement P-208R, Meaning of Permanent Establishment in Subsection 123(1) of the Excise Tax Act (the Act) Footnote 14 .
 
 
4

 
 
Guide lin es
 
The factors that will be considered in determining whether a non-resident person is carrying on business in Canada for GST/HST purposes in a particular situation include:
 
·  
the place where agents or employees of the non-resident are located;
·  
the place of delivery;
·  
the place of payment;
·  
the place where purchases are made or assets are acquired;
·  
the place from which transactions are solicited;
·  
the location of assets or an inventory of goods;
·  
the place where the business contracts are made Footnote 15 ;
·  
the location of a bank account;
·  
the place where the non-resident's name and business are listed in a directory;
·  
the location of a branch or office;
·  
the place where the service is performed; and
·  
the place of manufacture or production.
 
The importance or relevance of a given factor in a specific case depends on the nature of the business activity under review, and, as always, the particular facts and circumstances of each case. The determination of whether a non-resident is carrying on business in Canada for GST/HST purposes does not involve the mechanical application of a numerical test that is simply based on whether a specific number of the above factors are present in any given case. Rather, the determination requires judgment in establishing the importance of each factor in light of the type of supply that is being made in the context of the relevant facts.
 
For instance, the factors that are relevant to the determination of whether a non-resident supplying property by way of lease is carrying on business in Canada will differ from those that are relevant to the determination of whether a non-resident supplying services is carrying on business in Canada. In the case of a supply of property by way of lease, factors that are typically of greater importance include the place where the property is acquired by the non-resident lessor and the place where the property is delivered to the lessee. In the case of a supply of a service that is the principal object of the contract (as opposed to a service that is merely ancillary to the supply of property), factors that are typically of greater importance include the place where the service is performed and the place where employees are located.
 
Some of the factors that are relevant for businesses engaged in conventional business transactions may not be applicable to businesses engaged in electronic commerce (i.e., engaged in the making of supplies delivered by electronic means over the Internet). This would be the case for factors that relate to a physical presence in Canada, such as the place where goods are manufactured. In addition, some factors must be interpreted to take into account the particular nature of electronic commerce. For example, in determining the place where payment is made, it may be more appropriate, depending upon the circumstances, to consider the place where approval for the electronic transfer of funds takes place, rather than the place of posting or receipt of cheques.
 
In general, a non-resident person must have a significant presence in Canada to be considered to be carrying on business in Canada. Generally, isolated transactions carried on in Canada as part of a business that is carried on by a non-resident person outside Canada may not result in the person being considered to be carrying on business in Canada, given that the above-noted factors will usually not be met to a sufficient degree.
 
 
5

 
 
Exa mples
 
EXAMPLE NO. 1 – LEASE OF TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident lessor that has a leasing business outside Canada enters into a sale-leaseback agreement to purchase a conveyance and supply it by way of lease to a resident registrant who will use the conveyance partly in Canada. The lease begins on the day on which the agreement is entered into.
 
2. Pursuant to the agreement, delivery of the conveyance sold to the non-resident lessor occurs in Canada.
 
3. The lessee has physical possession of the conveyance when the agreement is concluded.
 
4. The agreement is concluded outside Canada.
 
5. The conveyance is to be maintained by the lessee at its own expense.
 
6. The non-resident lessor has no agents or employees in Canada.
 
7. Payments are made to the non-resident lessor outside Canada.
 
8. The non-resident lessor does not have a bank account in Canada and is not listed in a directory in Canada.
 
9. The non-resident lessor does not solicit business in Canada.
 
 
6

 
 
LEASE OF TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident lessor is carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
For GST/HST purposes, a "business" includes any activity engaged in on a regular or continuous basis that involves the supply of property by way of lease. The non-resident lessor is considered to be in the business of supplying tangible personal property by way of lease. For GST/HST purposes, the supply of property under a lease is considered to be made on a regular and continuous basis. The non-resident lessor is considered to have made a separate supply of the property for each period to which a lease payment is attributable Footnote 16 . Also, a supply by way of lease, licence or similar arrangement of the use or the right to use tangible personal property is deemed to be a supply of the tangible personal property Footnote 17 .
 
In this case, delivery of the conveyance to both the lessor and the lessee under the agreement occur in Canada and the conveyance is based in Canada during the term of the lease. Based on these facts and the application of the GST/HST provisions that relate to the supply of property by way of lease, the non-resident lessor is carrying on business in Canada Footnote 18 .
 
 
7

 
 
EXAMPLE NO. 2 – LEASE OF TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident lessor engaged in the business of supplying industrial equipment outside Canada by way of lease enters into an agreement to supply equipment by way of lease to a resident registrant.
 
2. The lease agreement for the equipment is concluded outside Canada.
 
3. Pursuant to the lease agreement, the lessee acquires possession of the equipment outside Canada at the beginning of the lease. The lessee subsequently imports the equipment for use at its business facilities in Canada.
 
4. Under the terms of the lease agreement it is the lessee who is responsible for all maintenance and servicing of the equipment during the course of the lease.
 
5. The non-resident lessor does not solicit business in Canada.
 
6. The non-resident lessor has no agents or employees in Canada or facilities (either management, sales or service) of any kind in Canada.
 
7. The non-resident lessor is not listed in any directories in Canada.
 
8. The non-resident lessor has a bank account in Canada.
 
9. The lease payments are made in Canada.
 
LEASE OF TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident lessor is not carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The only factors present in Canada in this case are the place of payment and a bank account. These factors are insufficient to support a conclusion that the non-resident is carrying on business in Canada.
 
 
 
8

 
EXAMPLE NO. 3 – LEASE OF TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident lessor who is in the business of leasing tangible personal property outside Canada enters into an agreement to supply by way of lease a piece of industrial equipment to a resident registrant who will use the equipment at its business facility in Canada.
 
2. The non-resident lessor acquires the equipment outside Canada from a non-resident supplier.
 
3. The lessee is given physical possession of the equipment at its facility in Canada at the beginning of the lease.
 
4. The lease agreement is concluded in Canada.
 
5. The equipment is to be maintained by the lessee at its own expense.
 
6. The non-resident lessor has no agents or employees in Canada.
 
7. The non-resident lessor is not listed in a directory in Canada.
 
8. The non-resident lessor does not solicit business in Canada.
 
9. Payments under the lease are made in Canada.
 
10. The non-resident lessor has a bank account in Canada.
 
LEASE OF TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident lessor is carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
In this case, delivery of the equipment to the lessee occurs in Canada, the place of contract is in Canada, payment is made in Canada and the non-resident lessor has a bank account in Canada. Also, the equipment is located in Canada during the term of the lease. Based on these facts and the application of the GST/HST provisions that relate to the supply of property by way of lease, the non-resident lessor is carrying on business in Canada.
 
 
 
9

 
EXAMPLE NO. 4 – ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE
 
Facts
 
1. A resident registrant (the "original lessor") who is in the business of leasing tangible personal property enters into an agreement to supply by way of lease a piece of industrial equipment to another resident registrant (the "lessee") who will use the equipment at its business facilities in Canada.
 
2. Pursuant to the lease, possession of the equipment is given to the lessee in Canada.
 
3. The original lessor subsequently enters into an agreement (the "agreement") to sell, assign, and transfer all rights, title, and interest in the lease and the equipment to a non-registered non-resident (the “non-resident lessor”), resulting in that non-resident becoming the new lessor of the equipment.
 
4. Pursuant to the agreement, delivery of the equipment sold to the non-resident lessor occurs in Canada.
 
5. The lessee has physical possession of the equipment in Canada when the agreement is concluded.
 
6. The agreement is concluded outside Canada.
 
7. Pursuant to the terms of the lease with the original lessor, the equipment is to be maintained by the lessee at its own expense.
 
8. The non-resident lessor has no agents or employees in Canada.
 
9. The lease payments are collected by the original lessor in Canada on behalf of the non-resident lessor. The original lessor forwards the lease payments to the non-resident lessor.
 
10. The non-resident lessor does not have a bank account in Canada and is not listed in a directory in Canada.
 
11. The non-resident lessor does not solicit business in Canada.
 
ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident lessor is carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
In this case, the non-resident lessor is acquiring the equipment in Canada and the lessee has acquired possession of the equipment in Canada and the equipment is also located in Canada during the term of the lease. The lease payments are also made in Canada. Based on these facts and the application of the GST/HST provisions that relate to the supply of property by way of lease, the non-resident lessor is carrying on business in Canada.
 
 
 
10

 
EXAMPLE NO. 5 – RENEWAL OF LEASE
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident lessor engaged in the business of supplying industrial equipment by way of lease outside Canada enters into an agreement to supply equipment by way of lease to a resident registrant.
 
2. The lease agreement for the equipment is concluded outside Canada.
 
3. Pursuant to the lease agreement, the lessee acquires possession of the equipment outside Canada at the beginning of the lease. The lessee subsequently imports the equipment for use at its business facilities in Canada.
 
4. At the end of the term of the lease agreement, the lessee opts to renew and extend the lease as contemplated in a clause in the original lease agreement.
 
5. The equipment is in the possession of the lessee at its facilities in Canada at the time of the renewal.
 
6. Under the terms of the lease it is the lessee who is responsible for all maintenance and servicing of the equipment during the course of the lease.
 
7. The non-resident lessor does not solicit business in Canada.
 
8. The non-resident lessor has no agents or employees in Canada or facilities (either management, sales or service) of any kind in Canada.
 
9. The non-resident lessor is not listed in any directories in Canada.
 
10. The non-resident lessor does not have a bank account in Canada.
 
11. The lease payments are made outside Canada.
 
RENEWAL OF LEASE
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident lessor is not carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
When the lease agreement is first entered into, there are insufficient factors present in Canada in this case to conclude that the non-resident lessor is carrying on business in Canada. With respect to the subsequent renewal of the lease, although the lessee has physical possession of the equipment in Canada, there are insufficient factors present in Canada to support a conclusion that the non-resident lessor is carrying on business in Canada.
 
 
 
11

 
EXAMPLE NO. 6 – LEASE OF REAL PROPERTY
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident leasing company purchases an existing commercial building in Canada in which office space is rented out to businesses.
 
2. Pursuant to a lease agreement that is concluded outside Canada, the non-resident lessor leases the entire building to a registrant. The registrant in turn leases out the individual offices to commercial tenants and is fully responsible for the management of the building at its own expense.
 
3. The non-resident lessor's involvement is essentially limited to receiving monthly lease payments from the registrant. These payments are made outside Canada.
 
4. The commercial building is the only asset that the non-resident lessor owns in Canada.
 
5. The non-resident lessor has no agents or employees in Canada.
 
6. The non-resident lessor does not have a bank account in Canada and is not listed in a directory in Canada.
 
7. The non-resident lessor does not solicit business in Canada.
 
LEASE OF REAL PROPERTY
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident lessor is carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
Based on the fact that the building is located in Canada and the application of the GST/HST provisions that relate to the supply of property by way of lease, the non-resident lessor is carrying on business in Canada.
 
 
 
12

 
EXAMPLE NO. 7 – SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident manufacturer supplies goods by way of sale on a worldwide basis, including in Canada.
 
2. The goods are manufactured by the non-resident manufacturer at a place outside Canada.
 
3. The non-resident manufacturer solicits orders for the supply of goods in Canada through advertising directed at the Canadian market.
 
4. The contract for the supply of goods is concluded outside Canada.
 
5. Delivery of the goods to the customers occurs in Canada.
 
6. Payment for the goods is made outside Canada.
 
7. The non-resident manufacturer has no bank account in Canada.
 
8. The non-resident manufacturer has no agents or employees in Canada.
 
9. The non-resident manufacturer's inventory of goods is stored outside Canada.
 
SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident manufacturer is not carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The only factors present in Canada in this case are the place of delivery and solicitation. These factors are insufficient to support a conclusion that the non-resident manufacturer is carrying on business in Canada.
 
 
 
13

 
EXAMPLE NO. 8 – SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident person supplies goods by way of sale on a worldwide basis, including in Canada.
 
2. The goods are purchased by the non-resident supplier outside Canada.
 
3. The non-resident supplier solicits orders for the supply of goods in Canada through advertising directed at the Canadian market.
 
4. An independent sales representative in Canada accepts orders for the goods and concludes contracts on behalf of the non-resident supplier.
 
5. Delivery of the goods to the customers occurs in Canada.
 
6. Payment for the goods is made outside Canada.
 
7. The non-resident supplier has no bank account in Canada.
 
8. The non-resident supplier has no employees in Canada.
 
9. The non-resident supplier's inventory of goods is stored outside Canada.
 
SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident supplier is carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The non-resident supplier is carrying on business in Canada based on the fact that the place of contract is in Canada, the goods are delivered in Canada, and the non-resident supplier solicits orders in Canada.
 
 
 
14

 
EXAMPLE NO. 9 – SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident person supplies goods by way of sale on a worldwide basis, including in Canada.
 
2. The non-resident supplier solicits orders for the supply of goods in Canada through advertising directed at the Canadian market.
 
3. The contract for the supply of goods is concluded outside Canada.
 
4. Payment for the goods is made outside Canada.
 
5. The non-resident supplier has no bank account in Canada.
 
6. The non-resident supplier has no agents or employees in Canada.
 
7. The goods are manufactured outside Canada.
 
8. The non-resident supplier maintains an inventory of existing goods for sale at a warehouse in Canada where the non-resident supplier rents space.
 
9. Upon receiving orders outside Canada, the non-resident supplier arranges to have the goods shipped from the warehouse to the customers in Canada.
 
10. Delivery of the goods to the customers occurs in Canada.
 
SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident supplier is carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The non-resident supplier is carrying on business in Canada based on the fact that the non-resident supplier has an inventory of goods for sale in Canada, the goods are delivered in Canada, and the non-resident supplier solicits orders in Canada.
 
 
15

 
EXAMPLE NO. 10 – SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
Facts
 
1. As a non-resident person receives orders from its customers located in Canada, the non-resident purchases goods from a registrant in Canada for resale to the customers.
 
2. The registrant delivers the goods directly to the non-resident supplier's customers in Canada on the non-resident supplier's behalf.
 
3. The non-resident supplier does not solicit orders for the supply of its goods in Canada.
 
4. The contract for the supply of goods by the non-resident supplier is concluded outside Canada.
 
5. Payment by the customers for the goods is made outside Canada.
 
6. The non-resident supplier has no bank account in Canada.
 
7. The non-resident supplier has no agents or employees in Canada.
 
SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident supplier is not carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The only factors present in Canada in this case are the place of purchase and delivery of the goods. These factors are insufficient to support a conclusion that the non-resident supplier is carrying on business in Canada.
 
 
16

 
 
EXAMPLE NO. 11 – SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident manufacturer supplies highly specialized industrial machinery by way of sale on a worldwide basis, including in Canada.
 
2. The machinery requires installation by the non-resident manufacturer and pursuant to the sales agreement is to be supplied by the non-resident manufacturer on an installed basis.
 
3. Employees of the non-resident manufacturer enter Canada to install the machinery at the purchasers’ premises. The installation requires work to be done over a short period of time.
 
4. The non-resident manufacturer solicits orders for the supply of the machinery in Canada through advertising directed at the Canadian market.
 
5. The contract for the supply of the machinery is concluded outside Canada.
 
6. Delivery of the machinery to the purchasers occurs in Canada.
 
7. Payment for the machinery is made outside Canada.
 
8. The non-resident manufacturer has no bank account in Canada.
 
9. The non-resident manufacturer has no agents or employees in Canada other than the employees who install the machinery.
 
SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident manufacturer is not carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The only factors present in Canada in this case are the place of delivery and solicitation. These factors are insufficient to conclude that the non-resident manufacturer is carrying on business in Canada. Although employees of the non-resident are in Canada to install the machinery, the supply being made is a supply of tangible personal property in relation to which the installation is merely ancillary.
 
 
17

 
EXAMPLE NO. 12 – SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident person supplies goods by way of sale on a worldwide basis, including in Canada.
 
2. The non-resident supplier acquires the services of a manufacturer in Canada to manufacture the goods.
 
3. The non-resident supplier purchases in Canada from various registrants the raw materials necessary to make the goods and has the raw materials suppliers ship the materials to the manufacturer for use in the manufacturing process.
 
4. The non-resident supplier maintains an inventory of the manufactured goods in Canada at the manufacturer’s premises that is drawn upon to fill future orders for the goods for delivery both inside and outside Canada.
 
5. The non-resident supplier solicits orders for the supply of the goods in Canada.
 
6. All contracts for the supply of the goods are concluded outside Canada.
 
7. Payment for the goods is made outside Canada.
 
8. The non-resident supplier has no bank account in Canada.
 
9. The non-resident supplier has no agents or employees in Canada.
 
SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident supplier is carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The non-resident supplier is carrying on business in Canada based on the fact that the non-resident supplier purchases the raw materials in Canada, has the goods manufactured in Canada, has an inventory of the goods in Canada for sale, delivers some goods in Canada, and solicits orders for the goods in Canada.
 
 
18

 
EXAMPLE NO. 13 – SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident person supplies goods by way of sale on a worldwide basis.
 
2. The non-resident supplier acquires the services of a manufacturer in Canada to manufacture the goods.
 
3. The non-resident supplier purchases in Canada from various registrants the raw materials necessary to make the goods and has the raw materials suppliers ship the materials to the manufacturer for use in the manufacturing process.
 
4. The goods are manufactured in Canada for the non-resident supplier to satisfy existing orders received by the non-resident supplier from its non-resident customers.
 
5. Although the goods may be delivered in Canada to some of the non-resident supplier’s customers, in all cases the goods are exported.
 
6. The contract for the supply of goods is concluded outside Canada.
 
7. Payment for the goods is made outside Canada.
 
8. The non-resident supplier has no bank account in Canada.
 
9. The non-resident supplier has no agents or employees in Canada.
 
10. The non-resident supplier does not solicit orders for the supply of the goods in Canada.
 
SUPPLY OF GOODS BY WAY OF SALE
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident supplier is not carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The only factors present in Canada in this case are the place of purchase of the raw materials, the place of manufacture of the goods, and, in some circumstances, the place of delivery of the goods (albeit for export). These factors are insufficient to support a conclusion that the non-resident supplier is carrying on business in Canada.
 
 
19

 
EXAMPLE NO. 14 – ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – DIGITIZED PRODUCTS
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident person supplies downloadable audio files through its Web site.
 
2. The non-resident supplier’s Web site is hosted on its own server at its main office located outside Canada.
 
3. The Web site is advertised on the Internet. The advertisements are directed at the Canadian market.
 
4. The Web site and server are fully interactive: the customer in Canada may view product listings of music and other advertising, place orders (including payment for audio files selected), and download copies of the selected audio files without any contact with the non-resident supplier's personnel.
 
5. The contract is concluded in Canada.
 
6. The customer pays by credit card and an independent service provider located in Canada processes payments for the non-resident supplier.
 
7. Once the audio files are received by the customer, they may be used in Canada.
 
8. All customer service and technical support is provided by means of telephone or e-mail communication by the non-resident supplier's personnel located in its main office outside Canada.
 
9. The non-resident supplier has no agents or employees in Canada.
 
10. The non-resident supplier has no premises or equipment in Canada.
 
11. The non-resident supplier has no bank account in Canada and is not listed in any business directory in Canada.
 
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – DIGITIZED PRODUCTS
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident supplier is not carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The only factors present in Canada in this case are the place of contract, solicitation and payment. These factors are insufficient to support a conclusion that the non-resident supplier is carrying on business in Canada.
 
 
20

 
EXAMPLE NO. 15 – ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident person supplies the right to use various software applications to customers in Canada.
 
2. The non-resident supplier owns a Web site stored on a server in Canada.
 
3. The server that stores and provides access to the Web site is owned and operated by an independent Internet Service Provider and is therefore not at the non-resident supplier's disposal.
 
4. The non-resident supplier advertises its software applications on its Web site, directed at the Canadian market, and also advertises its software applications and Web site in Canadian newspapers.
 
5. The software applications are stored on the server as part of the Web site.
 
6. Customers in Canada can order software applications by completing and submitting order forms on-line.
 
7. Once a form is submitted, the order is processed automatically and the customer is granted a right of access to the selected software applications. Customer access is controlled and monitored by use of a computer-generated user ID and password.
 
8. Customers are invoiced electronically, automatically, according to the number of hours the applications are used, and may pay by credit card or cheque.
 
9. The contract is concluded in Canada.
 
10. An independent service provider located in Canada processes payment for the non-resident supplier.
 
11. An independent contractor located in Canada provides after-sales customer support on behalf of the non-resident supplier.
 
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident supplier is carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
In addition to the fact that independent contractors located in Canada are used for after-sales support, the non-resident supplier is carrying on business in Canada based on the fact that the non-resident supplier solicits orders in Canada, payments are processed in Canada, the place of contract is in Canada, and activities are carried out by means of the automated, interactive Web site stored on a server in Canada.
 
 
21

 
EXAMPLE NO. 16 – ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – APPLICATION HOSTING
 
Facts
 
1. For a single annual fee, a non-resident application service provider (the “ASP”) supplies access to a highly specialized Web-based software application that it hosts on its servers outside Canada. The software will track and process a customer's real-time data to allow the customer to manage its inventory more efficiently.
 
2. The non-resident ASP provides its customers with technical support that allows them to interact by telephone or e-mail with the non-resident ASP's technicians located outside Canada.
 
3. The non-resident ASP has business customers in various countries including Canada.
 
4. Each of the non-resident ASP's customers can access and use the software application remotely over the Internet with a unique user ID and password.
 
5. The non-resident ASP's Web site includes advertising specifically directed at the Canadian market.
 
6. The agreement for the supply with customers in Canada is concluded on-line and in Canada.
 
7. Payment for the supply is made outside Canada.
 
8. The non-resident ASP has no agents or employees in Canada
 
9. The non-resident ASP has no premises or equipment in Canada.
 
10. The non-resident ASP has no bank account in Canada and is not listed in any business directory in Canada.
 
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – APPLICATION HOSTING
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident ASP is not carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The only factors present in Canada in this case are the place of solicitation and the place of contract. These factors are insufficient to support a conclusion that the non-resident ASP is carrying on business in Canada.
 
 
22

 
EXAMPLE NO. 17 – ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – WEB SITE HOSTING
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident Internet Service Provider (the “ISP”) is in the business of hosting the Web sites of its customers located in various countries including Canada.
 
2. The server on which the Web sites are hosted is permanently located at a particular place in Canada.
 
3. The server is owned by the non-resident ISP.
 
4. Personnel of the non-resident ISP entered Canada to set up the server at its particular location.
 
5. Personnel are not required at the location of the server for its ongoing operation.
 
6. Payment for the supply is made outside Canada.
 
7. The non-resident ISP has no agents or employees in Canada, other than those who set up the server.
 
8. The non-resident ISP has no bank account in Canada and is not listed in any business directory in Canada.
 
9. The place of contract is outside Canada.
 
10. The non-resident ISP has customers in various countries, including Canada.
 
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – WEB SITE HOSTING
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident ISP is carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The service that is to be supplied is to be performed in Canada. For GST/HST purposes, a supply of a service will be considered to be performed in Canada if the service includes operations performed by a supplier’s equipment and the equipment is located in Canada. In this case, the Web site hosting service is being performed through the operation of the non-resident ISP’s server located in Canada. The server is automated equipment that operates on its own and does not require personnel at its location for its ongoing operation. The service is also significant in relation to the non-resident ISP’s overall business activity of hosting Web sites.
 
It is important to note that the non-resident ISP’s server that is located in Canada constitutes a permanent establishment of the ISP in Canada Footnote 19 . Furthermore, the non-resident ISP would be considered to be resident in Canada in respect of the non-resident ISP’s Web site hosting activities carried on through that establishment Footnote 20 . The non-resident ISP would therefore be required to register for GST/HST as a resident person as a result of the taxable supplies of Web site hosting services that the non-resident ISP makes through the permanent establishment, unless the non-resident ISP is a small supplier Footnote 21 .
 
 
23

 
EXAMPLE NO. 18 – SUPPLY OF SERVICES
 
Facts
 
1. A large international non-resident corporation specializing in the provision of offshore engineering services has contracted with a Canadian registrant to perform services on an oil rig stationed at a Canadian port. The contract is the non-resident corporation’s only contract in Canada.
 
2. The contract calls for an employee of the non-resident corporation to enter Canada and to perform services for a period of one week on board the rig.
 
3. The non-resident corporation does not solicit business in Canada.
 
4. The contract for the supply is concluded outside Canada.
 
5. Payment for the supply is made outside Canada.
 
6. The non-resident corporation is not listed in any directories nor does it have any bank accounts or offices in Canada.
 
7. With the exception of the employee who temporarily enters Canada to perform the services, the non-resident corporation has no agents or employees in Canada.
 
SUPPLY OF SERVICES
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident corporation is not carrying on business in Canada for GST/HST purposes.
 
Rationale
 
Although an employee of the non-resident corporation is entering Canada to perform the service to be supplied, in the context of the facts and the overall business activity of the non-resident corporation, this is insufficient to support a conclusion that the non-resident corporation is carrying on business in Canada for GST/HST purposes.
 
 
24

 
EXAMPLE NO. 19 – SUPPLY OF SERVICES
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident company specializing in the cleaning of power generating facilities has entered into a contract with a registrant to clean the registrant’s power-generating facilities located in Canada.
 
2. The service provided is comprehensive in nature and requires highly specialized equipment and know-how.
 
3. Due to the complexity of the project and the size of the facilities, the project will take at least one month to complete.
 
4. Ten employees of the non-resident company will enter Canada to perform the service.
 
5. The non-resident company will import the equipment necessary to perform the service.
 
6. The contract is concluded outside Canada.
 
7. The non-resident company solicits business in Canada through advertising directed at the Canadian market.
 
8. Payment for the supply is made outside Canada.
 
9. The non-resident company has no agents or employees in Canada other than those performing the cleaning service.
 
10. The non-resident company has no premises in Canada, and, other than the equipment temporarily imported to perform the service, the non-resident company does not have equipment in Canada.
 
11. The non-resident company has no bank account in Canada and is not listed in any business directory in Canada.
 
SUPPLY OF SERVICES
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident company is carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The service that is to be supplied is to be performed in Canada and several employees of the non-resident company are entering Canada to perform that service. The non-resident company is carrying on business in Canada based on these facts, the significance of the service to the overall business activity of the non-resident company and also because the non-resident company is soliciting business in Canada.
 
 
25

 
EXAMPLE NO. 20 – SUPPLY OF SERVICES
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident company is in the business of providing consulting and training on how to improve business productivity.
 
2. The supply made by the non-resident company typically involves employees of the non-resident company first visiting a client's business premises to analyze its existing production operations. The non-resident company then makes recommendations to the management of the client on how to improve its productivity. This is followed by the delivery of an in-depth training session to the client's employees on the methodologies to be used to improve productivity taking into account the client's particular operations. The non-resident company's employees will then remain at the client's premises for a period of time to monitor the implementation of the recommended new work processes and respond to client questions.
 
3. Based on the number of employees that the company has and the nature of the work involved, the non-resident company can typically undertake only one contract at a time.
 
4. The non-resident company obtains a contract to supply its service to a Canadian company. This is the non-resident company’s only contract in Canada.
 
5. The contract requires five employees of the non-resident company to enter Canada and to be present at the Canadian company's premises to perform the service. The specific work to be undertaken by the employees involves a two-week analysis of the client's operations, followed by the delivery of a one-month training session to all of the client's employees, followed by a two-week assessment of the implementation of the recommendations. The non-resident company's employees will therefore be present at the client's premises for a period of at least two months.
 
6. The contract for the service is concluded outside Canada.
 
7. The non-resident company does not solicit business in Canada.
 
8. Payment for the supply is made outside Canada.
 
9. The non-resident company has no premises in Canada.
 
10. The non-resident company has no bank account in Canada and is not listed in any business directory in Canada.
 
SUPPLY OF SERVICES
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident company is carrying on business in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The service that is to be supplied is to be performed in Canada and several employees of the non-resident company are entering Canada to perform that service. The non-resident company is carrying on business in Canada based on these facts and the significance of the service to the overall business activity of the non-resident company.
 
 
26

 
EXAMPLE NO. 21 – SUPPLY OF SERVICES
 
Facts
 
1. A large non-resident painting company obtains a contract to paint the interior of a Canadian company's commercial building in Canada. The work is expected to take approximately seven months to complete.
 
2. The non-resident company is based outside of Canada and does not have any employees to perform the work. Therefore, as allowed by the terms of the contract, the non-resident company fully subcontracts the job to a Canadian painting company that is a registrant.
 
3. The Canadian company is a contractor that carries on business in Canada. Pursuant to the terms of the subcontract with the non-resident company, the Canadian company is free to undertake the work in the manner that it chooses. The only requirements are that the work be completed within the agreed-upon time frame and painted in the colour stipulated in the contract between the non-resident company and the Canadian building owner.
 
4. The non-resident company will not be in Canada supervising the work performed in Canada by the Canadian company. The non-resident company's involvement regarding the supply will be limited to occasionally contacting the Canadian company from outside Canada to see how the work to be done is progressing.
 
5. The contract between the non-resident company and the Canadian building owner is concluded outside Canada.
 
6. The subcontract between the non-resident company and the Canadian company is concluded in Canada.
 
7. Payment by the building owner for the supply made by the non-resident company is made outside Canada.
 
8. Payment by the non-resident company for the supply made by the Canadian company is made in Canada.
 
9. The non-resident company has no employees or agents in Canada.
 
10. The non-resident company does not solicit business in Canada.
 
11. The non-resident company has no premises or equipment in Canada.
 
12. The non-resident company has no bank account in Canada and is not listed in any business directory in Canada.
 
SUPPLY OF SERVICES
 
 
Decision
 
The non-resident company is not carrying on business in Canada for GST/HST purposes.
 
Rationale
 
There are no factors present in Canada in this case to support a conclusion that the non-resident company is carrying on business in Canada for GST/HST purposes. In particular, the non-resident company has no presence in Canada in the form of employees or agents in Canada.
 
It should be noted that the Canadian painting company in this case would be required to collect GST/HST from the non-resident company in respect of the taxable supply of the painting service that is made in Canada. If the non-resident company were to voluntarily register, the non-resident company would be entitled to an input tax credit in respect of the tax payable on the supply made by the Canadian painting company and would also be required to collect tax on its supply of the painting service made to the building owner.
 
 
27

 
 
Footnotes
 
1 Subsection 240(1) of the Excise Tax Act (the “Act”)
 
2 Subsection 143(1) of the Act
 
3 Division III of the Act
 
4 Division IV of the Act
 
5 Section 179 of the Act
 
6 Subsection 240(3) of the Act
 
7 Subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act
 
8 Section 253 of the Income Tax Act provides that: “For the purposes of this Act, where in a taxation year a person who is a non-resident person or a trust to which Part XII.2 applies
 
( a ) produces, grows, mines, creates, manufactures, fabricates, improves, packs, preserves or constructs, in whole or in part, anything in Canada whether or not the person exports that thing without selling it before exportation,
 
( b ) solicits orders or offers anything for sale in Canada through an agent or servant, whether the contract or transaction is to be completed inside or outside Canada or partly in and partly outside Canada, or
 
( c ) disposes of
 
(i) Canadian resource property, except where an amount in respect of the disposition is included under paragraph 66.2(1)(a) or 66.4(1)(a),
 
(ii) property (other than depreciable property) that is a timber resource property or an interest therein or option in respect thereof, or
 
(iii) property (other than capital property) that is real property situated in Canada, including an interest therein or option in respect thereof, whether or not the property is in existence, the person shall be deemed, in respect of the activity or disposition, to have been carrying on business in Canada in the year.”
 
9 Subsection 240(2) of the Act
 
10 Subsection 240(4) of the Act
 
11 Subsection 123(1) of the Act
 
12 Subsection 123(1) of the Act
 
13 For instance, see Example #15
 
14 A non-resident who has a permanent establishment in Canada is considered to be resident in Canada, in respect of, but only in respect of the person's activities carried on through that establishment. This results in the non-resident being required to register for GST/HST as a resident person as a result of taxable supplies the non-resident makes through the permanent establishment, unless the non-resident is a small supplier.
 
15 Any reference in this policy to the “place of contract” or to the place where the agreement or contract “is concluded” signifies the place where the contract or agreement is considered made at law.
 
16 Subsection 136.1(1) of the Act
 
17 Subsection 136(1) of the Act
 
18 The non-resident lessor in this case would be considered to be carrying on business in Canada for GST/HST purposes effective the day on which the lessor entered into the sale-leaseback agreement.
 
19 For further information, refer to Example No. 6 of GST/HST Policy Statement P-208R, Meaning of Permanent Establishment in Subsection 123(1) of the Excise Tax Act (the Act) .
 
20 Subsection 132(2) of the Act
 
21 Section 148 of the Act
 
Date Modified: 2005-04-28
 
Important Notices
 
 
28

 
 

Canada Revenue Agency
 
www.cra.gc.ca
 
Skip to content | Skip to institutional links
 
Common menu bar links
 
·  
Français
·  
Home
·  
Contact Us
·  
Help
·  
Search
·  
canada.gc.ca
 
Institutional links
 
·  
P-208R - Meaning of "Permanent Establishment" in Subsection 123(1) of the Excise Tax Act (the Act)
·  
Other formats
 
GST/HST Policy Statement P-208R
 
Meaning of “permanent establishment” in subsection 123(1) of the Excise Tax Act (the Act)
 
Please note that the following policy statement, although correct at the time of issue, may not have been updated to reflect any subsequent legislative changes.
 
Date of Revision
 
March 23, 2005
 
Legislative Reference
 
Definition of “permanent establishment” in subsection 123(1) of the Act
 
National Coding System File Number
 
11680-4
 
Effective Date
 
January 1, 1991 for GST and April 1, 1997 for HST
 
 
29

 
 
Table of Contents
 
·  
Issue
·  
Decision
o  
Fixed place of business through which supplies are made
§  
i) “Fixed place of business”
§  
ii) “Through which the particular person makes supplies”
o  
Fixed place of business of another person
o  
Electronic Commerce
·  
Examples
o  
Example No. 1 – Representative Office of a Foreign Bank
o  
Example No. 2 – Insurance Company
o  
Example No. 3 – Employee's home
o  
Example No. 4 – Travelling Salesperson
o  
EXAMPLE No. 5 – Electronic commerce – Web site
o  
Example No. 6 – Electronic commerce – Web site hosting
o  
Example No. 7 – Electronic Commerce – Data Storage
o  
Example No. 8 – Electronic commerce – Digitized Products
o  
Example No. 9 – Storage of goods
o  
Example No. 10 – Leasing of Equipment
o  
Example No. 11 – Seabed Exploration
o  
Example No. 12 – Construction
o  
Example No. 13 – Dependent Agent
o  
Example No. 14 – Independent Agent
 
 
30

 
 
Issue
 
At issue is the meaning of the term “permanent establishment” as defined in subsection 123(1) of the Act. The application of various provisions of the Act depends on whether a person has a “permanent establishment”.
 
A non-resident person who has a permanent establishment in Canada is considered to be resident in Canada, in respect of, but only in respect of the person's activities carried on through that establishment 1 , resulting in the following:
 
·  
The non-resident is required to register for GST/HST 2 as a resident person as a result of taxable supplies the non-resident makes through the permanent establishment, unless the non-resident is a small supplier 3 .
·  
If the non-resident is required to register or registers voluntarily, the non-resident is not required to provide and maintain security 4 .
·  
Supplies made in Canada by the non-resident through the permanent establishment are not subject to the special place of supply rules applicable to non-residents 5 .
·  
Supplies acquired by the non-resident through the permanent establishment may not be eligible for zero-rating given that many of the zero-rating rules 6 require that the supply be made to a non-resident person.
·  
The non-resident may be required to self-assess tax on the taxable importation of property and services acquired for consumption, use or supply through the permanent establishment 7 .
 
A person who is resident in Canada and has a permanent establishment outside Canada is deemed to be a non-resident person in respect of, but only in respect of, activities of the person carried on through that establishment 8 .
 
Where a person carries on business through a permanent establishment in Canada and a permanent establishment outside Canada, any transfer of personal property or rendering of a service by one permanent establishment to the other is deemed to be a supply of the property or service and the establishments are deemed to be separate persons dealing at arm's length in respect of those supplies 9 . As a result, cross-border transactions between permanent establishments of the same person may be subject to GST/HST.
 
A non-resident person who does not have a permanent establishment in Canada may carry on business in Canada and be required to register for GST/HST. For additional information, reference should be made to GST/HST Policy Statement P-051R2, Carrying on Business in Canada .
 
 
31

 
 
Decision
 
Whether a particular person has a permanent establishment in a particular situation is a question of fact that may be determined by applying the principles set out in this policy to the facts of each case.
 
Fixed place of business through which supplies are made
 
A “permanent establishment” of a person is defined under paragraph (a) of the definition to mean:
 
“(a) a fixed place of business of the particular person, including
 
(i) a place of management, a branch, an office, a factory or a workshop, and
 
(ii) a mine, an oil or gas well, a quarry, timberland or any other place of extraction of natural resources, through which the particular person makes supplies, ...”
 
Therefore, in order for a person to have a permanent establishment under paragraph (a) of the definition, the person must both have a fixed place of business and make supplies through that fixed place of business.
 
i) “Fixed place of business”
 
Several specific examples of what constitutes a fixed place of business are listed in the definition of permanent establishment, such as a branch, an office, a factory and a workshop. Although each of the examples listed can each be regarded, prima facie , as constituting a fixed place of business, they must nevertheless satisfy the requirements of the definition as a whole in order to constitute a permanent establishment. Specifically, the person must also be making supplies through such a fixed place of business, as explained in the following section.
 
The determination of whether a fixed place of business exists in cases that do not involve the examples listed in the definition of a “permanent establishment” will be based on the following guidelines.
 
Space
 
For a “place of business” to exist there must be space. A place of business of a person includes any premises used for conducting business activities of the person. If a business does not require actual premises to function, a place of business of a person may exist where it has a certain amount of space at its disposal, such as space at a public warehouse.
 
A person need not have a formal legal right to use the space by owning or leasing it for it to constitute a place of business of the person. Rather, the fact that the space is at the person's disposal is sufficient.
 
The fact that space at the disposal of a particular person is at the place of business of another person does not preclude the possibility that that space may be considered to be a place of business of the particular person. For instance, this could include space at the disposal of a non-resident at its client’s premises that is necessary for the non-resident to perform the service that it has agreed to supply to the client in the ordinary course of its business.
 
The fact that employees of a particular person may be present at the facilities of another person does not, on its own, result in space at those facilities being at the disposal of the particular person. For instance, a supplier’s sales representative may regularly meet in the offices of the employees of their customers merely to take orders. The limited presence of the sales representative at the customer’s premises in this case would not result in the premises being at the disposal of the supplier.
 
Space at the disposal of a person can also exist at the location of equipment or machinery that is at the disposal of the person.
 
 
32

 
 
Continuity and permanency
 
The place of business must be “fixed” in that it must be established at a particular location with a certain degree of continuity and permanency.
 
Typically, a place of business is lasting or intended to last “indefinitely” (i.e., for an indefinite or unspecified amount of time). Generally, the business must be considered as “ongoing”, in that there should be an unbroken succession of business and presence at the place of business. For example, in certain circumstances, an indication of continuity and permanence could be the fact that the physical address of a place of business that is accessible to the general public is listed in a directory or on a Web site.
 
A fixed place of business cannot be of a purely temporary nature (i.e. it must have a certain degree of permanency). However, a place of business may be fixed even though it exists, in practice, for a finite time because the nature of the particular business activity is such that it will only be undertaken for a short period of time such as a field office used for a project of finite duration.
 
Continuity and permanency may also exist in situations where a person returns to the same location for the same business purpose on a recurring basis (e.g., a person operating a booth at an annual exhibition over an extended period of time). In these cases, the determination of whether the place of business is fixed will take into account the period of time the place is used and the frequency of such use.
 
Where the nature of a particular person's business is such that the person's business activity moves within a particular geographic location or area (as can be the case, for example, with certain construction or installation projects), that location or area may nevertheless constitute a fixed place of business where the activity is identifiably being undertaken as a part of a single project.
 
Temporary interruptions of business activity such as those resulting from inclement weather or labour disruptions do not result in a place of business no longer being considered fixed.
 
As personnel are not necessarily required to be present at the location of equipment in order for it to be a place of business as explained below, it follows that personnel are not required to be present at that place of business for any period of time in order for it to be considered fixed. Also, with respect to equipment that is a place of business, it is not necessary that the equipment be affixed to real property to be considered fixed. Rather, the equipment must merely remain at the place of business for a sufficient period of time to be considered fixed.
 
Control
 
There must be control at the place of business. This requirement may be satisfied where there is someone at the place of business who has the authority to make decisions with respect to the operations of the business. In the case of a proprietor who is the owner/operator, authority would rest with that person. In an organization with branch operations, an employee of the branch should have authority to make important business decisions.
 
Control can also exist at a place of business where employees are not required to be present in order for important operational decisions to be made, such as a place of business where operational activities of a business are carried out through automated equipment at the disposal of the business.
 
 
33

 
 
Constant presence and ordinary routine
 
Where the ongoing presence of personnel is required at a particular place to undertake the business activities of a person (as opposed to where, for example, the person undertakes its business activities through the operation of automated equipment as explained below), an indication of constant presence can be the visibility of personnel within a place of business. This aspect is more critical in those circumstances where common facilities are used, such as public warehouses. The constant presence of an employee or representative of the business indicates the presence of the business.
 
The presence of personnel at a location where a business operates equipment at its disposal is not required in order to constitute a place of business if no personnel are required at that location to operate the equipment, as in the case of automated equipment. This includes where personnel of the business may be present at the location of the equipment to initially set it up and to maintain it as required.
 
Also, the day-to-day business must be capable of being carried on and an ordinary routine must exist. Where activities take place with a degree of regularity, be it daily, weekly, monthly, or seasonally, there may be a fixed place of business. Conversely, a place where isolated activities occur would not qualify as a fixed place of business.
 
ii) “Through which the particular person makes supplies”
 
As previously indicated, in order for a “fixed place of business” of a particular person to be considered a permanent establishment of the person, it must also be a place “through which the particular person makes supplies”.
 
The phrase “through which the particular person makes supplies” requires that the activity at the fixed place of business of a person be an essential and significant part of the particular overall business activity of the person. There must be a large degree of involvement through the fixed place of business in making or facilitating supplies by the person. There is no specific set of circumstances that must exist. Rather, each case will be determined on its own facts.
 
There are various indicators that may be used to determine whether supplies are made through a fixed place of business.
 
 
34

 
 
Primary factors
 
The presence of any of these factors is usually enough to indicate that supplies are being made through a fixed place of business:
 
·  
there is authority at the fixed place of business to enter into contracts or accept purchase orders for the provision of supplies to other persons and that authority is regularly exercised;
·  
the tangible personal property that is being supplied is physically manufactured or produced at the fixed place of business;
·  
if the supply is a service, the service is performed at the fixed place of business; or,
·  
the service of maintaining equipment supplied by the non-resident person, is performed at the fixed place of business (e.g., an authorized factory repair outlet).
 
Other factors
 
Generally, any one of the factors listed below, by itself would not be enough to indicate that supplies are being made through a fixed place of business. However, the presence of a combination of these factors might indicate that supplies are being made through the fixed place of business. The presence of a combination of the following factors with any of the primary factors, would indicate that supplies are being made through a fixed place of business:
 
·  
soliciting orders;
·  
taking (receiving) customer orders;
·  
arranging for customer contracts;
·  
providing for the storage, packing, shipping, and/or transportation of goods;
·  
providing general administration of accounts, including collection and depositing payments;
·  
providing advertising for the supply; and,
·  
providing for customer follow-up and after-sales support.
 
The above lists are not meant to be exhaustive. Any activity that is not strictly of a preparatory or auxiliary character must be considered.
 
A fixed place of business of a particular person that is used solely for the purpose of carrying on activities that are of a preparatory or auxiliary nature in relation to the particular overall business activity of the person does not constitute a fixed place of business of the person through which the person makes supplies. It therefore does not constitute a permanent establishment of the particular person.
 
“Preparatory” relates to those activities that serve to make the business ready. “Auxiliary” means activities that are designed to help or support the main business.
 
Activities that are generally considered to be of a preparatory or auxiliary character include:
 
·  
the use of a fixed place of business solely for the purpose of storage, display or delivery of goods or merchandise belonging to the particular person;
·  
the maintenance of a fixed place of business solely for the purpose of purchasing goods or merchandise or of collecting information for the particular person;
·  
the maintenance of a fixed place of business solely for the purpose of carrying on any combination of the above activities, provided that the overall activity of the fixed place of business resulting from this combination is still of a preparatory or auxiliary character.
 
It is important to note that where the above activities are in themselves essential and significant business activities of the person, a fixed place of business of the person at which the person undertakes these activities would constitute a permanent establishment. As indicated above, whether an activity is preparatory or auxiliary must always be considered in relation to the overall business activity of the person. For instance, although the storage of goods by their owner as described above is an auxiliary activity, the storage of goods by a person who is in the business of storing goods such as a warehouse operator is not an auxiliary activity as it is a significant and essential part of the warehouse operator’s overall business activity.
 
 
35

 
 
Fixed place of business of another person
 
A “permanent establishment” of a particular person is defined under paragraph (b) of the definition to also mean:
 
(b) a fixed place of business of another person (other than a broker, general commission agent or other independent agent acting in the ordinary course of business) who is acting in Canada on behalf of the particular person and through whom the particular person makes supplies in the ordinary course of business;
 
The type of person referred to in paragraph (b) is a person who is acting in Canada as an agent of the particular person other than an independent agent acting in the ordinary course of its business. Such a person is commonly referred to as a dependent agent.
 
Whether a person is considered to be an agent for GST/HST purposes is based on a determination of fact and an application of principles of law. For an explanation of the application of law that would apply in determining whether an agency relationship may exist in a particular situation, reference should be made to GST/HST Policy Statement P-182R, Agency .
 
Generally, an agent will be considered to be independent if the agent is both legally and economically independent of the principal on whose behalf the agent is acting. Indicative factors to be considered in determining whether an agent is independent of the principal on whose behalf the agent is acting in a particular situation would include:
 
·  
Whether the agent is subject to detailed instructions or to comprehensive control by the principal (typically, an independent agent will not be subject to significant control by the principal in terms of how to carry out its work, nor subject to detailed instructions from the principal with respect to the conduct of the work. The principal in this case will be more interested in the results of the agent's work and rely on the special knowledge, skill or strength of the agent);
 
·  
Whether the entrepreneurial risk must be borne by the agent or the principal;
 
·  
Whether the agent sells goods in its own name rather than in the name of the principal; and
 
·  
Whether the agent acts as an agent for other persons.
 
In determining whether an independent agent is acting in the ordinary course of its business with respect to particular activities, consideration should be given as to whether those activities are typical of the activities that would usually be carried out in the course of the particular trade, as the case may be, of the independent agent.
 
In order for paragraph (b) to apply, it must be established that the dependent agent has its own fixed place of business. Such a determination will be based on the previously explained principles used to determine whether a particular person has a fixed place of business.
 
It must also be established that the dependent agent is a person through whom the particular person is making supplies. This does not necessarily require that the dependent agent must have the authority to conclude contracts on behalf of the particular person. Whether a particular person is considered to be making supplies through the dependent agent in a particular situation will be based on the existence of factors such as the previously listed factors used to determine whether supplies are made through a fixed place of business.
 
 
36

 
 
Electronic Commerce
 
In an electronic commerce environment, non-resident suppliers can make supplies into Canada with the assistance of computer equipment, such as servers, located in Canada, and Web sites stored on such servers. The issue for GST/HST purposes is whether a non-resident person making supplies into Canada through a Web site or server in Canada is considered to have a permanent establishment in Canada.
 
A Web site, which merely consists of software and electronic data, is not tangible property, and therefore does not have a location that can constitute a place of business. As a result, the Web site of a non-resident person, including a Web site that is being hosted in a typical Web site hosting arrangement, does not, in itself, constitute a permanent establishment of the non-resident person for GST/HST purposes.
 
As previously explained, a location in Canada where automated equipment is operated by a non-resident can constitute a permanent establishment in Canada of the non-resident in certain circumstances. Computer equipment, such as a server on which a Web site is stored is tangible property having a physical location. Therefore, the location of a server in Canada may constitute a place of business of a non-resident person if it is at the disposal of the person, such as where it is owned (or leased) and used by the person. A non-resident person who has its Web site hosted on a server of an independent internet service provider (ISP) in Canada would not generally be regarded as having the ISP's server and its location at its disposal.
 
A server at a particular location in Canada can only qualify as a permanent establishment if its degree of permanence at that location is of a sufficient period of time to be considered fixed. The determination of whether a server is fixed is not based on whether the server may be moved to another location, but rather on whether it is actually moved to another location.
 
As is the case with any automated equipment, a server that is at the disposal of a non-resident person can qualify as a permanent establishment of the non-resident person for GST/HST purposes, even if no personnel are required at its location to operate it. However, the functions carried out by the non-resident person through the server must, on their own, be an essential and significant part of the business activity of the non-resident as a whole.
 
For example, although the operation of a server by a non-resident ISP that is in the business of hosting the Web sites of other businesses would be considered to be an essential and significant part of that non-resident's particular business activity, a server will not result in a non-resident person having a permanent establishment at its location if the operations carried on through that server are restricted to preparatory or auxiliary activities.
 
The fixed place of business of an ISP that hosts the Web sites of non-resident persons on its servers in Canada will not generally result in the non-residents having a permanent establishment in Canada either because the ISP does not usually act as agent in making supplies on behalf of the non-resident persons or because the ISP is an independent agent acting in the ordinary course of its business, as evidenced by the fact that it typically hosts the Web sites of many different businesses.
 
 
37

 
 
Examples
 
EXAMPLE NO. 1 – REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE OF A FOREIGN BANK
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident bank wants to expand into Canada and sets up a representative office (RO) in Toronto.
 
2. The RO is organized as a branch of the non-resident bank and is not a separate legal entity.
 
3. It is staffed with employees of the non-resident bank, including a manager, although the manager's authority is strictly limited to routine activities. Any major or capital expenses and staffing decisions are handled by the non-resident bank's home office.
 
4. The manager does not have the authority to accept or reject any potential client for the non-resident bank.
 
5. The activities carried on by the RO in Canada include organizing free seminars and meeting with Canadian residents, and providing these Canadian residents with free meals, advice, pamphlets, booklets, audio tapes, and forms. All of these activities are undertaken to inform the Canadian residents about the services offered by the non-resident bank and to induce them to do business with the non-resident bank.
 
6. If a Canadian resident wishes to do business (e.g., open an account, apply for a loan, etc.) with the non-resident bank, the RO will provide the necessary assistance. However, the actual banking transactions will be undertaken or carried out by the non-resident bank outside of Canada rather than by the RO in Canada.
 
7. No supplies are made in Canada by the RO or by the non-resident bank. The only activities carried out by the RO are those of assisting the non-resident bank in carrying out its activities outside of Canada.
 
Decision
 
The RO is not considered to be a permanent establishment of the non-resident bank.
 
Rationale
 
The making of supplies through a fixed place of business is a prerequisite to the place qualifying as a “permanent establishment” under subsection 123(1) of the Act. The non-resident bank cannot be considered to be making supplies in Canada through its RO as the activities of the RO are merely ancillary and incidental to the business carried on by the bank outside Canada.
 
Control by the manager is severely limited. All non-routine decisions have to be deferred to the home office. All important business decisions are made at the non-resident bank's home office and not at the RO. The manager is given a budget to support the activities of the RO, which are essentially limited to promoting the availability of banking services outside Canada.
 
 
 
38

 
EXAMPLE NO. 2 – INSURANCE COMPANY
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident insurer is in the business of selling casualty (fire, auto, theft, etc.) insurance in Canada.
 
2. The non-resident insurer maintains an office in Canada as required by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions.
 
3. All insurance contracts are written through the Canadian office, including the contracts that are referred to the non-resident insurer by independent brokers.
 
4. All insurance contracts are reviewed and given final approval by the non-resident home office and then returned to the Canadian office where the Chief Canadian Agent (CCA) initials them.
 
5. The CCA is an employee of the non-resident insurer who represents the insurer in Canada as well as performing regulatory reporting functions such as:
 
·  
ensuring the proper level of funds is invested in Canada for the amount of insurance business that is written in Canada; and
 
·  
tracking the investments and re-investing the funds as necessary, as well as requesting additional funds as needed.
 
6. The Canadian office also carries out administrative functions (bank deposits, renewal/non-compliance notices, requests for supplementary information) and serves as a place of service for legal documents, i.e., the Canadian office is responsible for responding to claims by the insured.
 
Decision
 
The non-resident insurer has a permanent establishment in Canada through which supplies of insurance are made.
 
Rationale
 
The non-resident insurer has a fixed place of business in Canada, namely the office of the CCA (which, for the purposes of this illustration, is an office of the non-resident and not of another person), through which the non-resident makes supplies of insurance. The business activities conducted at the fixed place of business are considered to be an essential and significant part of the insurance business of the non-resident.
 
 
 
39

 
EXAMPLE NO. 3 – EMPLOYEE'S HOME
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident agricultural machinery manufacturing company wants to expand into Canada.
 
2. Because of the high cost of shipping equipment overseas, the company decided to send an employee to see if the employee can develop the territory. The employee is expected to work from home. There is no office or any physical location where equipment is stored.
 
3. The employee has a computer, a fax, a phone, and a photocopier in the employee’s “office” — a converted room in the employee’s apartment. The company’s phone and fax numbers are listed in the phone book, but a P.O. box number is listed as the mailing address. There is no other publicly accessible address.
 
4. The employee is identified on the lease as the lessee of the apartment.
 
5. The employee pays expenses that are within the employee’s limited authorization directly and is reimbursed.
 
6. When the employee receives an order, the order is forwarded to the head office located outside Canada for final approval. Usually, the employee's recommendations are accepted.
 
7. The order is processed at the head office. The equipment is shipped to Canada. Once the equipment has been imported and cleared the Canadian border, it is sent to the customer's location. The employee arranges for the installation of the equipment by subcontractors.
 
8. The employee determines, in conjunction with the head office, what type of advertising and promotion is done in Canada.
 
9. All day-to-day and routine business activities are carried on by the employee within certain parameters that have been determined by the head office in consultation with the employee.
 
Decision
 
The non-resident machinery manufacturing company has a permanent establishment in Canada at the apartment of the employee.
 
Rationale
 
The employee has a work area available in the employee’s residence and, as such, there is space available to the employee to conduct the employer’s business. There is a phone number and a mailing address, and although no customers go to the place of business, there is a location.
 
The employee has limited authority. The employee does not have absolute contracting authority, although the employee’s recommendations are usually approved by the home office (de facto authority), and all expenses (other than those below an established limit) have to be approved by the head office. Larger expenses are forwarded to the head office to be approved and paid from there. Constant presence is assured by either the employee's physical presence or by an answering machine.
 
These factors indicate that there is a fixed place of business, that significant and essential business activities of the company are being conducted at the fixed place of business through the receiving of orders in respect of which the recommendations of the employee are usually accepted by the non-resident, and that supplies are therefore made by the non-resident through the fixed place of business..
 
 
 
40

 
EXAMPLE NO. 4 – TRAVELLING SALESPERSON
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident individual who is a vendor of herbal remedies travels throughout south-eastern Ontario and Western Quebec during the summer months following a circuit designed to coincide with local fairs.
 
2. The vendor has travelled this route for the last several years.
 
3. Depending upon the vendor’s scheduling and the timing of various fairs in other small communities, the vendor may participate and set up a display at these small (usually weekend) events as the vendor’s route is traversed.
 
4. The vendor travels in a motor home, which acts as office, residence and warehouse. If the vendor runs short of a particular commodity, distributors are available in Canada from which the vendor can obtain additional supplies. The vendor carries a portable fold-up display booth in the cargo area of the motor home that the vendor sets up at the various fairs from which the goods are sold.
 
Decision
 
The non-resident vendor has a permanent establishment in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The non-resident vendor has a fixed place of business. Consistent with the vendor's particular type of business, the vendor returns to the same location on a recurring basis for the same business purpose. The vendor conducts significant and essential business at that fixed place of business. Supplies are made through it, either by immediate sale or by taking orders for future delivery (in which case, the point of sale would still be the vendor’s fixed place of business — the display booth).
 
 
 
41

 
EXAMPLE NO. 5 – ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – WEB SITE
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident business enters into an agreement with an independent Canadian Internet Service Provider (ISP) for its Web site to be hosted by the ISP.
 
2. The Web site provides detailed information about the non-resident business and its products.
 
3. The Web site is hosted on a server that is owned by the ISP and is located on an ongoing basis at a place in Canada.
 
4. The ISP is responsible for the server on which the Web site is hosted.
 
5. The hosting fee charged by the ISP to the non-resident business is based on bandwidth used to store the software and data required by the Web site.
 
Decision
 
The non-resident business does not have a permanent establishment in Canada as a result of its Web site being hosted on the server in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The Web site of the non-resident business does not constitute a permanent establishment of the non-resident business. The Web site is not tangible property that has a physical location and therefore cannot constitute a place of business.
 
The server on which the Web site is stored is tangible property that has a physical location and may thus constitute a place of business. However, the server in this case cannot be a permanent establishment of the non-resident business as it is not at its disposal (not used and owned or leased by the non-resident business).
 
 
 
42

 
EXAMPLE NO. 6 – ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – WEB SITE HOSTING
 
Facts:
 
1. A non-resident ISP is in the business of hosting the Web sites of its various customers.
 
2. The server on which the Web sites are hosted is permanently located at a particular place in Canada.
 
3. The server is owned by the non-resident ISP.
 
4. Personnel of the ISP entered Canada to initially set up the server at its particular location.
 
5. Personnel are not required at the location of the server for its ongoing operation.
 
Decision
 
The server of the non-resident ISP that is located in Canada constitutes a permanent establishment of the ISP in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The location of a server in Canada may constitute a place of business of a non-resident person if it is at the disposal of the person, such as where it is owned (or leased) and used by the person. In this example, the server on which the Web sites are being hosted is at the disposal of the ISP, as the ISP owns and uses the server. The server is automated equipment that operates on its own. Personnel are not required at its location in order for it to constitute a place of business. The server is a fixed place of business as it is indefinitely located at a particular place. Furthermore, the ISP is considered to be making supplies (i.e. Web site hosting) through that fixed place of business. Given that the nature of the ISP's business is the hosting of Web sites, the functions carried out through the operation of the server are considered to be a significant and essential part of the ISP's business.
 
 
 
43

 
EXAMPLE NO. 7 – ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – DATA STORAGE
 
Facts:
 
1. A non-resident company is in the business of supplying goods to customers worldwide.
 
2. The non-resident leases a server that is permanently located at a particular place in Canada.
 
3. The non-resident uses the server to store its business records, including the billing information for all of its customers.
 
4. Personnel are not required at the location of the server for its ongoing operation.
 
Decision
 
The non-resident does not have a permanent establishment in Canada as a result of the server in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The location of a server in Canada may constitute a place of business of a non-resident person if it is at the disposal of the person, such as where it is owned (or leased) and used by the person. In this example, the server is at the disposal of the non-resident as it is leased and used by the non-resident and is a fixed place of business of the non-resident. However, it is not a fixed place of business through which the non-resident makes supplies because the function carried out through its operation is an auxiliary activity in relation to the non-resident's business of selling goods.
 
 
 
44

 
EXAMPLE NO. 8 – ELECTRONIC COMMERCE – DIGITIZED PRODUCTS
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident company operates a Web site offering various digitized music files for downloading by subscribers.
 
2. The digitized products are stored on the server as part of the Web site.
 
3. Subscribers pay a fixed periodic fee to access the Web site and download the digitized products.
 
4. The Web site through which the digitized products are accessed by subscribers is stored on a server that is permanently located at a particular place in Canada.
 
5. The server is leased by the non-resident.
 
6. All functions relating to the supply of the digitized products are automatically performed through the operation of the server, including the ordering by customers of the software applications, the processing of those orders, and payment processing.
 
7. Personnel are not required at the location of the server for its ongoing operation.
 
Decision
 
The server on which the non-resident's Web site is stored constitutes a permanent establishment of the non-resident in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The location of a server in Canada may constitute a place of business of a non-resident person if it is at the disposal of the person, such as where it is owned (or leased) and used by the person. In this example, the server on which the Web site is being hosted is at the disposal of the non-resident as the non-resident leases and uses the server. The server is automated equipment that operates on its own. Personnel are not required at its location in order for it to constitute a place of business. The server is a fixed place of business as it is permanently located at a particular place. Furthermore, the non-resident is considered to be making supplies through that fixed place of business. As the nature of the non-resident's business is the supply of on-line access to the music files, the functions carried out through the operation of the server are considered to be a significant and essential part of the non-resident's business.
 
 
 
45

 
EXAMPLE NO. 9 – STORAGE OF GOODS
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident is in the business of supplying goods by way of sale. On a regular basis, the non-resident purchases the goods from a registrant in Canada for resale. For logistical purposes, the non-resident has the registrant ship the goods to a public warehouse in Canada for storage until they are resold and shipped to the non-resident’s customers.
 
2. The non-resident enters into a long-term agreement with the public warehouse to rent space in the warehouse to store the goods. The space is a designated area in the warehouse that is used exclusively for the storage of the non-resident’s goods and allows the non-resident to easily load the goods for transport to its customers. The non-resident has unrestricted access to the area in the warehouse so that the goods may be picked up for transport at any time.
 
3. Goods of the non-resident that are shipped to the warehouse are received and moved by employees of the warehouse to the designated area and stored there until they are picked up by the non-resident for delivery to its customers.
 
4. The non-resident uses its own trucks to transport the goods from the warehouse to its customers’ locations. The drivers employed by the non-resident load the goods in the quantities specified by the non-resident.
 
5. The non-resident’s goods are shipped to and from the warehouse several times a week.
 
6. The non-resident does not solicit orders for supplies of the goods in Canada and only sells them to customers located outside Canada. Delivery of all goods supplied by the non-resident occurs outside Canada.
 
7. The non-resident does not undertake any activities at the warehouse other than those previously described. Also, the non-resident does not does not have any employees or agents in Canada other than as described above.
 
Decision
 
The non-resident does not have a permanent establishment in Canada as a result of the storage of its goods at the public warehouse.
 
Rationale
 
The area in the warehouse is space that is at the disposal of the non-resident notwithstanding that it is in the premises of another person. However, it is not a fixed place of business through which the non-resident makes supplies because the activity undertaken at the warehouse is an auxiliary activity in relation to the non-resident's business of selling goods. Specifically, the area at the warehouse is used by the non-resident solely for the purpose of storing goods.
 
 
 
46

 
EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LEASING OF EQUIPMENT
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident company owns industrial equipment that it supplies by way of lease to a Canadian company pursuant to a long-term lease.
 
2. The equipment is delivered to the Canadian company at its manufacturing facility in Canada.
 
3. Personnel of the non-resident company enter Canada for a few days at the beginning of the lease to assist the Canadian company in setting up the equipment at its factory in Canada.
 
4. The Canadian company is responsible for the ongoing operation and maintenance of the equipment.
 
5. Throughout the term of the lease, personnel of the Canadian company will operate the equipment to manufacture its products at its factory.
 
Decision
 
The non-resident does not have a permanent establishment in Canada as a result of the equipment being located in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
Although the non-resident is making supplies to the Canadian company, the non-resident does not have a permanent establishment in Canada merely as a result of the equipment being located in Canada. The non-resident neither operates nor controls the use of the equipment. The equipment and its location are not considered to be at the disposal of the non-resident. The equipment is under the control of the Canadian company that is fully responsible for its operation and maintenance at its manufacturing facility.
 
 
 
47

 
EXAMPLE NO. 11 – SEABED EXPLORATION
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident company is hired by a Canadian resident company to perform hydrocarbon exploration and development under an exploration licence on the seabed of the continental shelf of Canada off the coast of Nova Scotia.
 
2. The non-resident company has expertise in offshore hydrocarbon exploration and development in the North Atlantic.
 
3. The non-resident company will import their own vessel and equipment. The vessel captain, geologist and seismologist are employed by the non-resident company. The Canadian company employs the remaining workers.
 
4. The non-resident company will anchor the vessel at the port of Halifax whenever the vessel captain believes the weather inclement or they require provisions.
 
5. The Canadian company has contracted with the non-resident company for the next three seasons as exploration can only be conducted between April and November due to weather and sea conditions.
 
Decision
 
The non-resident company has a permanent establishment in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The business of the non-resident company is seabed exploration and development. In light of the nature of the non-resident company’s business it is considered to be conducting significant and essential business activities in Canada.
 
The non-resident company conducts the activities over and on the seabed of the continental shelf of Canada. “Canada” includes the seabed of the continental shelf of Canada.
 
The non-resident company is also considered to be making supplies through a fixed place of business in Canada. Although the vessel is transportable within the exploration area, the business activities being conducted through the operation of the vessel are confined to a single contract and to a specific geographical area (i.e. the area defined in the exploration licence) thus constituting a place of business in Canada. The activities are of a sufficient duration for the place of business to be considered fixed.
 
 
 
48

 
EXAMPLE NO. 12 – CONSTRUCTION
 
Facts
 
1. A non-resident construction firm wins a bid to re-engineer and resurface all the existing runways and build additional runways at an international airport in Canada.
 
2. The non-resident company will import specialized machinery and its experienced personnel will enter Canada to perform the work.
 
3. The project is expected to last a total of thirteen months, including preparatory work.
 
Decision
 
The non-resident company has a permanent establishment in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
There is a fixed place of business as the construction work is being carried out by the non-resident company pursuant to a single contract within a specific geographical location (the area surrounding the airport) for a sufficient period of time.
 
The non-resident company is considered to be making supplies through this fixed place of business because the construction work is an essential and significant activity that is the very nature of its business activity.
 
 
 
49

 
EXAMPLE NO. 13 – DEPENDENT AGENT
 
Facts
 
1. An established non-resident company is in the business of supplying highly specialized software that it has developed for use by software development companies.
 
2. Recognizing the potentially valuable Canadian market for this product, a Canadian company enters into an exclusive agency agreement with the non-resident company to solicit and make supplies of the software in Canada on behalf of the non-resident. The Canadian company is the sole agent of the non-resident company in Canada.
 
3. The Canadian company's only business activity is the supply of the software on behalf of the non-resident company. The agency agreement explicitly prohibits the Canadian company from making supplies of any other type of software in Canada on behalf of any other person.
 
4. The non-resident company has established a standard software agreement that is to be used by the Canadian company. Pursuant to the terms of the agency agreement, the Canadian company may enter into the standard software agreement in Canada with recipients on behalf of and in the name of the non-resident company. The Canadian company does not require the final approval of the non-resident company to conclude the contract in its name unless the standard agreement is modified. As is often the case, if any modifications to the agreement are requested, the Canadian company is to formally advise the non-resident company and obtain its approval of the modifications.
 
5. At no time does the Canadian company obtain ownership of the software supplied to Canadian customers, nor does it incur any risk of loss with respect to the software supplied to Canadian customers.
 
6. Pursuant to the terms of the agency agreement, the Canadian company is to follow the established detailed instructions of the non-resident company with respect to all aspects of the supply of the software and the conduct of the Canadian company's work including the manner in which: the Canadian company is to identify itself as an agent of the non-resident company, clients are to be solicited and the product marketed, agreements for the supply are to be concluded. Training by the non-resident company in these areas is provided to the personnel of the Canadian company.
 
7. The price of the software is established and may only be modified by the non-resident company. Payments for the software are made by Canadian customers to the Canadian company in the name of the non-resident company and subsequently transmitted by the Canadian company to the non-resident company.
 
8. The Canadian company is subsequently paid a commission by the non-resident company. The commission received by the Canadian company for each particular supply of the software product is equal to a fixed percentage of the price of the software. The Canadian company is also fully reimbursed by the non-resident company for any pre-approved marketing expenses incurred by the Canadian company.
 
9. Following receipt of payment for the software, the non-resident sends the software from its location outside Canada to the Canadian customer.
 
10. The Canadian company has an office in Canada from which its personnel conducts its business. Agreements are typically concluded at these premises and it is identified, including on the non-resident's Web site, as the contact point for both existing and prospective Canadian customers.
 
Decision
 
The non-resident company has a permanent establishment in Canada.
 
Rationale
 
The Canadian company is acting as an agent on behalf of the non-resident company with respect to the supplies of software. The Canadian company is not an independent agent as it is subject to detailed instructions and comprehensive control by the non-resident company. Another indication that the Canadian company is not an independent agent is that it does not act on behalf of any supplier other than the non-resident company.
 
The Canadian company has its own fixed place of business in Canada (its office) and the supplies being made by the non-resident through the Canadian company are significant and essential activities.
 
 
 
50

 
EXAMPLE NO. 14 – INDEPENDENT AGENT
 
Facts
 
1. A Canadian company is in the business of acting as an agent in supplying various types of industrial tools in Canada on behalf of Canadian and non-resident manufacturers to Canadian retailers.
 
2. The Canadian company has extensive knowledge of the industrial tool industry and is renowned in the industry for being able to achieve high sales levels.
 
3. The Canadian company has an office in Canada from which it conducts all of its business.
 
4. The Canadian company has a standard agency agreement that it enters into with each manufacturer that wishes to have it act as its agent. Under the agreement, the Canadian company is to act as a non-exclusive agent on behalf of the manufacturer in supplying tools. The agreement provides that the Canadian company will undertake its best efforts to achieve high sales levels of the particular manufacturer's products. Within the scope of the authority conferred by the agency agreement, the Canadian company is free to conduct its business of selling the products in the manner that it deems appropriate.
 
5. The Canadian company enters into a contract for the supply of tools to Canadian customers on behalf of a particular non-resident manufacturer in the name of the manufacturer. The agreements are typically concluded by the Canadian company from its Canadian office.
 
6. The Canadian company does not obtain ownership of the tools.
 
7. The Canadian company accepts payments from customers at its office. Orders accepted and transmitted by the Canadian company to the non-resident manufacturer are automatically approved, processed and shipped from its location outside Canada.
 
8. The Canadian company is paid a commission by the manufacturer that is generally equal to a fixed percentage of the value of sales achieved. This commission rate takes into account the fact that the Canadian company is to incur any marketing and sales expenses on its own behalf to promote the manufacturer's products.
 
9. Pursuant to the agreement, if the Canadian company manages to achieve a certain level of sales beyond what has been initially targeted, including where the company negotiates a higher price (which it has the freedom to do under the agreement), its commission rate on those additional sales is increased.
 
Decision
 
The non-resident manufacturer does not have a permanent establishment in Canada as a result of the agreement it enters into with the Canadian company.
 
Rationale
 
The Canadian company is acting as an agent in making supplies on behalf of the non-resident manufacturer and has its own fixed place of business in Canada. However, this does not result in the non-resident having a permanent establishment in Canada given that the Canadian company is an independent agent acting in the ordinary course of its business.
 
The Canadian company is an independent agent because it is not subject to detailed instructions and comprehensive control by the non-resident manufacturer with respect to the manner in which it conducts its business. The Canadian company also acts on behalf of numerous suppliers.
 
 
51

 
 
Footnotes
 
1 Subsection 132(2) of the Act
 
2 Subsection 240(1) of the Act
 
3 Section 148 of the Act
 
4 Unless the non-resident only has a permanent establishment in Canada based on the fixed place of business of another person acting in Canada on behalf of the non-resident (subsection 240(6) of the Act).
 
5 Subsection 143(1) of the Act
 
6 Part V of Schedule VI to the Act
 
7 Section 218 of the Act
 
8 Subsection 132(3) of the Act
 
9 Subsection 132(4) of the Act and Section 220 of the Act
 
Date Modified: 2005-03-23
 
Important Notices
 

 
52

EXHIBIT 23.1
 



 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1/A of our report dated May 15, 2013 with respect to the audited financial statements of E-World USA Holding, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

We also consent to the references to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP
www.malone−bailey.com
Houston, Texas

February 10, 2014